diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/53652-h/53652-h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/53652-h/53652-h.htm | 11362 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 11362 deletions
diff --git a/old/53652-h/53652-h.htm b/old/53652-h/53652-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index bece603..0000000 --- a/old/53652-h/53652-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11362 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Chautauquan, January 1884, by Theodore Flood, D.D. - </title> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2,h3,h4,h5 { margin-bottom: 0; - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; -} - .faux { - font-size: 0.5em; /*this font size could be anything */ - visibility: hidden;} - -p { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 1.25em; - margin-bottom: .75em; -} -p.question { - margin-top: 1em; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 1.25em; - margin-bottom: 0; -} - -p.answer { - margin-top: 0; - text-align: justify; - text-indent: 1.25em; - margin-bottom: .75em; -} - img {border: 0;} - .tnote {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; - padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;} - .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; text-align: justify; text-indent: 0;} - .maintitle {font-size: 200%; font-weight: bold; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} - .continue {font-size: 70%; text-align: center;} - .center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} - .adtitle2 {font-size: 150%; font-weight: bold; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} - .adtitle1 {font-size: 200%; font-weight: bold; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} - - .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - .right {text-align: right;} - .unindent {margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .75em; - text-indent: 0;} - .sig {margin-right: 10%; text-align: right; text-indent: 0;} - .faux { - font-size: 0.5em; /*this font size could be anything */ - visibility: hidden;} - .footnotes {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%;} - .footnote { font-size: 0.9em;} - .fnanchor {vertical-align:baseline; - position: relative; - bottom: 0.33em; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none;} - .hang1 {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em;} - div.hangsection p {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 7em; margin-right: 7em;} - div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} - - -hr { - width: 95%; - margin-top: .5em; - margin-bottom: .5em; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - clear: both; -} - -hr.tb {width: 45%;} -hr.full {width: 95%} -hr.short {width: 15%; border: solid .5px;} -hr.shorter {width: 8%; border: solid .5px;} -hr.shorter {width: 8%; border: thin solid;} - - -/* Poetry */ -.poetry .stanza -{ - margin: 1em auto; -} -.poetry .verse -{ - text-indent: -3em; - padding-left: 3em; -} -.poetry .indent2 -{ - text-indent: -2em; -} -.poetry-container, .list-container -{ - text-align: center; -} - -.poetry -{ - text-align: left; - display: inline-block; - text-align: left; -} - - - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; -} /* page numbers */ - -.btrb {border-top: solid 1px; border-right: solid 1px; border-bottom: solid 1px; padding: .5px;} -.btb {border-top: solid 1px; border-bottom: solid 1px;} -.br {border-right: solid 1px;} - -/* Images */ -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - - -@media handheld - -{ - .poetry - { - display: block; - margin-left: 1.5em; - } -} - - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, January 1884, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, January 1884 - A Monthly Magazine Devoted to the Promotion of True Culture. - Organ of the Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle. - -Author: The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -Editor: Theodore L. Flood - -Release Date: December 3, 2016 [EBook #53652] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. IV, JAN 1884 *** - - - - -Produced by Emmy, MFR and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<h1 class='faux'>The Chautauquan, November 1883</h1> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 522px;"> -<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="522" height="800" alt="Cover" /> -</div> - -<div class='tnote'><div class='center'><small><b>Transcriber's Note:</b> This cover has been -created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</small></div></div> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span></p> - - - - - -<div class='maintitle'><span class="smcap">The Chautauquan.</span></div> - -<p class='center'> -<i>A MONTHLY MAGAZINE DEVOTED TO THE PROMOTION OF TRUE CULTURE. ORGAN OF<br /> -THE CHAUTAUQUA LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC CIRCLE.</i><br /> -</p> -<hr /> -<p class='center'> -<span class="smcap">Vol. IV.</span> JANUARY, 1884. No. 4.<br /> -</p> -<hr /> - - - - -<h2>Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle.</h2> - -<p><i>President</i>—Lewis Miller, Akron, Ohio.</p> - -<p><i>Superintendent of Instruction</i>—Rev. J. H. Vincent, D.D., New Haven, -Conn.</p> - -<p><i>Counselors</i>—Rev. Lyman Abbott, D.D.; Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D.; -Bishop H. W. Warren, D.D.; Prof. W. C. Wilkinson, D.D.</p> - -<p><i>Office Secretary</i>—Miss Kate F. Kimball, Plainfield, N. J.</p> - -<p><i>General Secretary</i>—Albert M. Martin, Pittsburgh, Pa.</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - -<div class='tnote'><b>Transcriber's Note:</b> This table of contents -of this periodical was created for the HTML version to aid the reader.</div> - -<h2>Contents</h2> - - - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents"> -<tr> -<td align="center"><a href="#REQUIRED_READING">REQUIRED READING</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">German History</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#GERMAN_HISTORY">189</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Extracts from German Literature</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#EXTRACTS_FROM_GERMAN_LITERATURE">193</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Readings in Physical Science</span></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">IV.—The Sea</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#READINGS_IN_PHYSICAL_SCIENCE">196</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center"><a href="#SUNDAY_READINGS">SUNDAY READINGS</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">[<i>January 6</i>]—On Spiritual Christianity</td> -<td align="right"><a href="#January_6">198</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">[<i>January 13</i>]</td> -<td align="right"><a href="#January_13">199</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">[<i>January 20</i>]</td> -<td align="right"><a href="#January_20">200</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">[<i>January 27</i>]</td> -<td align="right"><a href="#January_27">200</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left"> </td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Political Economy</span></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">IV. Distribution</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#POLITICAL_ECONOMY">202</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Readings in Art</span></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">I.—Architecture.—Introduction</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#READINGS_IN_ART">204</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Selections from American Literature</span></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Fitz Greene Halleck</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#FITZ_GREENE_HALLECK">207</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Richard Henry Dana</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#RICHARD_HENRY_DANA">208</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">William Cullen Bryant</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#WILLIAM_CULLEN_BRYANT">208</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Henry Wadsworth Longfellow</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#HENRY_WADSWORTH_LONGFELLOW">210</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Night</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#NIGHT">211</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Eccentric Americans</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#ECCENTRIC_AMERICANS">211</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Stork</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#THE_STORK">214</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Gardening Among the Chinese</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#GARDENING_AMONG_THE_CHINESE">215</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Eight Centuries With Walter Scott</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#EIGHT_CENTURIES_WITH_WALTER">216</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Astronomy of the Heavens For January</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#ASTRONOMY_OF_THE_HEAVENS">218</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Work For Women</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#WORK_FOR_WOMEN">219</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Ostrich Hunting</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#OSTRICH_HUNTING">220</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Christian Missions</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#CHRISTIAN_MISSIONS">221</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">California</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#CALIFORNIA">222</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Table-Talk of Napoleon Bonaparte</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#TABLE-TALK_OF_NAPOLEON">224</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Early Flowers</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#EARLY_FLOWERS">225</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Botanical Notes</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#BOTANICAL_NOTES">227</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"> </td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Work</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#C_L_S_C_WORK">228</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Outline of C. L. S. C. Readings</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#OUTLINE_OF_C_L_S_C_READINGS">228</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Sunbeams from the Circle</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#SUNBEAMS_FROM_THE_CIRCLE">229</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Local Circles</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#LOCAL_CIRCLES">230</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Round-Table</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#C_L_S_C_ROUND-TABLEL">233</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Questions and Answers</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS">234</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Chautauqua Normal Class</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#CHAUTAUQUA_NORMAL_CLASS">236</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Editor’s Outlook</span></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Headquarters of the C. L. S. C.</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#EDITORS_OUTLOOK">238</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Evangelists</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#EVANGELISTS">239</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The New Time Standards</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#THE_NEW_TIME_STANDARDS">240</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Père Hyacinthe</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#PERE_HYACINTHE">241</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Editor’s Note-Book</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK">241</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">C. L. S. C. Notes on Required Readings for January</span> </td> -<td align="right"><a href="#C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_JANUARY">243</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Notes on Required Readings in “The Chatauquan”</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_IN_THE_CHAUTAUQUAN">245</a></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Talk About Books</span></td> -<td align="right"><a href="#TALK_ABOUT_BOOKS">248</a></td> -</tr> -</table> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> -<h2><a name="REQUIRED_READING" id="REQUIRED_READING">REQUIRED READING</a><br /> - -<small>FOR THE<br /> - -<i>Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle for 1883-4</i>.<br /> - -JANUARY.</small></h2> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> -<h2><a name="GERMAN_HISTORY" id="GERMAN_HISTORY">GERMAN HISTORY.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Rev.</span> W. G. WILLIAMS, A.M.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>IV.</h3> - -<p>The C. L. S. C. student is already aware that it is not pretended -here to write the history of Germany, but properly these -are entitled “Readings in German History.” To write with -any degree of fulness or detail the history of a people which -has played so large and important a part in the modern world, -would require more volumes than are the pages allotted to -us. It has been, and still remains the design to select those -events and characters of greatest interest, and which have had -the largest influence upon the current of subsequent history. -The purpose, also constantly in view, has been to stimulate the -reader to further study of the subject, by perusal of the best -works accessible to the reader of English.</p> - -<p>In this number no choice is left us but to pass, with only a -glance or two, over the long period from the death of Charlemagne -to that day-dawn of modern history, the Reformation. -It is the period in which the historian traces, successively the -beginning, vicissitudes, decay and extinction of the Carlovingian, -Saxon, Franconian and Hohenstauffen houses. Following -these is the great interregnum which precedes the Reformation. -Included in this long stretch of time are what is known -as the “dark ages.” Yet in Germany it was not all darkness, -for now and then a ray of light was visible, prophetic of the -rising sun, which heralded by Huss, appeared in the person -and achievements of Martin Luther. It is about the work and -character of the latter personage that we purpose to make the -chief part of this chapter. Especially are we disposed so to do, -now that protestant christendom is celebrating the four hundredth -anniversary of the birth of the great reformer, and all -civilized mankind has its attention called to his bold doctrines -and brave career.</p> - -<p>But, before we are prepared for Luther, we must note the -change which has come in the claims and pretensions of the -church. The different attitude which made possible a few centuries -later, such a mission as Luther’s can not better be exhibited -than during the reign of the Franconian Emperor, -Henry the Fourth.</p> - - -<h4>HENRY THE FOURTH—HIS SUPPLIANT VISIT TO CANOSSA.</h4> - -<p>The student of the history of the Romish church is aware -that during the first five centuries after Christ the pope was -vested with little, if any, other powers or dignities than those -which pertained to him as Bishop of Rome. His subsequent -claim to unlimited spiritual and political sway was then unthought -of, much less anywhere advanced. Even for another -five centuries he is only the nominal head of the church, who -is subordinate to the political potentates and dependent upon -them for protection and support in his office. But in the year -1073 succeeded one Gregory VII., to the tiara, who proposed -to erect a spiritual empire which should be wholly absolved -from dependency on kings and princes. His pontificate was -one continuous struggle for the success of his undertaking. -Of powerful will, great energy and shrewdness and with set -purpose his administration wrought great change in the papal -office and the relations of the church to European society. His -chief measures by which he sought to compass his design were -the celibacy of the priesthood and the suppression of the then -prevalent custom of simony. The latter bore especially hard -on the German Emperor, much of whose strength lay in the -power to appoint the bishops and to levy assessments upon -them when the royal exchequer was in need. In the year 1075 -Gregory proclaimed his law against the custom, forbidding the -sale of all offices of the church, and declaring that none but -the pope might appoint bishops or confer the symbols of their -authority. With an audacity unheard of, and a determination -little anticipated, he sent word to Henry IV., of Germany, demanding -the enforcement of the rule throughout his dominion -under penalty of excommunication. The issue was a joint one, -and a crisis inevitable. No pope had ever assumed such an -attitude or used such language to a German Emperor. Henry -was not disposed and resolved not to submit. So far as a -formal disposition of the difficulty was concerned the case was -an easy one. He called the bishops together in a synod which -met at Worms. They proceeded with unanimity to declare -Gregory deposed from his papal office and sent word of their -action to Rome. The pope, who had used every artifice to gain -popularity with the people, was prepared for the contest and -answered back with the ban of excommunication. The emperor -might have been able to carry on the struggle with some -hope of success had he been in favor with his own subjects. -But he had alienated the Saxons by his harsh treatment of them -and the indignities heaped upon them; and others of his states -looked upon him with suspicion. Pitted against the ablest foe -in Europe, he found himself without the sympathy and aid of -those to whom alone he could look for help. Meanwhile -Gregory was sending his agents to all the courts of Europe and -employing every intrigue to effect the emperor’s dethronement. -In 1076 a convention of princes was called to meet near Mayence, -Henry not being permitted to be present. So heavy had -the papal excommunication fallen by this time that the emperor -sent messengers to this convention offering to submit to their -demands if they would only spare his crown. Gregory was -inexorable, and they adjourned without any reconciliations being -effected, to meet in a few months at Augsburg. Henry<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span> -now realized the might of the hand that for centuries had been -silently gathering the reins of spiritual power, only to grasp at -last the political supremacy as well. With the burden of excommunication -ready to crush out his imperial scepter he sued -for pardon at any price. The pope had retired for a time to -the castle of Canossa, not far from Parma. Thither went the -Franconian Emperor of Germany to implore the papal forgiveness. -He presented himself before the gate barefoot, clad in a -shirt of sack-cloth, and prayed that he might be received and -forgiven as a penitent sinner. But Gregory chose to prolong -the satisfaction he had in witnessing his penitence. So -throughout the whole day, without food, in snow and rain, he -stood begging the pope to receive him. In the same condition -and without avail, he stood the second and the third day. Not -until the morning of the fourth day did the pope admit him, -and then his pardon was granted on conditions which made -his crown, for the time, a dependency of the Bishop of Rome.</p> - -<p>But the struggle of the German rulers with popedom was not -ended at Canossa. Henry himself renewed it a few years later -with far better results to his side. The spirit of protestantism -was ever alive in some form in Germany, and, as we have said, -was prophetic of him who should rise in the fifteenth century -and dare to protest against the claim of spiritual supremacy by -the autocrat of Rome. From that time till now it has been a -by-phrase with German princes in their conflicts with the -church that they “will not go to Canossa.”</p> - - -<h4>BEFORE THE REFORMATION.</h4> - -<p>At this time superstition and dense ignorance were widespread. -Stories of magic were constantly told and believed, -and the miracles with which the church offset them were hardly -less absurd. Other terrors were added. Public justice was -administered so imperfectly that private and arbitrary violence -took its place; while the tribunals which formerly sat in the -open sunlight before the people now covered themselves with -night and secrecy. “The Holy Feme” sprang up in Westphalia. -Originally a public tribunal of the city, such as is -found in Brunswick, and in other places, it afterward spread -far and wide, but in a changed form. Its members held their -sessions in secret and by night. Unknown messengers of the -tribunal summoned the accused. Disguised judges, volunteer -officers, from among “the knowing ones,” gave judgment, often -in wild, desolate places, and often in some ancient seat of justice, -as at the Linden-tree at Dortmund. The sentence was -executed, even if the criminal had not appeared or had made -his escape. The dagger, with the mark of the Feme, found in -the dead body, told how surely the avenging arm had struck in -the darkness. It was a fearful time, when justice, like crime, -must walk in disguise.</p> - -<p>The habits of thought which made possible such beliefs and -actions as these were part of the same movement to which the -corruption of church doctrine and government must also be referred. -The perverted Roman Christianity from which the -Reformation was a revolt was not the Christianity of Charlemagne, -nor even that of Hildebrand. Hasty readers sometimes -imagine that the church, for many centuries before the Reformation, -had firmly held the doctrines which Luther rejected. -But, in fact, most of them were recent innovations. Peter the -Lombard, Bishop of Paris in the twelfth century, was the first -theologian to enumerate “the Seven Sacraments,” and Eugene -IV., in 1431, was the first of the popes to proclaim them. The -doctrine of transubstantiation was first embodied in the church -confession by the Lateran Council of November, 1215, the same -which first required auricular confession of all the laity. It was -more than a century later before the celibacy of the clergy and -the denial of the sacramental cup to all but priests became established -law, and the idea that the pope is the vicar of Christ -upon earth, and the bearer of divine honors, was accepted. -All these corruptions of the earlier faith were the results of ambition -in the hierarchy, and of gross and sensual modes of -thought in the people; and the same causes led to the rapid -development, in the fifteenth century especially, of the worship -of the Virgin Mary, who was honored with ceremonies and -prayers from which Christians of earlier ages would have -shrunk as blasphemous. Nor can the church of the beginning -of the sixteenth century be understood by studying the confession -adopted by the Council of Trent a generation or more afterward. -The teachings and practices which called forth -Luther’s protest were far too gross, when once explained, to -bear the examination of sincere friends of Romanism; who, -without knowing it themselves, were greatly influenced, even in -their formal statements of belief, by the controversies of the -Reformation. The value of that great event to the world can -not be comprehended without a knowledge of what it has done -for the Catholic church within its own boundaries.<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a></p> - - -<h4>PREPARING FOR THE REFORMATION.</h4> - -<p>Prior to the fourteenth century all learning was monopolized -by the church. Its power was exercised to make every branch -of knowledge harmonize itself with the teachings of Catholic -Christianity. In revolt against these shackles arose a few independent -spirits who sought to rest religious doctrine on the -foundations of reason to some degree, at least. Nevertheless, -superstitions still clung to and mingled with all these new -studies, and the age did not witness their separation. The -higher intelligence traveled gradually, but very slowly. The -art of printing came to its assistance and proved to be its -strongest auxiliary. To Germany belongs the glory of this invention, -and she can boast no higher service rendered to mankind. -The art of wood-engraving was the preliminary step -which led to it. It was soon employed for pictures of sacred -scenes and persons; so that the many who could neither read -nor write had a sort of Bible in their picture collections. But -the grand conception of making movable types, each bearing -a single letter, and composing the words of them, was first -formed by John Gutenberg, of the patrician family of Gänsefleisch, -of Mayence. He was driven from his native city by a -disturbance among the guilds, and went to Strasburg, where he -invented the art of printing about the year 1450. Great trouble -was experienced in discovering the proper material in which to -cut the separate letters; neither wood nor lead answered well. -Being short of resources, Gutenberg formed a partnership with -John Faust, also of Mayence. Faust’s assistant, Peter Schöffer, -afterward his son-in-law, a skillful copyist and draughtsman, -discovered the proper alloy for type-metal, and invented printing-ink. -In 1461 appeared the first large book printed in -Germany, a handsome Bible, exhibiting the perfection that the -art possessed at its very origin.</p> - -<p>When Adolphus of Nassau captured Mayence in 1462, the -workmen skilled in the art, which had been kept a secret, were -scattered through the world; and by the end of the fifteenth -century the principal nations of Europe, and especially Italy, -France, and England, had become rivals of Germany in prosecuting -it. Books had previously been transcribed, chiefly by -monks, upon expensive parchment, and often beautifully ornamented -with elaborate drawings and paintings. They had -therefore been an article of luxury, and confined to the rich. -But a book printed on paper was easily made accessible to all -classes, for copies were so numerous that each could be sold -at a low price. Beside books of devotion, the writings of the -Greek and Latin poets, historians and philosophers, most of -which had fallen into oblivion during the Middle Ages, now -gradually obtained wide circulation. After the fall of Constantinople, -and the subjugation of Greece by the Turks, fugitive -Greeks brought the works of their forefathers’ genius to Italy, -where enlightened men had already begun to study them. -This branch of learning, called “the Humanities,” spread from -Italy through Germany, France, England, and other countries, -and contributed powerfully to produce a finer taste and more -intelligent habits of thought, such as put to shame the rude ignorance<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span> -of the monks. It was the art of printing that broke -down the slavery in which the blind faith of the church held -the human mind; and even the censorship which Rome set up -to oppose it was not able to undo its work.</p> - -<p>Just as the convents fell before the art of printing, so did the -castles of the robber knights before the invention of gunpowder. -Thus, at the coming of the Reformation, these degenerate -remnants of the once noble institutions of knighthood were -swept away. It is supposed by many that the knowledge of -gunpowder was brought into Europe from China during the -great Mongolian emigration of the thirteenth century, the -Chinese having long possessed it. The Arabs, too, understood -how to make explosive powder, by mixing saltpeter, charcoal, -and sulphur. But all the Eastern makers produced only the -fine powder, and the art of making it in grains seems to have -been the device of Berthold Schwarz, a German monk of the -Franciscan order, of Freiburg or Mayence, in 1354; and he is -commonly called the inventor of gunpowder. He had a laboratory, -in which he devoted himself to alchemy; and is said to -have made his discovery by accident. But as early as 1346, a -chronicle reports that there was at Aix “an iron barrel to shoot -thunder;” and in 1356 the armory at Nuremberg contained -guns of iron and copper, which threw missiles of stone and -lead. One of the earliest instances in which cannon are known -to have been effectively used in a great battle was at Agincourt -in 1415. But gunpowder was long regarded with abhorrence -by the people, and made its way into general use but -slowly.<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a></p> - - -<h4>MARTIN LUTHER.</h4> - -<p>Martin Luther was born at Eisleben on the 10th of November, -1483, on the eve of St. Martin’s day, in the same year as -Raphael, nine years after Michael Angelo, and ten after Copernicus. -His father was a miner and possessed forges in -Mansfield, the profits of which enabled him to send his son to -the Latin school of the place. There Martin distinguished -himself so much that his father intended him for the study of -law. In the meantime Martin had often to go about as one of -the poor choristers singing and begging at the doors of charitable -people at Magdeburg and at Eisenach, to the colleges of -which towns he was successively sent. His remarkable appearance -and serious demeanor, his fine tenor voice and musical -talent procured him the attention and afterward the support -and maternal care of a pious matron, into whose house he -was taken. Already, in his eighteenth year, he surpassed all -his fellow-students in knowledge of the Latin classics, and in -power of composition and of eloquence. His mind took more -and more a deeply religious turn; but it was not till he had -been two years studying at Eisenach that he discovered an entire -Bible, having until then only known the ecclesiastical -extracts from the sacred volume and the history of Hannah and -Samuel. A dangerous illness brought him within the near -prospect of death; but he recovered and tried hard to obtain -inward peace by a pious life and the greatest strictness in all -external observances.<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a> He then determined to renounce the -world, and in spite of the strong opposition of his father, became -a monk of the Augustine order of Erfurt. But in vain; -he was tormented by doubt, and even by despair, until he -turned again to the Bible. A zealous study of the exact language -of the gospels gave him not only a firm faith, but a -peace and cheerfulness which was never afterward disturbed -by trials or dangers.<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a></p> - -<p>In the year 1508 the elector of Saxony nominated him professor -of philosophy in the university of Wittenberg; and in -1509 he began to give biblical lectures. These lectures were -the awakening cause of new life in the university, and soon a -great number of students from all parts of Germany gathered -round Luther. Even professors came to attend his lectures -and hear his preaching. The year 1511 brought an apparent -interruption, but in fact only a new development of Luther’s -character and knowledge of the world. He was sent by his -order to Rome on account of some discrepancies of opinion as -to its government. The tone of flippant impiety at the court -and among the higher clergy of Rome shocked the devout -German monk. He then discovered the real state of the world -in the center of the Western church. He returned to the -university and took the degree of Doctor of Divinity at the end -of 1512. The solemn oath he had to pronounce on that occasion, -“to devote his whole life to study, and faithfully expound -and defend the Holy Scripture,” was to him the seal of his -mission. He began his biblical teaching by attacking scholasticism, -at that time called Aristotelianism. He showed that the -Bible was a deeper philosophy. His contemporaries praised -the clearness of his doctrine. Christ’s self-devoted life and -death was its center; God’s eternal love to mankind, and the -sure triumph of Faith, were his texts.<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a></p> - - -<h4>SALE OF PAPAL INDULGENCES—LUTHER’S RESISTANCE.</h4> - -<p>In the year 1517, the pope, Leo X., famous both for his luxurious -habits and his love of art, found that his income was not -sufficient for his expenses, and determined to increase it by issuing -a series of absolutions for all forms of crime, even perjury, -bigamy and murder. The cost of pardon was graduated -according to the nature of the sin. Albert, Archbishop of -Mayence, bought the right of selling absolutions in Germany, -and appointed as his agent a Dominican monk of the name of -Tetzel. The latter began traveling through the country like a -peddler, publicly offering for sale the pardon of the Roman -church for all varieties of crime. In some places he did an excellent -business, since many evil men also purchased pardons -in advance for the crimes they <i>intended</i> to commit; in other -districts Tetzel only stirred up the abhorrence of the people, -and increased their burning desire to have such enormities -suppressed.</p> - -<p>Only one man, however, dared to come out openly and condemn -the papal trade in sin and crime. This was Dr. Martin -Luther, who, on the 31st of October, 1517, nailed upon the door -of the church at Wittenberg a series of ninety-five theses, or -theological declarations, the truth of which he offered to prove, -against all adversaries. The substance of them was that the -pardon of sins came only from God, and could only be purchased -by true repentance; that to offer absolutions for sale, as -Tetzel was doing, was an unchristian act, contrary to the genuine -doctrines of the church; and that it could not, therefore, -have been sanctioned by the pope. Luther’s object, at this -time, was not to separate from the church of Rome, but to reform -and purify it.</p> - -<p>The ninety-five theses, which were written in Latin, were -immediately translated, printed, and circulated throughout -Germany. They were followed by replies, in which the action -of the pope was defended; Luther was styled a heretic, and -threatened with the fate of Huss. He defended himself in -pamphlets, which were eagerly read by the people; and his -followers increased so rapidly that Leo X., who had summoned -him to Rome for trial, finally agreed that he should present -himself before the Papal Legate, Cardinal Cajetanus, at Augsburg. -The latter simply demanded that Luther should retract -what he had preached and written, as being contrary to the -papal bulls; whereupon Luther, for the first time, was compelled -to declare that “the command of the pope can only be -respected as the voice of God, when it is not in conflict with the -Holy Scriptures.” The Cardinal afterward said: “I will have -nothing more to do with that German beast, with the deep eyes -and the whimsical speculations in his head!” and Luther said -of him: “He knew no more about the Word than a donkey -knows of harp-playing.”</p> - -<p>The Vicar-General of the Augustines was still Luther’s friend, -and, fearing that he was not safe in Augsburg, he had him let<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span> -out of the city at daybreak, through a small door in the wall, -and then supplied with a horse. Having reached Wittenberg, -where he was surrounded with devoted followers, Frederick the -Wise was next ordered to give him up. About the same time -Leo X. declared that the practices assailed by Luther were doctrines -of the church, and must be accepted as such. Frederick -began to waver; but the young Philip Melanchthon, Justus -Jonas, and other distinguished men connected with the university -exerted their influence, and the elector finally refused the -demand. The Emperor Maximilian, now near his end, sent a -letter to the pope, begging him to arrange the difficulty, and -Leo X. commissioned his Nuncio, a Saxon nobleman named -Karl von Miltitz, to meet Luther. The meeting took place at -Altenburg in 1519; the Nuncio, who afterward reported that he -“would not undertake to remove Luther from Germany with -the help of 10,000 soldiers, for he had found ten men for him -where one was for the pope”—was a mild and conciliatory -man. He prayed Luther to pause, for he was destroying the -peace of the church, and succeeded, by his persuasions, in inducing -him to promise to keep silence, provided his antagonists -remained silent also.</p> - -<p>This was merely a truce, and it was soon broken. Dr. Eck, -one of the partisans of the church, challenged Luther’s friend -and follower, Carlstadt, to a public discussion in Leipzig, and -it was not long before Luther himself was compelled to take -part in it. He declared his views with more clearness than -ever, disregarding the outcry raised against him that he was in -fellowship with the Bohemian heretics. The struggle, by this -time, had affected all Germany, the middle class and smaller -nobles being mostly on Luther’s side, while the priests and -reigning princes, with a few exceptions, were against him. In -order to defend himself from misrepresentation and justify his -course, he published two pamphlets, one called “An Appeal to -the Emperor and Christian Nobles of Germany,” and the other -“Concerning the Babylonian Captivity of the Church.” These -were read by tens of thousands, all over the country.</p> - -<p>Pope Leo X. immediately issued a bull, ordering all Luther’s -writings to be burned, excommunicating those who should believe -in them, and summoning Luther to Rome. This only increased -the popular excitement in Luther’s favor, and on the -10th of December, 1520, he took the step which made impossible -any reconciliation between himself and the papal power. -Accompanied by the professors and students of the university, -he had a fire kindled outside of one of the gates of Wittenberg, -placed therein the books of canonical law and various writings -in defence of the pope, and then cast the papal bull into the -flames, with the words: “As thou hast tormented the Lord and -His saints, so may eternal flame torment and consume thee.” -This was the boldest declaration of war ever hurled at such an -overwhelming majority; but the courage of this one man soon -communicated itself to the people. Frederick the Wise was -now his steadfast friend, and, although the dangers which beset -him increased every day, his own faith in the righteousness -of his cause only became firmer and purer.<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a></p> - - -<h4>LUTHER AT WORMS.</h4> - -<p>Meanwhile Charles of Spain had succeeded Maximilian and -became Karl V. in the list of German emperors. Luther wrote -to the new emperor asking that he might be heard before being -condemned. The elector Frederick also interceded, and the -diet of Worms was convened January 6, 1521. Luther was -summoned to appear. “I must go; if I am too weak to go in -good health, I shall have myself carried thither sick. They -will not have my blood after which they thirst unless it is God’s -will. Two things I can not do—shrink from the call, nor retract -my opinions.” The emperor tardily granted him the safe conduct -on which his friends insisted. In spite of all warnings he -set out with the imperial herald on the 2nd of April. On -the 16th he entered the city. On his approach to Worms the -elector’s chancellor entreated him in the name of his master -not to enter a town where his death was already decided. Luther -returned the simple reply, “Tell your master that if there -were as many devils at Worms as tiles on its roofs, I would enter.” -When surrounded by his friends on the morning of the -17th, on which day he was to appear before the august assembly, -he said, “Christ is to me what the head of the gorgon was -to Perseus; I must hold it up against the devil’s attack.” When -the hour approached he fell on his knees and uttered in great -agony a prayer such as can only be pronounced by a man filled -with the spirit of him who prayed at Gethsemane. He rose -from prayer, and followed the herald. Before the throne he -was asked two questions, whether he acknowledged the works -before him to have been written by himself, and whether he -would retract what he had said in them. Luther’s address to -the emperor has been preserved, and is a masterpiece of eloquence -as well as of courage. The following is a part of his -words: “I have laid open the almost incredible corruptions -of popery, and given utterance to complaints almost universal. -By retracting what I have said on this score, should I not fortify -rank tyranny, and open a still wider door to enormous impieties? -I can only say with Jesus Christ, ‘If I have spoken -evil, bear witness of the evil.’” Addressing himself directly to -the emperor, he said: “May this new reign not begin, and still -less continue, under pernicious auspices. The Pharaohs of -Egypt, the kings of Babylon and of Israel never worked more -effectually for their own ruin than when they thought to -strengthen their power. I speak thus boldly, not because I -think such great princes want my advice, but because I will -fulfill my duty toward Germany as she has a right to expect -from her children.” The contemptible emperor, seeing his -physical exhaustion, and thinking to confound him, ordered -him to repeat what he had said in Latin. Luther did so. It -was, however, when again urged to retract that we witness what -seems the highest point of moral sublimity in Luther’s career. -“I can not submit my faith either to the pope or to councils, -for it is clear that they have often erred and contradicted themselves. -I will retract nothing unless convicted by the very passages -of the word of God which I have just quoted.” And he -concluded by saying: “Here I take my stand. I can not do -otherwise: so help me God. Amen.”<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a></p> - -<p>From that day Luther’s life was in greatest and constant danger. -The papal dogs had scented the blood of a heretic, and -were on his track. Leaving Worms, he was seized by friends -under the guise of enemies, as he was passing through the -Thuringian forest, and carried away and hid in the castle of -Wartburg. Here, secreted from his enemies for many months, -he busied himself with translating the New Testament into German. -His version proved to be among the most valuable of -the services he rendered. In many respects it is superior to -any other translations yet made. With all his scholarship, he -ignored the theological style of writing, and sought to express -the thoughts of the inspired writers in words comprehensible by -the commonest people. To this end he frequented the marketplace, -the house of sorrow, and of rejoicing, in order to note -how the people expressed themselves in all the circumstances -of life. “I can not use the words heard in castles and courts,” -he said; “I have endeavored in translating to give clear, pure -German.”</p> - -<p>Luther lived twenty-five years after the diet of Worms—years -of heroic battle, sometimes against foes inside of his movement -of reform as well as against the church, which never gave up -the struggle. He wrote many works, some controversial, others -expository of the Bible. His “Battle Hymn” also revealed -him the possessor of rare poetic genius.</p> - -<p>He died at Eisleben, February 17, 1546. For some time, -under the weight of his labors and anxieties, his constitution -had been breaking down. The giant of the Reformation halted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span> -in his earthly course, but the gigantic spirit and work moved -on. As the solemn procession which bore his body from Eisleben -to Wittenberg passed, the bells of every village and town -were tolled, and the people flocked together, crowding the highways. -At Halle men and women came out with cries and lamentations, -and so great was the throng that it was two hours -before the coffin could be laid in the church. An eye-witness -says: “Here we endeavored to raise the funeral psalm, ‘Out -of the depths have I called unto thee,’ but so heavy was our -grief that the words were wept rather than sung.” Mr. Carlyle -closes his “Spiritual Portrait of Luther” with the following -words of noble and beautiful tribute: “I call this Luther a true -great man; great in intellect, in courage, affection and integrity; -one of our most lovable and precious men. Great, not as -a hewn obelisk, but as an Alpine mountain—so simple, honest, -spontaneous, not setting up to be great at all; there for quite -another purpose than being great! Ah yes, unsubduable granite, -piercing far and wide into the heavens; yet in the clefts of -it fountains, green, beautiful valleys with flowers! A right -spiritual hero and prophet; once more, a true son of nature -and fact, for whom these centuries, and many that are to come -yet, will be thankful to heaven.”</p> - -<p class="continue"> -[To be continued.]<br /> -</p> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - - - -<h2><a name="EXTRACTS_FROM_GERMAN_LITERATURE" id="EXTRACTS_FROM_GERMAN_LITERATURE">EXTRACTS FROM GERMAN LITERATURE.</a></h2> - - -<h3>JOHANN JOACHIM WINCKELMANN.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>No critic has displayed a keener feeling for the beauty and significance -of such works as came within his knowledge, or a truer imagination in -bridging over the gulfs at which direct knowledge failed him. And his -style, warm with the glow of sustained enthusiasm, yet calm, dignified, -and harmonious, was worthy of his splendid theme.—<i>Sime.</i></p> - -<p>More artistic and æsthetic views have prevailed in every direction -since Winckelmann became a recognized authority.—<i>Schlegel.</i></p></div> - - -<h4>The Apollo of the Vatican.</h4> - -<p>Among all the works of antiquity which have escaped destruction -the Apollo of the Vatican reaches the highest ideal of -art. It surpasses all other statues as Homer’s Apollo does that -of all succeeding poets. Its size lifts it above common humanity, -and its altitude bespeaks its greatness. The proud -form charming in the manliness of the prime of life seems -clothed with endless youth.</p> - -<p>Go with thy soul into the kingdom of celestial beauty and -seek to create within thyself a divine nature, and to fill thy -heart with forms which are above the material. For here there -is nothing perishable, nothing that mortal imperfection demands. -No veins heat, no sinews control this body; but a -heavenly spirit spreading like a gentle stream fills the whole -figure.</p> - -<p>He has foiled the Python against which he has just drawn -his bow, and the powerful dart has overtaken and killed it. -Satisfied, he looks far beyond his victory into space; contempt -is on his lip and the rage which possesses him expands his -nostrils and mounts to his forehead. Still the peace which -hovers in holy calm upon his forehead is undisturbed; his eye -like the eyes of the muses is full of gentleness.</p> - -<p>In all the statues of the father of gods which remain to us in -none does he come so near to that grandeur in which he has -revealed himself to the poets as he does here in the face of his -son. The peculiar beauties of the remaining gods are united -here in one: the forehead of Jupiter, pregnant with the goddess -of wisdom, eyebrows which reveal his will in their arch, the full -commanding eyes of the queen of the gods, and a mouth of the -greatest loveliness. About this divine head the soft hair, as if -moved by a gentle breeze, plays like the graceful tendrils of a -vine. He seems like one anointed with the oil of the gods, and -crowned with glory by the Graces.</p> - -<p>Before this wonderful work of art I forget all else. My -bosom throbs with adoration as his with the spirit of prophecy. -I feel myself carried back to Delos and to the lyric halls, the -places which Apollo honored with his presence; then the statue -before me seems to receive life and motion like Pygmalion’s -beauty; how is it possible to paint, to describe it? Art itself -must direct me, must lead my hand, to carry out the first outlines -which I attempt. I lay my effort at its feet as those who -would crown the god-head, but can not attain the height, do -their wreaths.</p> - - -<h3>FRIEDRICH VON SCHILLER.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>He was a seer—a prophet. A century has passed since his birth, and -we revere him as one of the first among the spiritual heroes of humanity.—<i>Vischer. -Speech at the Centenary Festival of Schiller’s birthday -(1859).</i></p> - -<p>That Schiller went away early is for us a gain. From his tomb there -comes to us an impulse, strengthening us, as with the breath of his own -might, and awakening a most earnest longing to fulfill, lovingly, and -more and more, the work that he began. So, in all that he willed to do, -and in all that he fulfilled, he shall live on, forever, for his own nation, -and for mankind.—<i>Goethe.</i></p></div> - -<p>Goethe and Schiller greatly excelled in their department of -literary labor, becoming oracles in all such matters. And since -their names have gone into history, they share, perhaps not -quite equally, the highest niche in the pantheon of German literature. -Schiller was, at once, a fine thinker, and poet, able to -weave his own subtle thoughts, and the philosophies of other -transcendentalists into verse, as exquisite as their speculations -were, at times, dreamy and incomprehensible. Carlyle, in a -glowing tribute to Schiller, concedes to Goethe the honor of being -the poet of Germany; and so perhaps he was, though it is -difficult to compare men so widely different. They differed in -this: Goethe, with his rich endowment of intellect, was born -a poet—an inspired man; the everspringing fountain within him -poured forth copiously; Schiller, with genius hardly surpassed, -seems a more laborious thinker, ever seeking truth, while -his finely wrought stanzas are a little more artificially melodious. -He is the most beloved because his countrymen think he -had more heart, and breathed out more ardent aspirations for -political freedom. We commend what is excellent in his works; -the facts and truths expressed with refreshing clearness, and -usually of good moral tendency, but we can not ignore his philosophical -skepticism, and warn the admiring reader against -its pernicious influence. In the supreme matter of religious -faith our captivating author was evidently much of his life adrift -on stormy seas, “driven of the winds and tossed.” If the fatuity -of the venture was not followed by dismal and utter shipwreck, -he was near the fatal rocks, and suffered great loss. -The beginning was in this respect most full of promise, and his -environment favorable. The home training in a devout religious -family, and the teachings of the sanctuary had made a -deep impression on the mind of the thoughtful youth, and as -solemn vows were made as ever passed from human lips. His -was for a season really a life of prayer and consecration to -Christian service. But all that passed away. And how the -change was brought about it is not hard to discover. Though -blameless in character, and full of noble aspirations while yet -in his adolescence, quite too early, he became acquainted with -infidel writings of Voltaire—a perilous adventure for any youth. -The foundations on which he rested were shaken, and he fled -to the positive philosophy of Kant and others, who interpreted -away all that was distinctively true and life-giving in the Scriptures. -Faith, whose mild radiance brightened the morning, -suffered a fearful eclipse before it was noon: and thence, like -a wanderer, he groped for the way; “daylight all gone.” The -great man needed God, but turned from him—sought truth with -worshipful anxiety, but, in his sad bewilderment, found it not. -The difference between his states of faith and unfaith is strongly -stated in his own words that we here give. The first extract<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span> -was written on a Sabbath in 1777. The other tells, about as -forcibly as words can, of the unrest and disappointment that -were afterward felt.</p> - -<h4>Sabbath Morning.</h4> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>God of truth, Father of light, I look to thee with the first rays of the -morning sun, and I bow before thee. Thou seest me, O God! Thou -seest from afar every pulsation of my praying heart. Thou knowest well -my earnest desire for truth. Heavy doubt often veils my soul in night; -but thou knowest how anxious my heart is within me, and how it goes -out for heavenly light. Oh yes! A friendly ray has often fallen from -thee upon my shadowed soul. I saw the awful abyss on whose brink I -was trembling, and I have thanked the kind hand that drew me back in -safety. Still be with me, my God and Father, for there are days when -fools stalk about and say, “there is no God.” Thou hast given me my -birth, O my Creator, in these days when superstition rages at my right hand, -and skepticism scoffs at my left. So I often stand and quake in the -storm; and oh, how often would the bending reed break if thou didst -not prevent it; thou, the mighty Preserver of all thy creatures and Father -of all who seek thee. What am I without truth, without her leadership -through life’s labyrinth? A wanderer through the wilderness overtaken -by the night, with no friendly hand to lead me, and no guiding star to -show me the path. Doubt, uncertainty, skepticism! You begin with -anguish, and you end with despair. But Truth, thou leadest us safely -through life, bearest the torch before us in the dark vale of death, and -bringest us home to heaven, where thou wast born. O my God, keep my -heart in peace, in that holy rest during which Truth loves best to visit us. -If I have truth then I have Christ; If I have Christ then have I God; and -if I have God, then I have everything. And could I ever permit myself -to be robbed of this precious gem, this heaven-reaching blessing by the -wisdom of this world, which is foolishness in thy sight? No. He who -hates truth will I call my enemy, but he who seeks it with simple heart I -will embrace as my brother and my friend.</p></div> - -<p>Later in life his anguish is openly expressed in his philosophical -letters. “I felt, and I was happy. Raphael has taught me to -think, and I am now ready to lament my own creation. You have -stolen my faith that gave me peace. You have taught me to -despise what I once reverenced. A thousand things were very -venerable to me before your sorry wisdom stripped me of them. -I saw a multitude of people going to church; I heard their earnest -worship as they united in fraternal prayer; I cried aloud, -‘That truth must be divine which the best of men profess, which -conquers so triumphantly and consoles so sweetly.’ Your cold -reason has quenched my enthusiasm. ‘Believe no one,’ you -said, ‘but your reason; there is nothing more holy than truth.’ -I listened, and offered up all my opinions. My reason is now become -everything to me; it is my only guarantee for divinity, virtue, -and immortality. Woe unto me henceforth, if I come in -conflict with this sole security!”</p> - -<p>The following lines are given as a specimen of his verse. -They are taken from Carlyle’s translation of the “Song of the -Alps:”</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">By the edge of the chasm is a slippery track,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">The torrent beneath, and the mist hanging o’er thee;</span></div> -<div class="verse">The cliffs of the mountains, huge, rugged, and black,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Are frowning like giants before thee;</span></div> -<div class="verse">And, would’st thou not waken the sleeping Lawine,</div> -<div class="verse">Walk silent and soft through the deadly ravine.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">That bridge with its dizzying, perilous span,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Aloft o’er the gulf and its flood suspended,</span></div> -<div class="verse">Think’st thou it was built by the art of man,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">By his hand that grim old arch was bended?</span></div> -<div class="verse">Far down in the jaws of the gloomy abyss</div> -<div class="verse">The water is boiling and hissing—forever will hiss.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<h5>Duty—Fame of.</h5> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">What shall I do to be forever known?</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Thy duty ever.</span></div> -<div class="verse">This did full many who yet slept unknown—</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Oh! never, never!</span></div> -<div class="verse">Thinkest thou, perchance, that they remain unknown</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Whom <i>thou</i> knowest not?</span></div> -<div class="verse">By angel trumps in heaven their praise is blown,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Divine their lot.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">What shall I do to gain eternal life?</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Discharge aright</span></div> -<div class="verse">The simple dues with which each day is rife?</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Yea, with thy might.</span></div> -<div class="verse">Ere perfect scheme of action thou devise,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Life will be fled,</span></div> -<div class="verse">While he who ever acts as conscience cries</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Shall live, though dead.</span></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The following verse is from the oft-recited “Song of the Bell,” -and is exquisite:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">Ah! seeds how dearer far than they</div> -<div class="verse">We bury in the dismal tomb,</div> -<div class="verse">When hope and sorrow bend to pray,</div> -<div class="verse">That suns beyond the realm of day</div> -<div class="verse">May warm them into bloom.</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<h3>JOHANN WOLFGANG GOETHE.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>Goethe differs from all other great writers, except perhaps Milton, in -this respect, that his works can not be understood without a knowledge -of his life, and that his life is in itself a work of art, greater than any -work which it created.... He is not only the greatest poet of Germany; -he is one of the greatest poets of any age.... He was the -apostle of self-culture.—<i>Sime.</i></p></div> - -<h4>A Criticism on the Poems of J. H. Voss.</h4> - -<p>Every author, in some degree, portrays himself in his works -even be it against his will. In this case he is present to us, and -designedly; nay, with a friendly alacrity, sets before us his inward -and outward modes of thinking and feeling; and disdains -not to give us confidential explanations of circumstances, -thoughts, views, and expressions, by means of appended notes.</p> - -<p>And now, encouraged by so friendly an invitation, we draw -nearer to him; we seek him by himself; we attach ourselves to -him, and promise ourselves rich enjoyment, and manifold instruction -and improvement.</p> - -<p>In a level northern landscape we find him, rejoicing in his -existence, in a latitude in which the ancients hardly expected -to find a living thing.</p> - -<p>And truly, winter there manifests his whole might and sovereignty. -Storm-borne from the pole, he covers the woods with -hoar frost, the streams with ice—a drifting whirlwind eddies -around the high gables, while the poet rejoices in the shelter -and comfort of his home, and cheerily bids defiance to the raging -elements. Furred and frost-covered friends arrive, and are -heartily welcomed under the protecting roof; and soon they -form a cordial confiding circle, enliven the household meal by -the clang of glasses, the joyous song, and thus create for themselves -a moral summer.</p> - -<p>And when spring herself advances, no more is heard of roof -and hearth; the poet is always abroad, wandering on the soft -pathways around his peaceful lake. Every bush unfolds itself -with an individual character, every blossom bursts with an individual -life, in his presence. As in a fully worked-out picture, -we see, in the sun-light around him, grass and herb, as distinctly -as oak and beech-tree; and on the margin of the still -waters there is wanting neither the reed nor any succulent -plant.</p> - -<p>Around him, like a dweller in Eden, sport, harmless, fearless -creatures—the lamb on the meadows, the roe in the forest. -Around him assemble the whole choir of birds, and drown the -busy hum of day with their varied accents.</p> - -<p>The summer has come again; a genial warmth breathes -through the poet’s song. Thunders roll; clouds drop showers; -rainbows appear; lightnings gleam, and a blessed coolness -overspreads the plain. Everything ripens; the poet overlooks<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span> -none of the varied harvests; he hallows all by his presence.</p> - -<p>And here is the place to remark what an influence our poets -might exercise on the civilization of our German people—in -some places, perhaps, have exercised.</p> - -<p>His poems on the various incidents of rural life, indeed, do -represent rather the reflections of a refined intellect than the -feelings of the common people: but if we could picture to ourselves -that a harper were present at the hay, corn, and potato -harvests—if we recollected how he might make the men whom -he gathered around him observant of that which recurs to them -as ordinary and familiar; if, by his manner of regarding it, by -his poetical expression, he elevated the common, and heightened -the enjoyment of every gift of God and nature by his -dignified representation of it, we may truly say he would be a -real benefactor to his country. For the first stage of a true -enlightenment is, that man should reflect upon his condition -and circumstances, and be brought to regard them in the most -agreeable light.</p> - -<p>But scarcely are all these bounties brought under man’s notice, -when autumn glides in, and our poet takes an affecting -leave of nature, decaying, at least in outward appearance. -Yet he abandons not his beloved vegetation wholly to the unkind -winter. The elegant vase receives many a plant, many a -bulb, wherewith to create a mimic summer in the home seclusion -of winter, and, even at that season, to leave no festival -without its flowers and wreaths. Care is taken that even the -household birds belonging to the family should not want a -green fresh roof to their bowery cage.</p> - -<p>Now is the loveliest time for short rambles—for friendly converse -in the chilly evening. Every domestic feeling becomes -active; longings for social pleasures increase; the want of -music is more sensibly felt; and now, even the sick man willingly -joins the friendly circle, and a departing friend seems to -clothe himself in the colors of the departing year.</p> - -<p>For as certainly as spring will return after the lapse of winter, -so certainly will friends, lovers, kindred meet again; they will -meet again in the presence of the all-loving Father; and then -first will they form a whole with each other, and with everything -good, after which they sought and strove in vain in this -piece-meal world. And thus does the felicity of the poet, even -here, rest on the persuasion that all have to rejoice in the care -of a wise God, whose power extends unto all, and whose light -lightens upon all. Thus does the adoration of such a being -create in the poet the highest clearness and reasonableness; -and, at the same time, an assurance that the thoughts, the -words, with which he comprehends and describes infinite qualities, -are not empty dreams and sounds, and thence arises a -rapturous feeling of his own and others’ happiness, in which -everything conflicting, peculiar, discordant, is resolved and -dissipated.</p> - -<h4>Faustus.</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><i>Faustus.</i> Oh, he, indeed, is happy, who still feels,</div> -<div class="verse">And cherishes within himself, the hope</div> -<div class="verse">To lift himself above this sea of errors!</div> -<div class="verse">Of things we know not, each day do we find</div> -<div class="verse">The want of knowledge—all we know is useless:</div> -<div class="verse">But ’tis not wise to sadden with such thoughts</div> -<div class="verse">This hour of beauty and benignity:</div> -<div class="verse">Look yonder, with delighted heart and eye,</div> -<div class="verse">On those low cottages that shine so bright</div> -<div class="verse">(Each with its garden plot of smiling green),</div> -<div class="verse">Robed in the glory of the setting sun!</div> -<div class="verse">But he is parting—fading—day is over—</div> -<div class="verse">Yonder he hastens to diffuse new life.</div> -<div class="verse">Oh, for a wing to raise me up from earth,</div> -<div class="verse">Nearer, and yet more near, to the bright orb,</div> -<div class="verse">That unrestrained I still might follow him!</div> -<div class="verse">Then should I see, in one unvarying glow</div> -<div class="verse">Of deathless evening, the reposing world</div> -<div class="verse">Beneath me—the hills kindling—the sweet vales,</div> -<div class="verse">Beyond the hills, asleep in the soft beams</div> -<div class="verse">The silver streamlet, at the silent touch</div> -<div class="verse">Of heavenly light, transfigured into gold,</div> -<div class="verse">Flowing in brightness inexpressible!</div> -<div class="verse">Nothing to stop or stay my godlike motion!</div> -<div class="verse">The rugged hill, with its wild cliffs, in vain</div> -<div class="verse">Would rise to hide the sun; in vain would strive</div> -<div class="verse">To check my glorious course; the sea already,</div> -<div class="verse">With its illumined bays, that burn beneath</div> -<div class="verse">The lord of day, before the astonished eyes</div> -<div class="verse">Opens its bosom—and he seems at last</div> -<div class="verse">Just sinking—no—a power unfelt before—</div> -<div class="verse">An impulse indescribable succeeds!</div> -<div class="verse">Onward, entranced, I haste to drink the beams</div> -<div class="verse">Of the unfading light—before me day—</div> -<div class="verse">And night left still behind—and overhead</div> -<div class="verse">Wide heaven—and under me the spreading sea!—</div> -<div class="verse">A glorious vision, while the setting sun</div> -<div class="verse">Is lingering! Oh, to the spirit’s flight,</div> -<div class="verse">How faint and feeble are material wings!</div> -<div class="verse">Yet such our nature is, that when the lark,</div> -<div class="verse">High over us, unseen in the blue sky</div> -<div class="verse">Thrills his heart-piercing song, we feel ourselves</div> -<div class="verse">Press up from earth, as ’twere in rivalry;—</div> -<div class="verse">And when above the savage hill of pines,</div> -<div class="verse">The eagle sweeps with outspread wings—and when</div> -<div class="verse">The crane pursues, high off, his homeward path,</div> -<div class="verse">Flying o’er watery moors and wide lakes lonely!</div> -<div class="verse">Flying o’er watery moors and wide lakes lonely!</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><i>Wagner.</i> I, too, have had my hours of reverie;</div> -<div class="verse">But impulse such as this I never felt.</div> -<div class="verse">Of wood and fields the eye will soon grow weary;</div> -<div class="verse">I’d never envy the wild birds their wings.</div> -<div class="verse">How different are the pleasures of the mind;</div> -<div class="verse">Leading from book to book, from leaf to leaf,</div> -<div class="verse">They make the nights of winter bright and cheerful;</div> -<div class="verse">They spread a sense of pleasure through the frame,</div> -<div class="verse">And when you see some old and treasured parchments,</div> -<div class="verse">All heaven descends to your delighted senses!</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<h3>FRIEDRICH SCHLEGEL.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>His most important work is his “History of Ancient and Modern -Literature.” Throughout his exposition he is a propagandist of his special -ideas; but the book is of lasting importance as the earliest attempt -to present a systematic view of literary development as a whole.—<i>Sime.</i></p></div> - -<h4>Extracts from History of Literature.</h4> - -<p><span class="smcap">Literary Influence of the Bible.</span>—On attentively considering -the influence exercised by the Bible over mediæval as -well as more modern literature and poetry, and the effects of -the Scriptures, viewed as a mere literary composition on language, -art, and representation, two important elements engage -our observation. The first of these is complete simplicity of -expression or the absence of all artifice. Almost exclusively -treating of God and the moral nature of man, the language of -the Scriptures is throughout living and forcible, devoid of metaphysical -subtleties and of those dead ideas and empty abstractions -which mark the philosophy of all nations—from the Indians -and Greeks down to modern Europeans—whenever they -undertake to represent those exalted objects of contemplation, -God and man, by the light of unassisted reason.... Corresponding -simplicity or absence of affectation also mark the -poetical portions of Holy Writ, notwithstanding the copiousness -of noble and sublime passages with which they abound.... -The second distinctive quality of the Bible, in reference to external -form and mode of representation, exerting an immense -influence over modern diction and poesy, is the all pervading -typical and symbolic element—not only of its poetical but of -the didactic and historical books. In the case of the Hebrews -this peculiarity may be partially regarded as a national peculiarity, -in which the Arabs, their nearest of kin, participated.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span> -It is not impossible that the prohibition concerning graven images -of the Divinity contributed to cherish this propensity; the imagination -restricted on one side sought an outlet in another. -The same results flowed from similar causes among the followers -of Mahomet. In those portions of Holy Writ in which -oriental imagery is less dominant, as for instance in the books -of the New Testament, symbolism nevertheless prevails. This -spirit has, to a great extent, influenced the intellectual development -of all Christian races.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mediæval Gothic Architecture.</span>—The real mediæval is -nowhere so thoroughly expressed as in the memorials of the -architectural style erroneously called gothic, the origin of -which, as also its progressive features, may, to this day, be said -to be lost in obscurity and doubt. The misnomer is now generally -admitted, and it is commonly understood that this mediæval -style did not originate with the Goths, but sprung up at -a later date, and speedily attained its full maturity without exhibiting -various gradations of formation. I allude to that style -of Christian art which is distinguished by its lofty vaults and -arches, its pillars which resemble bundles of reeds, and general -profusion of ornament modeled after leaf and flower.... -Whoever the originators, it is evident that their intention was -not merely to pile up huge stone edifices, but to embody certain -ideas. How excellent soever the style of a building may be, if -it convey no meaning, express no sentiment, it can not strictly -be considered a creation of art; for it must be remembered -that this, at once the most ancient and sublime of creative arts, -can not directly stimulate the feelings by means of actual appeal -or faculty of representation. Hence architecture generally -bears a symbolical hidden meaning, whilst the Christian -architecture of mediæval Germany does so in an eminent and -especial degree. First and foremost there is the expression of -devotional thought towering boldly aloft from this lowly earth -toward the azure skies and an omnipotent God.... The whole -plan is replete with symbols of deep significance, traced and -illustrated in a remarkable manner in the records of the period. -The altar pointed eastward; the three principal entrances expressed -the conflux of worshipers gathered together from all -quarters of the globe. The three steeples corresponded to the -Christian Trinity. The quire arose like a temple within a -temple on an increased scale of elevation. The form of the -cross had been of early establishment in the Christian church, -not accidentally, as has been conjectured by some, but with a -view to completeness, a constituent part of the whole. The -rose will be found to constitute the radical element of all decoration -in this architectural style; from it the peculiar shape of -window, door and steeple is mainly derived in their manifold -variety of foliated tracery. The cross and the rose are, then, -the chief symbols of this mystic art. On the whole, what is -sought to be conveyed is the stupendous idea of eternity, the -earnest thought of death, the death of this world, wreathed in -the lovely fullness of an endless blooming life in the world that -is to come.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="READINGS_IN_PHYSICAL_SCIENCE" id="READINGS_IN_PHYSICAL_SCIENCE"></a>READINGS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE.<a name="FNanchor_H_8" id="FNanchor_H_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_H_8" class="fnanchor">[H]</a></h2> - - -<h3>IV.—THE SEA.</h3> - -<p>It has been ascertained that water covers about three times -more of the earth’s surface than the land does. We could not -tell that merely by what we can see from any part of this country, -or indeed of any country. It is because men have sailed -round the world, and have crossed it in many directions, that -the proportion of land and water has come to be known.</p> - -<p>Take a school-globe and turn it slowly round on its axis. -You see at a glance how much larger the surface of water is -than the surface of land. But you may notice several other interesting -things about the distribution of land and water.</p> - -<p>In the first place you will find that the water is all connected -together into one great mass, which we call the sea. The land, -on the other hand, is much broken up by the way the sea runs -into it; and some parts are cut off from the main mass of land, -so as to form islands in the sea. Britain is one of the pieces of -land so cut off.</p> - -<p>In the second place, you cannot fail to notice how much more -land lies on the north than on the south of the equator. If you -turn the globe so that your eye shall look straight down on the -site of London, you will find that most of the land on the globe -comes into sight; whereas, if you turn the globe exactly round, -and look straight down on the area of New Zealand, you will -see most of the sea. London thus stands about the centre of -the land-hemisphere, midway among the countries of the earth. -And no doubt this central position has not been without its influence -in fostering the progress of British commerce.</p> - -<p>In the third place, you will notice that by the way in which -the masses of land are placed, parts of the sea are to some extent -separated from each other. These masses of land are -called continents, and the wide sheets of water between are -termed oceans. Picture to yourselves that the surface of the -solid part of the earth is uneven, some portions rising into -broad swellings and ridges, others sinking into wide hollows -and basins. Now, into these hollows the sea has been gathered, -and only those upstanding parts which rise above the -level of the sea form the land.</p> - -<p>When you come to examine the water of the sea, you find -that it differs from the water with which you are familiar on the -land, inasmuch as it is salt. It contains something which you -do not notice in ordinary spring or river water. If you take a -drop of clear spring water, and allow it to evaporate from a -piece of glass, you will find no trace left behind. Take, however, -a drop of sea water and allow it to evaporate. You find -a little white point or film left behind, and on placing that film -under a microscope you see it to consist of delicate crystals of -common or sea salt. It would not matter from what ocean you -took the drop of water, it would still show the crystals of salt on -being evaporated.</p> - -<p>There are some other things beside common salt in sea -water. But the salt is the most abundant, and we need not -trouble about the rest at present. Now, where did all this mineral -matter in the sea come from? The salt of the sea is all -derived from the waste of the rocks.</p> - -<p>It has already been pointed out how, both underground and -on the surface of the land, water is always dissolving out of -the rocks various mineral substances, of which salt is one. -Hence the water of springs and rivers contains salt, and this is -borne away into the sea. So that all over the world there must -be a vast quantity of salt carried into the ocean every year.</p> - -<p>The sea gives off again by evaporation as much water as it -receives from rain and from the rivers of the land. But the salt -carried into it remains behind. If you take some salt water and -evaporate it the pure water disappears, and the salt is left. So -it is with the sea. Streams are every day carrying fresh supplies -of salt into the sea. Every day, too, millions of tons of -water are passing from the ocean into vapor in the atmosphere. -The waters of the sea must consequently be getting salter by -degrees. The process, however, is an extremely slow one.</p> - -<p>Although sea water has probably been gradually growing in -saltness ever since rivers first flowed into the great sea, it is even -now by no means as salt as it might be. In the Atlantic Ocean, -for example, the total quantity of the different salts amounts only -to about three and a half parts in every hundred parts of water. -But in the Dead Sea, which is extremely salt, the proportion is -as much as twenty-four parts in the hundred of water.</p> - -<p>Standing by the shore and watching for a little the surface of -the sea, you notice how restless it is. Even on the calmest -summer day, a slight ripple or a gentle heaving motion will be -seen.</p> - -<p>Again, if you watch a little longer, you will find that whether<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span> -the sea is calm or rough, it does not remain always at the same -limit upon the beach. At one part of the day the edge of the -water reaches to the upper part of the sloping beach; some six -hours afterward it has retired to the lower part. You may watch -it falling and rising day by day, and year by year, with so much -regularity that its motion can be predicted long beforehand. -This ebb and flow of the sea forms what are called tides.</p> - -<p>If you cork up an empty bottle and throw it into the sea, it -will of course float. But it will not remain long where it fell. -It will begin to move away, and may travel for a long distance -until thrown upon some shore again. Bottles cast upon mid-ocean -have been known to be carried in this way for many -hundreds of miles. This surface-drift of the sea water corresponds -generally with the direction in which the prevalent winds -blow.</p> - -<p>But it is not merely the surface water which moves. You -have learnt a little about icebergs; and one fact about them -which you must remember is that, large as they may seem, -there is about seven times more of their mass below water than -above it. Now, it sometimes happens that an iceberg is seen -sailing on, even right in the face of a strong wind. This -shows that it is moving, not with the wind, but with a strong under-current -in the sea. In short, the sea is found to be traversed -by many currents, some flowing from cold to warm regions, -and others from warm to cold.</p> - -<p>Here, then, are four facts about the sea:—1st, it has a restless -surface, disturbed by ripples and waves; 2ndly, it is constantly -heaving with the ebb and flow of the tides; 3dly, its -surface waters drift with the wind; and 4thly, it possesses currents -like the atmosphere.</p> - -<p>For the present it will be enough if we learn something regarding -the first of these facts—the waves of the sea.</p> - -<p>Here again you may profitably illustrate by familiar objects -what goes on upon so vast a scale in nature. Take a basin, -or a long trough of water, and blow upon the water at one edge. -You throw its surface into ripples, which, as you will observe, -start from the place where your breath first hits the water, and -roll onward until they break in little wavelets upon the opposite -margin of the basin.</p> - -<p>What you do in a small way is the same action by which the -waves of the sea are formed. All these disturbances of the -smoothness of the sea are due to disturbances of the air. Wind -acts upon the water of the sea as your breath does on that of the -basin. Striking the surface it throws the water into ripples or -undulations, and in continuing to blow along the surface it gives -these additional force, until driven on by a furious gale they grow -into huge billows.</p> - -<p>When waves roll in on the land, they break one after another -upon the shore, as your ripples break upon the side of the basin. -And they continue to roll in after the wind has fallen, in -the same way that the ripples in the basin will go on curling -for a little after you have ceased to blow. The surface of the -sea, like that of water generally, is very sensitive. If it is -thrown into undulations, it does not become motionless the moment -the cause of disturbance has passed away, but continues -moving in the same way, but in a gradually lessening degree, -until it comes to rest.</p> - -<p>The restlessness of the surface of the sea becomes in this -way a reflection of the restlessness of the air. It is the constant -moving to and fro of currents of air, either gentle or violent, -which roughens the sea with waves. When the air for a -time is calm above, the sea sleeps peacefully below; when the -sky darkens, and a tempest bursts forth, the sea is lashed -into waves, which roll in and break with enormous force upon -the land.</p> - -<p>You have heard, perhaps you have even seen, something of -the destruction which is worked by the waves of the sea. Every -year piers and sea walls are broken down, pieces of the -coast are washed away, and the shores are strewn with the -wreck of ships. So that, beside all the waste which the surface -of the land undergoes from rain, and frost, and streams, there -is another form of destruction going on along the coast-line.</p> - -<p>On some parts of the coast-line of the east of England, -where the rock is easily worn away, the sea advances on the -land at a rate of two or three feet every year. Towns and villages -which existed a few centuries ago, have one by one disappeared, -and their sites are now a long way out under the -restless waters of the North Sea. On the west coast of Ireland -and Scotland, however, where the rocks are usually hard and -resisting, the rate of waste has been comparatively small.</p> - -<p>It would be worth your while the first time you happen to be -at the coast, to ascertain what means the sea takes to waste the -land. This you can easily do by watching what happens on a -rocky beach. Get to some sandy or gravelly part of the beach, -over which the waves are breaking, and keep your eye on the -water when it runs back after a wave has burst. You see all -the grains of gravel and sand hurrying down the slope with -the water; and if the gravel happens to be coarse, it makes -a harsh grating noise as its stones rub against each other—a -noise sometimes loud enough to be heard miles away. As the -next wave comes curling along, you will mark that the sand -and gravel, after slackening their downward pace, are caught -up by the bottom of the advancing wave and dragged up the -beach again, only to be hurried down once more as the water -retires to allow another wave to do the same work.</p> - -<p>By this continual up and down movement of the water, the -sand and stones on the beach are kept grinding against each -other, as in a mill. Consequently they are worn away. The -stones become smaller, until they pass into mere sand, and the -sand, growing finer, is swept away out to sea and laid down at -the bottom.</p> - -<p>But not only the loose materials on the shore suffer in this -way an incessant wear and tear, the solid rocks underneath, -wherever they come to the surface, are ground down in the -same process. When the waves dash against a cliff they hurl -the loose stones forward, and batter the rocks with them. Here -and there in some softer part, as in some crevice of the cliff, -these stones gather together, and when the sea runs high they -are kept whirling and grinding at the base of the cliff till, in -the end, a cave is actually bored by the sea in the solid rock, -very much in the same way as holes are bored by a river in the -bed of its channel. The stones of course are ground to sand -in the process, but their place is supplied by others swept up by -the waves. If you enter one of these sea-caves when the water -is low, you will see how smoothed and polished its sides and -roof are, and how well rounded and worn are the stones lying -on its floor.</p> - -<p>So far as we know, the bottom of the sea is very much like -the surface of the land. It has heights and hollows, lines of -valleys and ranges of hills. We can not see down to the bottom -where the water is very deep, but we can let down a long -line with a weight tied to the end of it, and find out both how -deep the water is, and what is the nature of the bottom, whether -rock or gravel, sand, mud, or shells. This measuring of the -depths of the water is called sounding, and the weight at the -end of the line goes by the name of the sounding-lead.</p> - -<p>Soundings have been made over many parts of the sea, and -something is now known about its bottom, though much still -remains to be discovered. The Atlantic Ocean is the best known. -In sounding it, before laying down the telegraphic cable which -stretches across under the sea from this country to America, a -depth of 14,500 feet, or two miles and three-quarters, was -reached. But between the Azores and the Bermudas a sounding -has been obtained of seven miles and a half. If you could -lift up the Himalaya mountains, which are the highest on the -globe, reaching a height of 29,000 feet above the sea, and set -them down in the deepest part of the Atlantic, they would not -only sink out of sight, but their tops would actually be about -two miles below the surface.</p> - -<p>A great part of the wide sea must be one or two miles deep.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span> -But it is not all so deep as that, for even in mid-ocean some parts -of its bottom rise up to the surface and form islands. As a -rule it deepens in tracts furthest from land, and shallows -toward the land. Hence those parts of the sea which run in -among islands and promontories are, for the most part, comparatively -shallow.</p> - -<p>You may readily enough understand how it is that soundings -are made, though you can see how difficult it must be to work a -sounding line several miles long. Yet men are able not only -to measure the depth of the water, but by means of the instrument -called a dredge, to bring up bucketfuls of whatever may -be lying on the sea floor, from even the deepest parts of the -ocean. In this way during the last few years a great deal of -additional knowledge has been gathered as to the nature of the -sea floor, and the kind of plants and animals which live there. -We now know that even in some of the deepest places which -have yet been dredged there is plenty of animal life, such as -shells, corals, star-fishes, and still more humble creatures.</p> - -<p>We can not, indeed, examine the sea bottom with anything -like the same minuteness as the surface of the land. Yet a -great deal may be learnt regarding it.</p> - -<p>If you put together some of the facts with which we have -been dealing in the foregoing lessons, you may for yourselves -make out some of the most important changes which are in -progress on the floor of the sea. For example, try to think -what must become of all the wasted rock which is every year -removed from the surface of the land. It is carried into the -sea by streams, as you have now learnt. But what happens to -it when it gets there? From the time when it was loosened from -the sides of the mountains, hills, or valleys, this decomposed -material has been seeking, like water, to reach a lower level. On -reaching the hollows of the sea bottom it can not descend any -further, but must necessarily accumulate there.</p> - -<p>It is evident, then, that between the floor of the sea and the -surface of the land, there must be this great difference: that -whereas the land is undergoing a continual destruction of its -surface, from mountain crest to sea shore, the sea bottom, on -the other hand, is constantly receiving fresh materials on its -surface. The one is increased in proportion as the other is diminished. -So that even without knowing anything regarding -what men have found out by means of deep soundings, you -could confidently assert that every year there must be vast -quantities of gravel, sand and mud laid down upon the floor of -the sea, because you know that these materials are worn away -from the land.</p> - -<p>Again, you have learnt that the restless agitation of the sea -is due to movements of the air, and that the destruction which -the sea can effect on the land is due chiefly to the action of the -waves caused by wind. But this action must be merely a surface -one. The influence of the waves can not reach to the bottom -of the deep sea. Consequently that bottom lies beyond -the reach of the various kinds of destruction which so alter the -face of the land. The materials which are derived from the -waste of the land can lie on the sea floor without further disturbance -than they may suffer from the quiet flow of such ocean -currents as touch the bottom.</p> - -<p>In what way, then, are the gravel, sand and mud disposed of -when they reach the sea?</p> - -<p>As these materials are all brought from the land, they accumulate -on those parts of the sea floor which border the land, rather -than at a distance. We may expect to find banks of sand and -gravel in shallow seas and near land, but not in the middle of -the ocean.</p> - -<p>You may form some notion, on a small scale, as to how the -materials are arranged on the sea bottom by examining the -channel of a river in a season of drought. At one place, where -the current has been strong, there may be a bank of gravel; -at another place, where the currents of the river have met, you -will find, perhaps, a ridge of sand which they have heaped up; -while in those places where the flow of the stream has been -more gentle, the channel may be covered with a layer of fine silt -or mud. You remember that a muddy river may be made to -deposit its mud if it overflows its banks so far as to spread over -flat land which checks its flow.</p> - -<p>The more powerful a current of water, the larger will be the -stones it can move along. Hence coarse gravel is not likely to -be found over the bottom of the sea, except near the land, -where the waves can sweep it out into the path of strong sea -currents. Sand will be carried further out, and laid down in -great sheets, or in banks. The finer mud and silt may be -borne by currents for hundreds of miles before at last settling -down upon the sea bottom.</p> - -<p>In this way, according to the nearness of the land, and the -strength of the ocean currents, the sand, mud, and gravel worn -from the land are spread out in vast sheets and banks over the -bottom of the sea.</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - - -<h2><a name="SUNDAY_READINGS" id="SUNDAY_READINGS">SUNDAY READINGS.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">SELECTED BY THE REV. J. H. VINCENT, D.D.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h3>[<i><a id="January_6"></a>January 6.</i>]<br /> - -ON SPIRITUAL CHRISTIANITY.</h3> - -<div class="center">By ISAAC TAYLOR.</div> - -<p>Read the Gospels, simply as historical memoirs; and by such -aids as they alone supply, make yourself acquainted with him -who is the subject of these narrations. Bring the individual -conception as distinctly as possible before the mind; allow the -moral sense to confer, in its own manner, and at leisure, with -this unusual form of humanity. “Behold the man”—even the -Savior of the world, and say whether it be not historic truth -that is before the eye. The more peculiar is this form, yet -withal symmetrical, the more infallible is the impression of reality -we thence receive. What we have to do with in this instance, -is not an undefined ideal of wisdom and goodness, conveyed -in round affirmations, or in eulogies; but with a self-developed -individuality, in conveying which the writers of the -narrative do not appear. In this instance, if in any, the medium -is transparent: nothing intervenes between the reader -and the personage of the history, in whose presence we stand, -as if not separated by time and space.</p> - -<p>It may be questioned whether the entire range of <i>ancient</i> history -presents any one character in colors of reality so fresh as -those which distinguish the personage of the evangelic memoirs. -The sages and heroes of antiquity—less and less nearly related, -as they must be, to any living interests, are fading amid the -mists of an obsolete world; but he who “is the same yesterday, -to-day, and forever,” is offered to the view of mankind, in the -eyes of immortality, fitting a history, which, instead of losing -the intensity of its import, is gathering weight by the lapse of -time.</p> - -<p>The Evangelists, by the translucency of their style, have -given a lesson in biographical composition, showing how perfectly -individual character may be expressed in a method which -disdains every rule but that of fidelity. It is personal humanity, -in the presence of which we stand, while perusing the Gospels, -and to each reader apart, if serious and ingenuous, and yet -incredulous, the Savior of the world addresses a mild reproof—“It -is I. Behold my hands and my feet; reach hither thy -hand, and thrust it into my side, and be not faithless but -believing.” And can we do otherwise than grant all that is -now demanded, namely, that the Evangelists record the actions -and discourses of a real person?</p> - -<p>It is well to consider the extraordinary contrasts that are yet -perfectly harmonized in the personal character of Christ. At -a first glance, he always appears in his own garb of humility—lowliness -of demeanor is his very characteristic. But we must -not forget that this lowliness was combined with nothing less -than a solemnly proclaimed and peremptory challenge of rightful -headship over the human race! Nevertheless, the oneness<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span> -of the character, the fair perfection of the surface, suffers no -rent by this blending of elements so strangely diverse. Let us -then bring before the mind, with all the distinctness we can, -the conception of the Teacher, more meek than any who has -ever assumed to rule the opinions of mankind, and who yet, in -the tones proper to tranquil modesty, and as conscious at once -of power and right, anticipates that day of wonder, when “the -king shall sit on the throne of his glory,” with his angels attendant; -and when “all nations shall be gathered before him,” -from his lips to receive their doom! The more these elements -of personal character are disproportionate, the more convincing -is the proof of reality which arises from their harmony.</p> - -<p>We may read the Evangelists listlessly, and not perceive this -evidence; but we can never read them intelligently without -yielding to it our convictions.</p> - -<p>If the character of Christ be, as indeed it is, altogether unmatched -in the circle of history, it is even less so by the singularity -of the intellectual and moral elements which it combines, -than by the sweetness and perfection which result from their -union. This will appear the more, if we consider those instances -in which the combination was altogether of an unprecedented -kind.</p> - -<p>Nothing has been more constant in the history of the human -mind, whenever the religious emotions have gained a supremacy -over the sensual and sordid passions, than the breaking -out of the ascetic temper in some of its forms; and most often -in that which disguises virtue, now as a specter, now as a maniac, -now as a mendicant, now as a slave, but never as the -bright daughter of heaven. Of the three Jewish sects extant in -our Lord’s time, two of them—that is to say, the two that made -pretensions to any sort of piety, had assumed the ascetic garb, -in its two customary species—the philosophic (the Essenes) and -the fanatical (the Pharisees); and so strong and uniform is this -crabbed inclination, that Christianity itself, in violent contrariety -to its spirit and its precepts, went off into the ascetic temper, -within a century after the close of the apostolic age, or even -earlier.</p> - -<p>Under this aspect, then, let us for a moment consider the absolutely -novel phenomenon of the Teacher of a far purer morality -than the world had heretofore ever listened to; yet himself -affecting no singularities in his modes of living. The superiority -of the soul to the body was the very purport of his doctrine; -and yet he did not waste the body by any austerities! The -duty of self-denial he perpetually enforced; and yet he practiced -no factitious mortifications! This Teacher, not of abstinence, -but of virtue; this Reprover, not of enjoyment, but of -vice, himself went in and out among the social amenities of -ordinary life with so unsolicitous a freedom as to give color to -the malice of hypocrisy, in pointing the finger at him, saying, -“Behold a gluttonous man, and a winebibber; a friend (companion) -of publicans and sinners!” Should we not then note -this singular apposition and harmony of qualities, that he who -was familiar with the festivities of heaven did not any more -disdain the poor solaces of mortality, than disregard its transient -pains and woes? Follow this same Jesus from the banquets -of the opulent, where he showed no scruples in diet, to -the highways and wildernesses of Judea, where, never indifferent -to human sufferings, he healed—“as many as came unto him.”</p> - -<p>These remarkable features in the personal character of Christ -have often, and very properly, been adduced as instances of -the unrivaled wisdom and elevation which mark him as preëminent -among the wise and good.</p> - -<p>It is not, however, for this purpose that we now refer to them, -but rather as harmonies, altogether inimitable, and which put -beyond doubt the historic reality of the person. Thus considered, -they must be admitted by calm minds as carrying the -truth of Christianity itself.</p> - - -<h3>[<i><a id="January_13"></a>January 13.</i>]</h3> - -<p>There are, however, those who will readily grant us what, indeed, -they can not with any appearance of candor deny—the -historic reality of the person of Christ, and the more than human -excellence which his behavior and discourses embody; -but at this point they declare that they must stop. Let such -persons see to it—they can not stop at this point; for just at -this point there is no ground on which foot may stand.</p> - -<p>What are the facts?</p> - -<p>The inimitable characteristics of nature attach to what we -may call the common incidents of the evangelic history, and -in which Jesus of Nazareth is seen mingling himself with the -ordinary course of social life.</p> - -<p>But is it true that these characteristics suddenly, and in each -instance, disappear when this same person is presented to us -walking on another, and a high path, namely, that of supernatural -power? <i>It is not so</i>, and, on the contrary, very many -of the most peculiar and infallible of those touches of tenderness -and pathos which so generally mark the evangelic narrative, -belong precisely to the supernatural portions of it, and -are inseparably connected with acts of miraculous beneficence. -We ask that the Gospels be read with the utmost severity of criticism, -and with this especial object in view, namely, to inquire -whether those indications of reality which have already been -yielded to as irresistible evidences of truth, do not belong as -fully to the supernatural, as they do to the ordinary incidents of -the Gospel? or in other words, whether, unless we resolve to -overrule the question by a previous determination, any ground -of simply historic distinction presents itself, marking off the -supernatural from the ordinary events of the evangelic narratives?</p> - -<p>If we feel ourselves to be conversing with historic truth, as -well as with heavenly wisdom, when Jesus is before us, seated -on the mountain-brow, and delivering the Beatitudes to his -disciples; is it so that the colors become confused, and the -contour of the figures unreal, when the same personage, in the -midst of thousands, seated by fifties on the grassy slope, supplies -the hunger of the multitude by the word of his power? Is -it historic truth that is presented when the fearless Teacher of -a just morality convicts the rabbis of folly and perversity; and -less so when, turning from his envious opponents, he says to -the paralytic, “Take up thy bed and walk?” Nature herself is -before us when the repentant woman, after washing the Lord’s -feet with her tears, and wiping them with her hair, sits contrasted -with the obdurate and uncourteous Pharisee; but the -very same bright forms of reality mark the scene when Jesus, -filled with compassion at the sight of a mother’s woe, stays the -bier and renders her son alive to her bosom.</p> - -<p>Or, if we turn to those portions of the Gospels in which the -incidents are narrated more in detail, and where a greater variety -of persons is introduced, and where, therefore, the supposition -of fabrication is the more peremptorily excluded, it is found -that the supernatural and the ordinary elements are in no way -to be distinguished in respect of the simple vivacity with which -both present themselves to the eye. The evangelic narrative -offers the same bright translucency, the same serenity, and the -same precision, in reporting the most astounding as the most -familiar occurrences. It is like a smooth-surfaced river, which, -in holding its course through a varied country reflects from its -bosom at one moment the amenities of a homely border, and at -the next the summits of the Alps, and both with the same unruffled -fidelity.</p> - -<p>As the subject of a rigorous historic criticism, and all hypothetical -opinions being excluded, no pretext whatever presents -itself for drawing a line around the supernatural portions of the -Gospels, as if they were of suspicious aspect, and differed from -the context in historic verisimilitude. Without violence done to -the rules of criticism, we can not detach the miraculous portions -of the history, and then put together the mutilated portions, so -as to consist with the undoubted reality or the part which is retained.</p> - -<p>Or take the narrative of the raising of Lazarus of Bethany.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span> -A brilliant vividness, as when a sunbeam breaks from between -clouds, illumines this unmatched history; and it rests with -equal intensity upon the stupendous miracle, and upon the -beauty and grace of the scene of domestic sorrow. If we follow -Martha and Mary from the house to the spot where they -meet their friend, and give a half-utterance to their confidence -in his power, at what step—let us distinctly determine—at what -step, as the group proceeds toward the sepulchre, shall we halt -and refuse to accompany it? Where is the break in the story, -or the point of transition, and where does history finish, and the -spurious portion commence? Is it when we approach the cave’s -mouth that the gestures of the persons become unreal, and the -language untrue to nature? Where is it that the indications of -tenderness and majesty disappear—at the moment when Jesus -weeps, or when he invokes his Father, or when, with a voice -which echoes in hades, he challenges the dead to come forth; -or is it when “he who was dead” obeys this bidding?</p> - -<p>We affirm that, on no principles which a sound mind can -approve, is it <i>possible</i> either to deny the reality of the natural -portions of this narrative, or to sever these from the supernatural. -But this is not enough; for it might be in fact more -easy to offer some intelligible solution of the difficulty attaching -to the supposition that the gospels are not true, in respect -of the ordinary, than of the extraordinary portion of their materials. -If we were to allow it to be possible (which it is not) -that writers showing so little inventive or plastic powers as do -Matthew the Publican, and John of Galilee, should, with the -harmony of truth, have carried their imaginary Master through -the <i>common</i> acts and incidents of his course; never could they, -no, nor writers the most accomplished, have brought him, in -modest simplicity, through the <i>miraculous</i> acts of that course. -Desperate must be the endeavor to show that, while the ordinary -events of the gospel must be admitted as true, the extraordinary -are incredible. On the contrary, it would be to the -former, if to any, that a suspicion might attach; for, as to the -latter, they can not but be true: if not true, whence are they?</p> - -<p>The skepticism, equally condemned as it is by historical -logic and by the moral sense, which allows the natural and -disallows the supernatural portion of the history of Christ, is -absolutely excluded when we compare, in the four Gospels separately, -the narrative of what precedes the resurrection, with -the closing portions, which bring the crucified Jesus again -among his disciples.</p> - - -<h3>[<i><a id="January_20"></a>January 20.</i>]</h3> - -<p>If those portions of the evangelic history which reach to the -moment of the death of Christ are, in a critical sense, of the -same historic quality as those which run on to the moment of -his ascension, and if the former absolutely command our assent—if -they carry it as by force, then, by a most direct inference, -“is Christ risen indeed,” and become the first fruits of -immortality to the human race. Then it is true that, “as in -Adam all die, so in Christ shall all be made alive.” No narrative -is anywhere extant comparable to that of the days and -hours immediately preceding the crucifixion; and the several -accounts of the hurried events of those days present the minute -discrepancies which are always found to belong to genuine -memoirs, compiled by eye-witnesses.</p> - -<p>The last supper and its sublime discourses; the agony in -the garden, the behavior of the traitor, the scenes in the hall -of the chief priest, and before the judgment-seat of the Roman -procurator, and in the palace of Herod, and in the place called -the Pavement, and on the way from the city, and in the scene -on Calvary, are true—if anything in the compass of history be -true.</p> - -<p>But now, if our moral perceptions are in this way to be listened -to, not less incontestably real are the closing chapters of the -four Gospels, in which we find the same sobriety and the same -vivacity; the same distinctness and the same freshness; the same -pathos and the same wisdom, and the same majesty; and yet all -chastened by the recollected sorrows of a terrible conflict just -passed, and mellowed with the glow of a triumph at hand.</p> - -<p>Let it be imagined that writers such as the Evangelists might -have led their Master as far as to Calvary; but could they, unless -truth had been before them, have reproduced him from the sepulchre? -What abruptness, harshness, extravagance, what want -of harmony, would have been presented in the closing chapters -of the Gospels, if the same Jesus had not supplied the writers -with their materials by going in and out among them after his -resurrection.</p> - -<p>On the supposition that Christ did not rise from the dead, let -any one whose moral tastes are not entirely blunted, read the -narrative of his encounter with Mary in the garden, and with -his disciples in the inner chamber, and again on the shore of -the lake; let him study the perfect simplicity and yet the -warmth of the interview with the two disciples on their way to -Emmaus. The better taste of modern times, and the just sense -of what is true in sentiment and pure in composition, give us -an advantage in an analysis of this sort. Guided, then, by the -instincts of the most severe taste, let us spread before us the -final portion of the Gospel of Luke, namely, the twenty-fourth -chapter, which reports a selection of the events occurring between -the early morning of the first day of the week, and that -moment of wonder when, starting from the world he had ransomed, -the Savior returned whence he had come. Will any -one acquainted with antiquity affirm that any writer, Greek, -Roman, or barbarian, has come down to us, whom we can believe -capable of conceiving at all of such a style of incident or -discourse; or who, had he conceived it, could have conveyed -his conception in a style so chaste, natural, calm, lucid, pure? -Nothing like this narrative is contained in all the circle of -fiction, and nothing equal to it in all the circle of history; and -yet nothing is more perfectly consonant with the harmonies of -nature. We may listlessly peruse this page, each line of which -wakens a sympathy in every bosom which itself responds to -truth. But if we ponder it, if we allow the mind to grasp the -several objects, we are vanquished by the conviction that all is -real. But if real, and if Christ be risen indeed, then is Christianity -indeed <i>a religion of facts</i>; and then we are fully entitled -to a bold affirmation and urgent use of whatever inferences -may thence be fairly deduced.</p> - -<p>Acute minds will not be slow to discern, as in perspective -before them, the train of those inferences which we shall feel -ourselves at liberty to deduce from the admission that Christianity -<i>is historically true</i>. This admission can not, we are sure, -be withheld; and yet let it not be made with a reserved intention -to evade the consequences. What are they? They are -such as embrace the personal well-being of every one; for, if -Christianity <i>be</i> a history, it is a history still in full progress; it is a -history running on, far beyond the dim horizon of human hopes -and fears.</p> - - -<h3>[<i><a id="January_27"></a>January 27.</i>]</h3> - -<p>But it is said, all this, at the best, <i>is moral evidence only</i>; and -those who are conversant with mathematical demonstrations, -and with the rigorous methods of physical science, must not be -required to yield their convictions easily <i>to mere moral evidence</i>.</p> - -<p>We ask, have those who are accustomed thus to speak, actually -considered the import of their objection; or inquired what -are the consequences it involves, if valid? We believe not; -and we think so, because the very terms are destitute of logical -meaning; or imply, if a meaning be assigned to them, a palpable -absurdity.</p> - -<p>If, for a moment, we grant an intelligible meaning to the objection -as stated, and consent to understand the terms in which -it is conveyed, as they are often used, then we affirm that some -portion of even the abstract sciences is less certain than are -very many things established by what is called moral evidence—that -a large amount of what is accredited as probably true -within the circle of the physical and mixed sciences <i>is immeasurably<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span> -inferior</i> in certainty to much which rests upon -moral evidence; and further, that so far from its being reasonable -to reject this species of evidence, the mere circumstance -of a man’s being known to distrust it in the conduct of his daily -affairs, would be held to justify, in his case, a commission of -lunacy.</p> - -<p>No supposition can be more inaccurate than that which assumes -the three kinds of proof, <i>mathematical</i>, <i>physical</i>, and -<i>moral</i>, to range, one beneath the other, in a regular gradation -of certainty; as if the mathematical were in all cases absolute; -the physical a degree lower, or, as to its results, in some degree, -and always, less certain than those of the first; and, by -consequence, the third being inferior to the second, necessarily -far inferior to the first; and therefore, always much less certain -than that which alone deserves to be spoken of as <i>certain</i>, and -in fact barely trustworthy in any case.</p> - -<p>Any such distribution of the kinds of proof is mere confusion, -illogical abstractedly, and involving consequences, which, if -acted upon, would appear ridiculously absurd.</p> - -<p>It is indeed true that the three great classes of facts—the -<i>universal</i>, or absolute (mathematical and metaphysical)—the -<i>general</i>, or physical, and the <i>individual</i> (forensic and historical) -are pursued and ascertained by three corresponding -methods, or, as they might be called, three logics. But it is -far from being true that the three species of reasoning hold an -<i>exclusive</i> authority or sole jurisdiction over the three classes of -facts above mentioned. Throughout the physical sciences the -mathematical logic is perpetually resorted to, while even within -the range of the mathematical the physical is, once and again, -brought in as an aid. But if we turn to the <i>historical</i> and <i>forensic</i> -department of facts, the three methods are so blended in -the establishment of them, that to separate them altogether is -impracticable; and as to <i>moral</i> evidence, if we use the phrase -in any intelligible sense, it does but give its aid, at times, on -this ground; and even then the conclusions to which it leads -rest upon inductions which are physical, rather than moral.</p> - -<p>The conduct of a complicated historical or forensic argument -concerning individual facts, resembles the manipulations of an -adroit workman, who, having some nice operation in progress, -lays down one tool and snatches up another, and then another, -according to the momentary exigencies of his task.</p> - -<p>That sort of evidence may properly be called <i>moral</i>, which -appeals to the moral sense, and in assenting to which, as we -often do with an irresistible conviction, we are unable, with any -precision, to convey to another mind the grounds of our firm -belief. It is thus often that we estimate the veracity of a witness -or judge of the reality or spuriousness of a written narrative. -But then even this sort of evidence, when nicely analyzed, -resolves itself into physical principles.</p> - -<p>What are these convictions which we find it impossible to -clothe in words, but the results in our minds, of slow, involuntary -inductions concerning moral qualities, and which, inasmuch -as they are peculiarly exact, are not to be transfused into -a medium so vague and faulty as is language, at the best?</p> - -<p>As to the mass of history, by far the larger portion of it rests, -in no proper sense, upon <i>moral</i> evidence. To a portion the -mathematical doctrine of probabilities applies—for it may be -as a million to one—that an alleged fact, under all the circumstances, -is true. But the proof of the larger portion resolves itself -into our knowledge of the laws of the material world, and -of those of the world of mind. A portion also is conclusively -established by a minute scrutiny of its agreement with that intricate -combination of small events which makes up the course -of human affairs.</p> - -<p>Every <i>real</i> transaction, especially those which flow on -through a course of time, touches this web-work of small events -at many points, and is woven into its very substance. Fiction -may indeed paint its personages so as for a moment to deceive -the eye, but it has never succeeded in the attempt to foist its -factitious embroideries upon the tapestry of truth.</p> - -<p>We might take as an instance that irresistible book in which -Paley has established the truth of the personal history of St. -Paul (“The Horæ Paulinæ”). It is throughout a tracing of the -thousand fibres by which a long series of events connects itself -with the warp and woof of human affairs. To apply to evidence -of this sort, the besom of skepticism, and sweepingly to -remove it as consisting only in <i>moral evidence</i>, is an amazing -instance of confusion of mind.</p> - -<p>It is often loosely affirmed that history rests mainly upon -moral evidence. Is then a Roman camp moral evidence? -Or is a Roman road moral evidence? Or are these and many -other facts, when appealed to as proof of the assertion that, in -a remote age, the Romans held military occupation of Britain, -moral evidence? If they be, then we affirm that, when complete -in its kind, it falls not a whit behind mathematical demonstration, -as to its certainty.</p> - -<p>Although it is not true that Christianity rests mainly upon -moral evidence, yet it is true that it might rest on that ground -with perfect security.</p> - -<p>It is to this species of evidence that we have now appealed; -not as establishing the heavenly origin of Christianity, which it -<i>does</i> establish, but simply as it attests the historic reality of the -person of Christ, and here we must ask an ingenuous confession -from whoever may be bound <i>in foro conscientiæ</i> to give it, -that the notion of Christianity, and the habitual feelings toward -it of many in this Christian country, are such as if brought to -the test of severe reasoning could by no ingenuity be made to -consist either with the supposition that Christianity is historically -false, or that it is historically true! This ambiguous faith -of the cultured, less reasonable than the superstitions of the -vulgar (for they are consistent, which this is not,) could never -hold a place in a disciplined mind but by an act, repeated -from day to day, and similar to that of a man who should refuse -to have the shutters removed from the windows on that -side of his house whence he might descry the residence of his -enemy.</p> - -<p>If Christianity be historically true it must be granted to demand -more than a respectful acknowledgment that its system -of ethics is pure; or were it historically false, we ought to think -ourselves to be outraging at once virtue and reason in allowing -its name to pass our lips. While bowing to Christianity as -good and useful, and yet not invested with authority toward -ourselves, we are entangled in a web of inconsistencies, of -which we are not conscious, only because we choose to make -no effort to break through it. If Christianity be true, then it is -true that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of -Christ,” and must, “every one of us, give an account of himself -to God.” What meaning do such words convey to the -minds of those who, with an equal alarm, would see Christianity -overthrown as a controlling power in the social system; or find -it brought home to themselves, as an authority, they must personally -bow to? Christians! How many amongst us are -<i>Christians</i>, as men might be called philosophers, who, while -naming Newton always with admiration, should yet reserve -their interior assent for the very paganism of astronomy.</p> - -<p>A religion of facts, we need hardly observe, is the only sort -of religion adapted powerfully to affect the hearts of the mass -of mankind; for ordinary or uncultured minds can neither -grasp, nor will care for, abstractions of any kind. But then -that which makes Christianity proper for the many, and indeed -proper for all, if motives are to be effectively swayed, renders -it a rock of offense to the few who will admit nothing that may -not be reduced within the circle of their favored generalizations. -Such minds, therefore, reject Christianity, or hold it in abeyance, -not because they can disprove it, but because it will not -be generalized, because it will not be sublimated, because it -will not be touched by the tool of reason; because it must remain -what it is—an insoluble mass of facts. In attempting to -urge consistency upon such persons, the advocate of Christianity -makes no progress, and has to return, ever and again, to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span> -his document, and to ask: Is this true, or false? If true, your -metaphysics <i>may</i> be true also; but yet must not give law to -your opinions; much less, govern your conduct.</p> - -<p>Resolute as may be the determination of some to yield to no -such control, nevertheless if the evangelic history be true, “one -is our Master, even Christ.” He is our Master in abstract -speculation—our Master in religious belief, our Master in morals, -and in the ordering of every day’s affairs.</p> - -<p>It will be readily admitted that this our first position, if it be -firm, sweeps away, at a stroke, a hundred systems of religion, -ancient and modern, which either have not professed to rest -upon historic truth, or which have notoriously failed in making -good any such pretension. These various schemes need not -be named; they barely merit an enumeration; they are susceptible -of no distinct refutation, for they are baseless, powerless, -obsolete.</p> - -<p>Say you that Christianity is intolerant in thus excluding all -other systems? A religion which excludes that which is false -is not therefore intolerant. If it be true, it must exclude all that -is untrue. Let us have a religion willing to walk abreast with -other religions—religions affirming what it denies, and denying -what it affirms—but indulgent toward all. An intolerant religion -is the religion of a sect, and of a sect in fear.</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="POLITICAL_ECONOMY" id="POLITICAL_ECONOMY">POLITICAL ECONOMY.</a></h2> - -<div class="center">By G. M. STEELE, D.D.</div> - - -<h3>IV.<br /> - -DISTRIBUTION.</h3> - -<p>I. Distribution in economics embraces those principles on -which the proceeds of industry are divided among the parties -employed in their production.</p> - -<p>If each man owned all the capital concerned in his business, -and performed all the labor involved in each product, this -question would be a very simple one. But when, as in the -manufacture of chairs, of hardware and watches, and in the -building of houses, there are many laborers of widely diverse -capabilities, and especially when we remember that there are -innumerable subsidiary occupations, as in the preparing of -materials, the making of tools and machines, the protection -of the workmen, the superintendence of the business, and in -many other ways, the problem becomes a most complicated -one.</p> - -<p>The subject may be divided as follows:</p> - -<p>1. <i>Wages</i>, or the compensation of labor.</p> - -<p>2. <i>Profits</i>, or the compensation of the proprietor or employer.</p> - -<p>3. <i>Interest</i>, or compensation for capital reckoned as money.</p> - -<p>4. <i>Rent</i>, or compensation for the use of land.</p> - -<p>5. <i>Taxes</i>, or compensation for protection by the government.</p> - -<p>II. On the subject of <i>wages</i> diverse and contradictory opinions -prevail. A large proportion of the British economists hold -the theory that a low rate of wages is all that can be maintained, -or is, on the whole, desirable among ordinary unskilled -laborers. That a man should have compensation sufficient to -furnish him with such food, raiment and shelter as are essential -to keep him in good working condition; also, in addition, -enough to enable him to support a wife (with what she can -herself earn), and to rear at least two children, themselves -prepared to become laborers; and to make some additional -allowances for probable periods of sickness and inability to -labor. So much is deemed absolutely essential even to the -capitalist and employer, in order that their interests may not -suffer. The school of writers referred to profess to find in the -human constitution a law which prevents wages from going -much beyond this limit. It is said that if they do go much beyond -this, the population will multiply so rapidly, and the number -of laborers will so greatly increase, that wages will not only -fall back to their limit, but that great suffering will ensue.</p> - -<p>Most American writers reject this view, though some of them -appear to hold opinions logically implying it. Henry C. Carey -takes the ground that there is not only no such law, but that -there is one of a diametrically opposite character, which as -thoroughly coincides with, as this antagonizes, the general -provisions of an all-wise and beneficent creator. This law, as -developed by Mr. Carey, is substantially that in any community -where violence is not done to natural principles in the -relations between capitalists and laborers, the share of the latter -in the joint product to which both are contributors, is constantly -increasing. While at first the capitalist receives much -more than half, as time and the development of society go -on his proportion is steadily diminishing till it becomes a small -fraction of the whole, while that of the laborer is steadily increasing. -At the same time, though the <i>proportion</i> of the capitalist -is always smaller, the <i>amount</i> is always larger, owing to -the always increasing productiveness; and for the same reason -both the <i>proportion</i> and the <i>amount</i> received by the labor -is enhanced. Evidence of this might be made obvious by -comparing the compensation received by laborers in the earlier -ages of almost any civilized race as compared with that -received in its most advanced stage; and this, too, notwithstanding -the vast imperfections under which society has labored -and the unnatural conditions to which the laboring classes in all -the earlier periods of history have been subjected. In the opinion -of some writers this law is one of the grandest and most important -of the recent discoveries in political economy.</p> - -<p>III. Wages depend upon various considerations. Some of -the chief of these are physical ability, greater or less degree of -skill, agreeableness or disagreeableness of the work, greater or -less difficulty and cost of preparation, constancy or inconstancy -of employment, amount of trust involved, intellectual and -moral qualities required, social conditions, the character of the -government, etc.</p> - -<p>There is a distinction to be made between <i>nominal</i> and <i>real</i> -wages. The former is the amount of money received for a certain -amount of labor. The latter is the amount of useful commodities -which that money will purchase. Sometimes a dollar -a day is better compensation than a dollar and a half at other -times, since in the latter case the dollar and a half may purchase -fewer of the necessaries of life than the dollar in the -former case.</p> - -<p>Men fail sometimes to get a clear understanding of the terms -<i>dear</i> labor and <i>cheap</i> labor. A Russian serf at fifty cents a -day is dearer than an ordinary American laborer at a dollar -and a half, simply because the labor of the latter would be -about four or five times as efficient as that of the former. In -other words, that labor is the cheapest which will produce the -most at the least expense.</p> - -<p>The interested and wise laborer will seek information wherever -he can find it on the effect of even moderate education on -individual wages, (and this he will find to be very considerable); -on the sanitary conditions which are best for laborers, the -real and ultimate effects of strikes and trades unions, and the -advantages and disadvantages of coöperative industry and -trade, and the great benefit to be derived from making the laborer -a sharer in the profits of any business in which he may -be engaged. The employer also would receive great benefit -from a careful study of these same questions, as well as from a -consideration of the results of paying in all cases not the lowest -wages for which labor can be procured, but the highest which -he can really afford, since in many cases the quality and quantity -of work secured from this cause, more than compensates -the extra outlay.</p> - -<p>IV. <i>Profits</i> are the share of the product which go to the proprietor -or employer. Very often the latter are confounded with -the capitalist, and hence arises a like confusion concerning the -nature of profits. Among more recent writers a distinct place<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span> -is assigned to the <i>employer</i>, whereas formerly he was practically -lost sight of. But in our modern system of industry he is one of -the most important, if not actually the most important factor in -the system. The capitalist is not necessarily an employer—more -frequently than otherwise he is incompetent for this office. -Nor is the employer always a capitalist. He is a man who -must have the somewhat rare ability to organize and superintend -labor so as to get the most possible out of it, and at the -same time have such financial talent as will enable him to -make the best possible disposition of his means in buying material, -etc., and the best possible disposition of his goods in -selling. Frequently the capital which he uses is borrowed. -Profits, then, are what remains after paying all stipulated wages -and salaries, including a fair compensation to the employer -himself, together with the material, rent, interest on capital -owned or borrowed, taxes, insurance, etc. Obviously no one -would assume all the care and responsibility, and incur the -risk implied in any considerable business unless something -more was likely to come from it to him than what his talent and -ability would bring in the way of salary. Sometimes the profit -is very small; sometimes, also, it is very great. Free competition -will furnish the requisite conditions usually, so that the -profits will not be so large as to be disadvantageous to the community -generally.</p> - -<p>V. <i>Interest</i> depends upon various considerations. That the -compensation implied is proper is obvious from the fact that -though ostensibly money is that which is loaned, in most cases -it is really capital in some other form; and no one denies that -when a man lends his horse, or his mill, or his farm, he should -receive something for the use of it.</p> - -<p>The rate of interest depends upon several conditions: 1. -The amount of money in circulation. 2. The amount of other -capital. 3. The rate of profit, which again depends upon the -industrial system and the state of society; as society develops -the rate diminishes. 4. The security or insecurity of property. -5. The facilities with which the securities can be reconverted -into money. 6. The promptness and regularity of the payment -of the interest. On these last two conditions rests in part the -low rate of interest on government bonds.</p> - -<p>VI. <i>Rent</i> is intimately connected with the value of land, and -land is the most important instrument and condition of wealth. -In most countries, other than ours, the land is principally in -the possession of a few owners who let it to other parties for -agricultural and other purposes, and receive compensation -therefor. The amount of compensation depends upon the -value of the land. For this latter reason we may treat the -whole question of the value of land under the head of rent, -though on some accounts it should be considered in another -place.</p> - -<p>The theory respecting rent which has prevailed in England, -and largely in this country for the most of the present century, -is that of Ricardo; and closely connected with it is his theory -of value. He held that rent arises in this way: On the first -settling of a new country, where there is an abundance of more -or less fertile land, none of the land has any value. Every -man takes as much as he wants, selecting, of course, the most -productive. As population increases the best land will be all -taken up. Then those who want land must have a poorer -quality, or a second grade. Now, one who gets this second -quality would rather pay something for the first quality than to -have the former for nothing. So when all the land of the second -grade is all taken up, and the third quality begins to be -occupied, it is deemed more profitable to pay something for the -second quality, and still more for the first quality than to have -the third for nothing. Closely connected with this theory of -rent is that of Malthus concerning population, which is, that -there is a law of the uniform increase of population, so that -unless artificial checks are applied over-population must, at no -distant day, become the condition and bane of humanity. -Another theory closely related to both these is that of “diminishing -returns,” as stated by J. S. Mill. Substantially this is, -that after a certain, not very advanced period in the development -of agriculture, a given amount of land will produce less -and less in proportion to the labor expended upon it. That is, -after a certain degree of culture, a given quantity of land which -yields a given quantity of product, while it will produce more if -the labor upon it is doubled, will not produce double the -former quantity. It follows from these theories, taken in combination, -that as men multiply and their wants increase, the -provision for those wants proportionately diminishes—a most unnatural -and dismal theory, and up to the present time quite -contrary to human experience.</p> - -<p>A more reasonable, more natural, and far more hopeful doctrine -is that developed by Mr. Carey. He declares it altogether -untrue that the most productive lands are those first -occupied. On the contrary, in the infancy of society men are -wholly unable to subdue the richer soils. These must wait till -society becomes more numerous and capable of combination. -At first only the thinner soils can be cultivated, on account of -the feebleness of the inhabitants. Then, as the latter increase -in numbers and in the power and art of combination, the -deeper and heavier soils can be subdued, and finally, those -which are covered with gigantic forests or rich swamps and -vast deposits of vegetable mold. These are many times more -productive than the soils first cultivated, and thus for a long -period proportionately <i>increasing</i> instead of <i>diminishing</i> returns -are found to go with the increase of population. There -is scarcely any nation, the inhabitants of which have even now -cultivated its most productive soil, and it is likely to be some -time yet before the theoretical limit of diminishing returns is -reached.</p> - -<p>The Malthusian doctrine of population is also widely, though -not universally rejected, and it is evident that various counteracting -principles prevail to affect the law of the uniform increase -of population, even if that were demonstrably or approximately -true. It is tolerably obvious that the fecundity of the -human race diminishes as its development and civilization increase. -This, taken in connection with the preceding statements, -gives us great grounds, at least, for dispensing with the -more forbidding features of what has been called “the dismal -science.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Carey’s theory of the occupancy of land, as he abundantly -shows, is consistent, and the only one consistent, not -only with the great fundamental principles of association, but -with the facts reached in the history of every civilized nation. -He also holds that the value of land depends upon the same -principle as that of any other value, namely, the labor that has -been expended upon it. For, as he shows, there is in general -no land that has a value which exceeds that of the labor which -has been requisite to bring it and the property related to it into -its present condition.</p> - -<p>VII. <i>Taxation</i> furnishes the compensation paid to the government -for its protection. Government is simply the agent of -society, and those who are the individual constituents of this -agency are entitled to a share of the aggregate product proportionate -to the amount and quality of the labor bestowed.</p> - -<p>The great economical question concerning taxation is how -to secure the greatest degree of protection to persons and -property at the least possible expense to the persons protected. -Its decision depends partly upon the expensiveness of the government -agencies, and partly upon the methods of levying and -collecting the taxes. As to the former, there is a great variety -of usage in different nations, or in the same nation at different -periods. Not only is this difference seen in the amount of -compensation paid to personal agents directly concerned in -the administration of public affairs, but in the costliness of the -public buildings and other means for carrying out the purposes -of the government. It is evident a true economy does not demand -either parsimony or niggardliness in these respects. The -<i>best</i> agents can only be secured by making the compensation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span> -to correspond to that paid for the same grade of services in -other employments. The edifices and other structures and furniture -should both correspond with the purposes for which they -are to be used, and with the general style of expenditure prevailing -in the community. But all expense for the mere sake -of show, all extravagance and prodigality, and all compensation -bestowed as a reason for partisan service or out of personal -favoritism, is not only uneconomical, but for the most -part fraudulent.</p> - -<p>In the levying and collecting of taxes for revenue two general -methods are pursued, namely, <i>direct</i> and <i>indirect</i>. In the -former the tax is paid by the party upon whom it is levied. -Such are taxes upon real estate, tools, machinery, domestic -animals, etc. In indirect taxation the tax, though levied upon -one person, is usually paid by another. Thus, during our civil -war, there was a stamp-tax of one cent on each bunch of -matches. The manufacturer paid the tax to the government, -but the consumer of matches paid a cent more for each bunch -of matches than it would have otherwise cost him. Duties on -foreign imports are of this character.</p> - -<p>Direct taxes, though by far more just and equable than indirect, -are far less popular. The reason of this is doubtless to be -found in the fact that when the tax-payer meets his obligation -in the former case he does it consciously and with a clear sense -that he is parting with so much actual wealth. In the latter -case it is often done unconsciously, and almost always without -realization of the fact. Yet, for this very reason, it is better -that the tax be direct than indirect.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="READINGS_IN_ART" id="READINGS_IN_ART">READINGS IN ART.</a></h2> - - -<h3>I. ARCHITECTURE.<a name="FNanchor_I_9" id="FNanchor_I_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_I_9" class="fnanchor">[I]</a> INTRODUCTION.</h3> - -<p>Architecture may be described as building at its best, and -when we talk of the architecture of any city or country we mean -its best, noblest, or most beautiful buildings; and we imply by -the use of the word that these buildings possess merits which -entitle them to rank as works of art.</p> - -<p>The architecture of the civilized world can be best understood -by considering the great buildings of each important nation -separately. The features, ornaments, and even forms of ancient -buildings differed just as the speech, or at any rate the literature, -differed. Each nation wrote in a different language, -though the books may have been devoted to the same aims; -and precisely in the same way each nation built in a style of its -own, even if the buildings may have been similar in the purposes -they had to serve. The division of the subject into the -architecture of Egypt, Greece, Rome, etc., is therefore the most -natural one to follow.</p> - -<p>But certain broad groups, rising out of peculiarities of a physical -nature, either in the buildings themselves or in the conditions -under which they were erected, can hardly fail to be -suggested by a general view of the subject. Such, for example, -is the fourfold division to which the reader’s attention will now -be directed.</p> - -<p>All buildings, it will be found, can be classed under one or -other of four great divisions, each distinguished by a distinct -mode of building, and each also occupying a distinct place in -history. The first series embraces the buildings of the Egyptians, -the Persians, and the Greeks, and was brought to a pitch -of the highest perfection in Greece during the age of Pericles. -All the buildings erected in these countries during the many -centuries which elapsed from the earliest Egyptian to the latest -Greek works, however they may have differed in other respects, -agree in this—that the openings, be they doors, or be they -spaces between columns, were spanned by beams of wood or -lintels of stone. Hence this architecture is called architecture -of the beam, or, in more formal language, trabeated architecture. -This mode of covering spaces required that in buildings -of solid masonry, where stone or marble lintels were employed, -the supports should not be very far apart, and this circumstance -led to the frequent use of rows of columns. The architecture -of this period is accordingly sometimes called columnar, -but it has no exclusive claim to the epithet; the column survived -long after the exclusive use of the beam had been superseded, -and the term columnar must accordingly be shared with -buildings forming part of the succeeding series.</p> - -<p>The second great group of buildings is that in which the semicircular -arch is introduced into construction, and used either -together with the beam, or, as mostly happened, instead of the -beam, to span the openings. This use of the arch began with -the Assyrians, and it reappeared in the works of the early -Etruscans. The round-arched series of styles embraces the -buildings of the Romans from their earliest beginnings to their -decay; it also includes the two great schools of Christian architecture -which were founded by the Western and the Eastern -Church respectively—namely, the Romanesque, which, originating -in Rome, extended itself through Western Europe, and -lasted till the time of the Crusades, and the Byzantine, which -spread from Constantinople over all the countries in which the -Eastern (or Greek) Church flourished, and which continues to -our own day.</p> - -<p>The third group of buildings is that in which the pointed arch -is employed instead of the semicircular arch to span the openings. -It began with the rise of Mohammedan architecture in -the East, and embraces all the buildings of Western Europe, -from the time of the First Crusade to the revival of art in the -fifteenth century. This great series of buildings constitutes -what is known as pointed, or, more commonly, as gothic architecture.</p> - -<p>The fourth group consists of the buildings erected during or -since the Renaissance (<i>i. e.</i>, revival) period, and is marked by -a return to the styles of past ages or distant countries for the -architectural features and ornaments of buildings; and by that -luxury, complexity, and ostentation which, with other qualities, -are well comprehended under the epithet modern. This group -of buildings forms what is known as Renaissance architecture, -and extends from the epoch of the revival of letters in the fifteenth -century to the present day.</p> - -<p>The first two of these styles occupy those remote times of -pagan civilization which may be conveniently included under -the broad term ancient; and the better known work of the -Greeks and Romans—the classic nations—and they extend over -the time of the establishment of Christianity down to the close -of that dreary period not incorrectly termed the dark ages.</p> - -<p>It may excite surprise that what appears to be so small a difference -as that which exists between a beam, a round arch, or -a pointed arch, should be employed in order to distinguish three -of the four great divisions. But in reality this is no pedantic or -arbitrary grouping. The mode in which spaces or openings -are covered lies at the root of most of the essential differences -between styles of architecture, and the distinction thus drawn -is one of a real, not of a fanciful nature.</p> - -<p>Every building when reduced to its elements, as will be done -in these papers, may be considered as made up of its (1) -floor or plan, (2) walls, (3) roof, (4) openings, (5) columns, -and (6) ornaments, and as marked by its distinctive (7) character, -and the student must be prepared to find that the openings -are by no means the least important of these elements. In fact, -the moment the method of covering openings was changed, it -would be easy to show, did space permit, that all the other elements, -except the ornaments, were directly affected by the -change, and the ornaments indirectly; and we thus find such a -correspondence between this index feature and the entire structure -as renders this primary division a scientific though a very -broad one.</p> - -<p>A division of buildings into such great series as these can not, -however, supersede the more obvious historical and geographical<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span> -divisions. The architecture of every ancient country was -partly the growth of the soil, <i>i. e.</i>, adapted to the climate of the -country, and the materials found there, and partly the outcome -of the national character of its inhabitants, and of such influences -as race, colonization, commerce, or conquest brought to -bear upon them. These influences produced strong distinctions -between the work of different peoples, especially before -the era of the Roman Empire. Since that period of universal -dominion all buildings and styles have been influenced more or -less by Roman art. We accordingly find the buildings of the -most ancient nations separated from each other by strongly -marked lines of demarcation, but those since the era of the empire -showing a considerable resemblance to one another. The -circumstance that the remains of those buildings only which -received the greatest possible attention from their builders have -come down to us from any remote antiquity, has perhaps served -to accentuate the differences between different styles, for these -foremost buildings were not intended to serve the same purpose -in all countries. Nothing but tombs and temples have survived -in Egypt. Palaces only have been rescued from the decay of -Assyrian and Persian cities; and temples, theaters, and places -of public assembly are the chief, almost the only remains of architecture -in Greece.</p> - -<p>A strong contrast between the buildings of different ancient -nations rises also from the differing point of view for which -they were designed. Thus, in the tombs, and, to a large extent, -the temples of the Egyptians, we find structures chiefly -planned for internal effect; that is to say, intended to be seen -by those admitted to the sacred precincts, but only to a limited -extent appealing to the admiration of those outside. The buildings -of the Greeks, on the other hand, were chiefly designed to -please those who examined them from without; and though no -doubt some of them, the theaters especially, were from their -very nature planned for interior effect, by far the greatest works -which Greek art produced were the exteriors of the temples.</p> - -<p>The works of the Romans, and, following them, those of almost -all western Christian nations, were designed to unite external -and internal effect; but in many cases external was evidently -most sought after, and, in the north of Europe, many -expedients—such, for example, as towers, high-pitched roofs, -and steeples—were introduced into architecture with the express -intention of increasing external effect. On the other hand, -the eastern styles, both Mohammedan and Christian, especially -when practiced in sunny climates, show in many cases a -comparative disregard of external effect, and that their architects -lavished most of their resources on the interiors of their -buildings.</p> - -<p>Passing allusions have been made to the influence of climate -on architecture; and the student whose attention has been once -called to this subject will find many interesting traces of this influence -in the designs of buildings erected in various countries. -Where the power of the sun is great, flat terraced roofs, which -help to keep buildings cool, and thick walls are desirable. Sufficient -light is admitted by small windows far apart. Overhanging -eaves, or horizontal cornices, are in such a climate the most -effective mode of obtaining architectural effect, and accordingly -in the styles of all southern peoples these peculiarities appear. -The architecture of Egypt, for example, exhibited them markedly. -Where the sun is still powerful, but not so extreme, the -terraced roof is generally replaced by a sloping roof, steep -enough to throw off water, and larger openings are made for -light and air; but the horizontal cornice still remains the most -appropriate means of gaining effects of light and shade. This -description will apply to the architecture of Italy and Greece. -When, however, we pass to northern countries, where snow has -to be encountered, where light is precious, and where the sun -is low in the heavens for the greater part of the day, a complete -change takes place. Roofs become much steeper, so as to -throw off snow. The horizontal cornice is to a large extent -disused, but the buttress, the turret, and other vertical features, -from which a level sun will cast shadows, begin to appear; and -windows are made numerous and spacious. This description -applies to gothic architecture generally—in other words, to the -styles which rose in northern Europe.</p> - -<p>The influence of materials on architecture is also worth notice. -Where granite, which is worked with difficulty, is the material -obtainable, architecture has invariably been severe and -simple; where soft stone is obtainable, exuberance of ornament -makes its appearance, in consequence of the material lending -itself readily to the carver’s chisel. Where, on the other hand, -marble is abundant and good, refinement is to be met with, for -no other building material exists in which very delicate mouldings -or very slight or slender projections maybe employed with -the certainty that they will be effective. Where stone is scarce, -brick buildings, with many arches, roughly constructed cornices -and pilasters, and other peculiarities both of structure and ornamentation, -make their appearance, as, for example, in Lombardy -and North Germany. Where materials of many colors -abound, as is the case, for example, in the volcanic districts of -France, polychromy is sought as a means of ornamentation. -Lastly, where timber is available, and stone and brick are both -scarce, the result is an architecture of which both the forms and -the ornamentation are entirely dissimilar to those proper to -buildings of stone, marble, or brick.</p> - - -<h4>EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE.</h4> - -<p>The remains of Egyptian architecture with which we are acquainted -indicate four distinct periods of great architectural activity: -(1) the period of the fourth dynasty, when the great -pyramids were erected (probably 3500 to 3000 B. C.); (2) the -period of the twelfth dynasty, to which belong the remains at -Beni-Hassan; (3) the period of the eighteenth and nineteenth -dynasties, when Thebes was in its glory, which is attested by -the ruins of Luxor and Karnak; and (4) the Ptolemaic period, -of which there are the remains at Denderah, Edfou, and Philæ. -The monuments that remain are almost exclusively tombs and -temples. The tombs are, generally speaking, all met with on -the east or right bank of the Nile: among them must be classed -those grandest and oldest monuments of Egyptian skill, the pyramids, -which appear to have been all designed as royal burying-places. -A large number of pyramids have been discovered, -but those of Gizeh, near Cairo, are the largest and the best -known, and also probably the oldest which can be authenticated. -The three largest pyramids are those of Cheops, Cephren, -and Mycerinus at Gizeh. These monarchs all belonged to the -fourth dynasty, and the most probable date to be assigned to them -is about 3000 B. C. The pyramid of Cheops is the largest, and -is the one familiarly known as the Great Pyramid; it has a -square base, the side of which is 760 feet long,<a name="FNanchor_J_10" id="FNanchor_J_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_J_10" class="fnanchor">[J]</a> a height of 484 -feet, and an area of 577,600 square feet. In this pyramid the -angle of inclination of the sloping sides to the base is 51° 51′, -but in no two pyramids is this angle the same. There can be -no doubt that these huge monuments were erected each as the -tomb of an individual king, whose efforts were directed toward -making it everlasting, and the greatest pains were taken to -render the access to the burial chamber extremely hard to discover. -This accounts for the vast disproportion between the -lavish amount of material used for the pyramid and the smallness -of the cavity enclosed in it.</p> - -<p>The material employed was limestone cased with syenite -(granite from Syene), and the internal passages were lined with -granite. The granite of the casing has entirely disappeared, but -that employed as linings is still in its place, and so skilfully -worked that it would not be possible to introduce even a sheet -of paper between the joints.</p> - -<p>In the neighborhood of the pyramids are found a large number -of tombs which are supposed to be those of private persons.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span> -Their form is generally that of a <i>mastaba</i> or truncated pyramid -with sloping walls, and their construction is evidently copied -from a fashion of wooden architecture previously existing. The -same idea of making an everlasting habitation for the body prevailed -as in the case of the pyramids, and stone was therefore -the material employed; but the builders seem to have desired -to indulge in a decorative style, and as they were totally unable -to originate a legitimate stone architecture, we find carved -in stone, rounded beams as lintels, grooved posts, and—most -curious of all—roofs that are an almost exact copy of the early -timber huts when unsquared baulks of timber were laid across -side by side to form a covering.</p> - -<p>When we come to the series of remains of the twelfth dynasty -at Beni-Hassan, in middle Egypt, we meet with the earliest -known examples of that most interesting feature of all subsequent -styles—the column. Whether the idea of columnar -architecture originated with the necessities of quarrying—square -piers being left at intervals to support the superincumbent mass -of rock as the quarry was gradually driven in—or whether the -earliest stone piers were imitations of brickwork or of timber -posts, we shall probably never be able to determine accurately, -though the former supposition seems the more likely. We have -here monuments of a date fourteen hundred years anterior to -the earliest known Greek examples, with splendid columns, -both exterior and interior, which no reasonable person can -doubt are the prototypes of the Greek doric order.</p> - -<p>Egyptian temples can be generally classed under two heads: -(1) the large principal temples, and (2) the small subsidiary -ones called Typhonia or Mammisi. Both kinds of temple vary -little, if at all, in plan from the time of the twelfth dynasty down -to the Roman dominion.</p> - -<p>The large temples consist almost invariably of an entrance -gate flanked on either side by a large mass of masonry, called -a pylon, in the shape of a truncated pyramid. The axis of the -ground-plan of these pylons is frequently obliquely inclined to -the axis of the plan of the temple itself; and indeed one of the -most striking features of Egyptian temples is the lack of regularity -and symmetry in their construction. The entrance gives -access to a large courtyard, generally ornamented with columns: -beyond this, and occasionally approached by steps, is -another court, smaller than the first, but much more splendidly -adorned with columns and colossi; beyond this again, in the -finest examples, occurs what is called the hypostyle hall, <i>i. e.</i>, a -hall with two rows of lofty columns down the center, and at the -sides other rows, more or less in number, of lower columns; the -object of this arrangement being that the central portion might -be lighted by a kind of clerestory above the roof of the side -portions. This hypostyle hall stood with its greatest length -transverse to the general axis of the temple, so that it was entered -from the side. Beyond it were other chambers, all of -small size, the innermost being generally the sanctuary, while -the others were probably used as residences by the priests. -Homer’s hundred-gated Thebes, which was for so long the capital -of Egypt, offers at Karnak and Luxor the finest remains of -temples; what is left of the former evidently showing that it must -have been one of the most magnificent buildings ever erected -in any country.</p> - -<p>It must not be imagined that this temple of Karnak, together -with the series of connected temples is the result of one clearly -conceived plan; on the contrary, just as has been frequently -the case with our own cathedrals and baronial halls, alterations -were made here and additions there by successive kings one -after another without much regard to connection or congruity, -the only feeling that probably influenced them being that of emulation -to excel in size and grandeur the erections of their predecessors, -as the largest buildings were almost always of latest -date. The original sanctuary, or nucleus of the temple, was -built by Usertesen I., the second or third king of the twelfth -dynasty.</p> - -<p>Extensive remains of temples exist at Luxor, Edfou, and Philæ. -It should be noticed that all these large temples have the mastaba -form, <i>i. e.</i>, the outer walls are not perpendicular on the outside, -but slope inward as they rise, thus giving the buildings an air -of great solidity.</p> - -<p>The Mammisi exhibit quite a different form of temple from -those previously described, and are generally found in close -proximity to the large temples. They are generally erected on -a raised terrace, rectangular in plan and nearly twice as long -as it was wide, approached by a flight of steps opposite the entrance; -they consist of oblong buildings, usually divided by a -wall into two chambers, and surrounded on all sides by a colonnade -composed of circular columns or square piers placed at -intervals, and the whole is roofed in. A dwarf wall is frequently -found between the piers and columns, about half the height of -the shaft. These temples differ from the larger ones in having -the outer walls perpendicular.</p> - -<p>The constructional system pursued by the Egyptians, which -consisted in roofing over spaces with large horizontal blocks of -stone, led of necessity to a columnar arrangement in the interiors, -as it was impossible to cover large areas without frequent -upright supports. Hence the column became the chief -means of obtaining effect, and the varieties of form which it -exhibits are very numerous. The sculptors appear to have imitated -as closely as possible the forms of the plant-world around -them. In one they represent a bundle of reeds or lotus stalks. -The stalks are bound round with several belts, and the capital -is formed by the slightly bulging unopened bud of the flower, -above which is a small abacus with the architrave resting upon -it: the base is nothing but a low circular plinth. The square -piers also have frequently a lotus bud carved on them. At the -bottom of the shaft is frequently found a decoration imitated -from the sheath of leaves from which the plant springs. As -a further development of this capital we have the opened lotus -flower of a very graceful bell-like shape, ornamented with a -similar sheath-like decoration to that at the base of the shaft. -This decoration was originally painted only, not sculptured, but -at a later period we find these sheaths and buds worked in -stone. Even more graceful is the palm capital, which also had -its leading lines of decoration painted on it at first, and afterward -sculptured. At a later period of the style we find the plant -forms abandoned, and capitals were formed of a fantastic combination -of the head of Isis with a pylon resting upon it. In one -part of the temple at Karnak is found a very curious capital resembling -the open lotus flower inverted. The proportion which -the height of Egyptian columns bears to their diameter differs -so much in various cases that there was evidently no regular -standard adhered to, but as a general rule they have a heavy -and massive character. The wall-paintings of the Egyptian -buildings show many curious forms of columns, but we have no -reason for thinking that these fantastic shapes were really executed -in stone.</p> - -<p>Almost the only sculptured ornaments worked on the exteriors -of buildings were the curious astragal or bead at all the angles, -and the cornice, which consisted of a very large cavetto, or hollow -moulding, surmounted by a fillet. These features are almost -invariable from the earliest to the latest period of the style. -This cavetto was generally enriched, over the doorways, with -an ornament representing a circular boss with a wing at each -side of it.</p> - -<p>One other feature of Egyptian architecture which was peculiar -to it must be mentioned, namely, the obelisk. Obelisks were -nearly always erected in pairs in front of the pylons of the temples, -and added to the dignity of the entrance. They were invariably -monoliths, slightly tapering in outline, carved with the -most perfect accuracy; they must have existed originally in -very large numbers. Not a few of these have been transported -to Europe, and at least twelve are standing in Rome, one is in -Paris and one in London.</p> - - -<h4>ANALYSIS OF BUILDINGS.</h4> - -<p>The early rock-cut tombs were, of course, only capable of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span> -producing internal effects; their floor presents a series of halls -and galleries, varying in size and shape, leading one out of the -other, and intended by their contrast or combination to produce -architectural effect. To this was added in the latter rock-cut -tombs a façade to be seen directly in front. Much the same -account can be given of the disposition of the built temples. -They possess one front, which the spectator approaches, and -they are disposed so as to produce varied and impressive interiors, -but not to give rise to external display. The supports, -such as walls, columns, piers, are all very massive and very -close together, so that the only wide open spaces are courtyards.</p> - -<p>The circle, or octagon, or other polygonal forms do not appear -in the plans of Egyptian buildings; but though all the -lines are straight, there is a good deal of irregularity in spacing, -walls which face one another are not always parallel, and -angles which appear to be right angles very often are not so.</p> - -<p>The later buildings extend over much space. The adjuncts -to these buildings, especially the avenues of sphinxes, are -planned so as to produce an air of stately grandeur, and in them -some degree of external effect is aimed at.</p> - -<p>The walls are uniformly thick, and often of granite or of -stone, though brick is also met with; <i>e. g.</i>, some of the smaller -pyramids are built entirely of brick. In all probability the walls -of domestic buildings were to a great extent of brick, and less -thick than those of the temples; hence they have all disappeared.</p> - -<p>The surface of walls, even when of granite, was usually plastered -with a thin fine plaster, which was covered by the profuse -decoration in color already alluded to.</p> - -<p>The walls of the propylons tapered from the base toward the -top, and the same thing sometimes occurred in other walls. In -almost all cases the stone walls are built of very large blocks, -and they show an unrivaled skill in masonry.</p> - -<p>The roofing which remains is executed entirely in stone, but -not arched or vaulted. The rock-cut tombs, however, contain -ceilings of an arched shape, and in some cases forms which -seem to be an imitation of timber roofing. The roofing of the -hypostyle hall at Karnak provides an arrangement for admitting -light very similar to the clerestory of gothic cathedrals.</p> - -<p>The openings were all covered by a stone lintel, and consequently -were uniformly square-headed. The interspaces between -columns were similarly covered, and hence Egyptian architecture -has been, and correctly, classed as the first among -the styles of trabeated architecture. Window openings seldom -occur.</p> - -<p>The columns have been already described to some extent. -They are almost always circular in plan, but the shaft is sometimes -channeled. They are for the most part of sturdy proportions, -but great grace and elegance are shown in the profile -given to shafts and capitals. The design of the capitals especially -is full of variety, and admirably adapts forms obtained -from the vegetable kingdom. The general effect of the Egyptian -column, wherever it is used, is that it appears to have, as it -really has, a great deal more strength than is required. The -fact that the abacus (the square block of stone introduced between -the moulded part of the capital and what it carries) is -often smaller in width than the diameter of the column aids very -much to produce this effect.</p> - -<p>Mouldings are very rarely employed; in fact, the large bead -running up the angles of the pylons, etc., and a heavy hollow -moulding doing duty as a cornice, are all that are usually met -with. Sculpture and carving occur occasionally, and are freely -introduced in later works, where we sometimes find statues incorporated -into the design of the fronts of temples. Decoration -in color, in the shape of hieroglyphic inscriptions and -paintings of all sorts, was profusely employed, and is executed -with a truth of drawing and a beauty of coloring that have never -been surpassed. Almost every object drawn is partly conventionalized, -in the most skillful manner, so as to make it fit its -place as a piece of a decorative system.</p> - -<p>The character is gloomy, and to a certain extent forbidding, -owing to the heavy walls and piers and columns, and the great -masses supported by them; but when in its freshness and quite -uninjured by decay or violence, the exquisite coloring of the -walls and ceilings and columns must have added a great deal of -beauty: this must have very much diminished the oppressive -effect inseparable from such massive construction and from the -gloomy darkness of many portions of the buildings. It is also -noteworthy that the expenditure of materials and labor is greater -in proportion to the effect attained than in any other style. -The pyramids are the most conspicuous example of this prodigality. -Before condemning this as a defect in the style, it must -be remembered that a stability which should defy enemies, -earthquakes, and the tooth of time, was far more aimed at than -architectural character; and that, had any mode of construction -less lavish of material, and less perfect in workmanship, been -adopted, the buildings of Egypt might have all disappeared -ere this.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div><h2><a name="SELECTIONS_FROM_AMERICAN" id="SELECTIONS_FROM_AMERICAN">SELECTIONS FROM AMERICAN -LITERATURE.</a></h2> - - -<h3><a id="FITZ_GREENE_HALLECK"></a>FITZ GREENE HALLECK.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>If one is not too critical there is a good deal of pleasure to be got out -of Halleck’s volume.—<i>National Magazine</i> (<i>1852</i>).</p> - -<p>Dana, Halleck and Bryant rose together on steady wings and gave -voices to the solitude; Dana with a broad, grave undertone like that of -the sea; Bryant with a sound as of the wind in summer woods, and the -fall of waters in mountain dells; and Halleck with strains blown from -a silver trumpet, breathing manly fire and courage.—<i>Bayard Taylor.</i></p></div> - -<h4>To * * * *</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The world is bright before thee,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Its summer flowers are thine,</span></div> -<div class="verse">Its calm, blue sky is o’er thee,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Thy bosom pleasure’s shrine;</span></div> -<div class="verse">And thine the sunbeam given,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">To nature’s morning hour,</span></div> -<div class="verse">Pure, warm, as when from heaven</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">It burst on Eden’s bower.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">There is a song of sorrow,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">The death-dirge of the gay,</span></div> -<div class="verse">That tells, ere dawn of morrow,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">These charms may melt away,</span></div> -<div class="verse">That sun’s bright beam be shaded,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">That sky be blue no more,</span></div> -<div class="verse">The summer flowers be faded,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">And youth’s warm promise o’er.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Believe it not, though lonely</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Thy evening home may be;</span></div> -<div class="verse">Though beauty’s bark can only</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Float on a summer sea;</span></div> -<div class="verse">Though time thy bloom is stealing,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">There’s still beyond his art</span></div> -<div class="verse">The wild-flower wreath of feeling,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">The sunbeam of the heart.</span></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<h4>In Memory of Joseph Rodman Drake.</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Green be the turf above thee,</div> -<div class="verse">Friend of my better days!</div> -<div class="verse">None knew thee but to love thee,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor named thee but to praise.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Tears fell when thou wert dying,</div> -<div class="verse">From eyes unused to weep,</div> -<div class="verse">And long, where thou art lying,</div> -<div class="verse">Will tears the cold turf steep.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">When hearts whose truth was proven,</div> -<div class="verse">Like thine, are laid in earth,</div> -<div class="verse">There should a wreath be woven</div> -<div class="verse"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>To tell the world their worth;</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">And I, who woke each morrow</div> -<div class="verse">To clasp thy hand in mine,</div> -<div class="verse">Who shared thy joy and sorrow,</div> -<div class="verse">Whose weal and woe were thine,—</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">It should be mine to braid it</div> -<div class="verse">Around thy faded brow,</div> -<div class="verse">But I’ve in vain essayed it,</div> -<div class="verse">And feel I cannot now.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">While memory bids me weep thee,</div> -<div class="verse">Nor thoughts nor words are free,</div> -<div class="verse">The grief is fixed too deeply</div> -<div class="verse">That mourns a man like thee.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">There are some happy moments in this lone</div> -<div class="verse">And desolate world of ours, that well repay</div> -<div class="verse">The toil of struggling through it, and atone</div> -<div class="verse">For many a long, sad night and weary day.</div> -<div class="verse">They come upon the mind like some wild air</div> -<div class="verse">Of distant music, when we know not where,</div> -<div class="verse">Or whence, the sounds are brought from, and their power,</div> -<div class="verse">Though brief, is boundless.</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<h3><a id="RICHARD_HENRY_DANA"></a>RICHARD HENRY DANA.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>Among the first to make a creditable appearance in the field of American -literature was Richard Henry Dana, the last of the writers of his -generation who achieved success both in prose and verse, and won the -right to be ranked among the most vigorous authors of the first half of -the present century.—<i>James Grant Wilson.</i></p></div> - -<div class="center">From “THOUGHTS ON THE SOUL.”</div> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Turn with me from pining thought</span></div> -<div class="verse">And all the inward ills that sin has wrought;</div> -<div class="verse">Come, send abroad a love for all who live,</div> -<div class="verse">And feel the deep content in turn they give.</div> -<div class="verse">Kind wishes and good deeds—they make not poor;</div> -<div class="verse">They’ll home again, full laden, to thy door.</div> -<div class="verse">The streams of love flow back where they begin;</div> -<div class="verse">For springs of outward joys lie deep within.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">E’en let them flow, and make the places glad</div> -<div class="verse">Where dwell thy fellow-men, shouldst thou be sad,</div> -<div class="verse">And earth seems bare, and hours, once happy, press</div> -<div class="verse">Upon thy thoughts, and make thy loneliness</div> -<div class="verse">More lonely for the past, thou then shalt hear</div> -<div class="verse">The music of those waters running near;</div> -<div class="verse">And thy faint spirit drink the cooling stream,</div> -<div class="verse">And thine eye gladden with the playing beam,</div> -<div class="verse">That now upon the water dances. Now,</div> -<div class="verse">Leaps up and dances in the hanging bough.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Is it not lovely? Tell me, where doth dwell</div> -<div class="verse">The power that wrought so beautiful a spell?</div> -<div class="verse">In thine own bosom, brother? Then, as thine,</div> -<div class="verse">Guard with a reverent fear this power divine,</div> -<div class="verse">And if, indeed, ’tis not the outward state,</div> -<div class="verse">But temper of the soul, by which we rate</div> -<div class="verse">Sadness or joy, e’en let thy bosom move</div> -<div class="verse">With noble thoughts, and wake thee into love;</div> -<div class="verse">And let each feeling in thy breast be given</div> -<div class="verse">An honest aim, which, sanctified by heaven,</div> -<div class="verse">And springing into act, new life imparts,</div> -<div class="verse">Till beats thy frame as with a thousand hearts.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The earth is full of life; the living hand</div> -<div class="verse">Touched it with life; and all its forms expand</div> -<div class="verse">With principles of being made to suit</div> -<div class="verse">Man’s varied powers, and raise from the brute.</div> -<div class="verse">And shall the earth of higher ends be full,—</div> -<div class="verse">Earth which thou tread’st,—and thy poor mind be dull,</div> -<div class="verse">Thou talk of life, with half thy soul asleep!</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Thou “living dead man,” let thy spirits leap</div> -<div class="verse">Forth to the day, and let the fresh air blow</div> -<div class="verse">Thro’ thy soul’s shut-up mansion. Wouldst thou know</div> -<div class="verse">Something of what is life, shake off this death;</div> -<div class="verse">Have thy soul feel the universal breath</div> -<div class="verse">With which all nature’s quick, and learn to be</div> -<div class="verse">Sharer in all thou dost touch or see;</div> -<div class="verse">Break from thy body’s grasp, thy spirit’s trance;</div> -<div class="verse">Give to thy soul air, thy faculties expanse;</div> -<div class="verse">Love, joy, e’en sorrow—yield thyself to all!</div> -<div class="verse">They make thy freedom, groveller, not thy thrall,</div> -<div class="verse">Knock off the shackles which thy spirit bind</div> -<div class="verse">To dust and sense, and set at large the mind;</div> -<div class="verse">Then move in sympathy with God’s great whole;</div> -<div class="verse">And be, like man at first, A Living Soul!</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<h4>A Clump of Daisies.</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ye daisies gay,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">This fresh spring day</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Closed gathered here together,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">To play in the light,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">To sleep all the night,</span></div> -<div class="verse">To abide through the sullen weather;</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Ye creatures bland,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">A simple band,</span></div> -<div class="verse">Ye free ones, linked in pleasure,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And linked when your forms</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stoop low in the storms,</span></div> -<div class="verse">And the rain comes down without measure;</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">When the wild clouds fly</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Athwart the sky,</span></div> -<div class="verse">And ghostly shadows, glancing,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Are darkening the gleam</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Of the hurrying stream,</span></div> -<div class="verse">And your close, bright heads gayly dancing;</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Though dull awhile,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Again ye smile;</span></div> -<div class="verse">For, see, the warm sun breaking;</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The stream’s going glad,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">There’s nothing now sad,</span></div> -<div class="verse">And the small bird his song is waking.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The dew-drop sip</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">With dainty lip!</span></div> -<div class="verse">The sun is low descended,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And moon, softly fall</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">On troops true and small;</span></div> -<div class="verse">Sky and earth in one kindly blended.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And, morning! spread</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Their jewelled bed</span></div> -<div class="verse">With lights in the east sky springing;</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And, brook! breathe around</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Thy low murmured sound!</span></div> -<div class="verse">May they move, ye birds, to your singing;</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">For in their play</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">I hear them say,</span></div> -<div class="verse">Here, man, thy wisdom borrow;</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">In heart be a child,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">In words, true and mild;</span></div> -<div class="verse">Hold thy faith, come joy, or come sorrow.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<h3><a id="WILLIAM_CULLEN_BRYANT"></a>WILLIAM CULLEN BRYANT.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>Bryant’s writings transport us into the depths of the solemn, primeval -forest, to the shores of the lonely lakes, the banks of the wild, nameless -stream, or the brow of the rocky upland, rising like a promontory from -amidst a wild ocean of foliage; while they shed around us the glory of -a climate fierce in its extremes, but splendid in its vicissitudes.—<i>Washington -Irving.</i></p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span></p> - -<p>His soul is charity itself—in all respects generous and noble.—<i>Edgar -A. Poe.</i></p> - -<p>We may have had elsewhere as faithful citizens; as industrious journalists; -as ripe scholars, and poets, it may be, equally gifted and inspired, -but where have we had another who has combined in his own -person all these? In him a rare combination of extraordinary qualities -was united; strength and gentleness, elevation of thought and childlike -simplicity, genius, common-sense, and practical wisdom. Where there -were controverted questions, whether men agreed with him or not, they -never for an instant doubted his nobleness of purpose.—<i>Rev. R. C. Waterston.</i></p></div> - -<h4>To the Fringed Gentian.</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Thou blossom bright with autumn dew,</div> -<div class="verse">And colored with the heaven’s own blue,</div> -<div class="verse">That openest when the quiet light</div> -<div class="verse">Succeeds the keen and frosty night,—</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Thou comest not when violets lean</div> -<div class="verse">O’er wandering brooks and springs unseen,</div> -<div class="verse">Or columbines, in purple drest,</div> -<div class="verse">Nod o’er the ground-bird’s hidden nest.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Thou waitest late, and com’st alone,</div> -<div class="verse">When woods are bare, and birds are flown,</div> -<div class="verse">And frosts and shortening days portend</div> -<div class="verse">The aged year is near its end.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Then doth thy sweet and quiet eye</div> -<div class="verse">Look through its fringes to the sky,</div> -<div class="verse">Blue, blue, as if that sky let fall</div> -<div class="verse">A flower from its cerulean wall.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">I would that thus, when I shall see</div> -<div class="verse">The hour of death draw near to me,</div> -<div class="verse">Hope, blossoming within my heart,</div> -<div class="verse">May look to heaven as I depart.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<h4>Extract from Bryant’s Translation of the Iliad. Book I.<br /> - -(620-774.)</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">* * * But when now, at length,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The twelfth day came, the ever-living gods</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Returned together to the Olympian mount</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">With Jove, their leader. Thetis kept in mind</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Her son’s desire, and, with the early morn,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Emerging from the depths of ocean, climbed</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To the great heaven and the high mount, and found</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">All-seeing Jove, who, from the rest apart,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Was seated on the loftiest pinnacle</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Of many-peaked Olympus. She sat down</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Before the son of Saturn, clasped his knees</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">With her left arm, and lifted up her right</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In supplication to the Sovereign One:</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">“O Jupiter, my father, if among</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The immortals I have ever given thee aid</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">By word or act, deny not my request.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Honor my son, whose life is doomed to end</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">So soon; for Agamemnon, king of men,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Hath done him shameful wrong: he takes from him</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And keeps the prize he won in war. But thou,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Olympian Jupiter, supremely wise,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Honor him now, and give the Trojan host</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The victory, until the humbled Greeks</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Heap large increase of honors on my son.”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">She spake, but cloud-compelling Jupiter</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Answered her not; in silence long he sat.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But Thetis, who had clasped his knees at first,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Clung to them still, and prayed him yet again:—</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">“O promise me, and grant my suit; or else</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Deny it,—for thou need’st not fear,—and I</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Shall know how far below the other gods</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Thou holdest me in honor.” As she spake,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The cloud-compeller, sighing heavily,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Answered her thus: “Hard things dost thou require,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And thou wilt force me into new disputes</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">With Juno, who will anger me again</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">With contumelious words; for ever thus,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In presence of the immortals, doth she seek</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Cause of contention, charging that I aid</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The Trojans in their battles. Now depart,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And let her not perceive thee. Leave the rest</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To be by me accomplished; and that thou</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Mayst be assured, behold, I give the nod;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">For this, with me, the immortals know, portends</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The highest certainty: no word of mine</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Which once my nod confirms can be revoked,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Or prove untrue, or fail to be fulfilled.”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">As thus he spake, the son of Saturn gave</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The nod with his dark brows. The ambrosial curls</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Upon the Sovereign One’s immortal head</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Were shaken, and with them the mighty mount</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Olympus trembled. Then they parted, she</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Plunging from bright Olympus to the deep,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And Jove returning to his palace home;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Where all the gods, uprising from their thrones,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">At sight of the Great Father, waited not</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">For his approach, but met him as he came.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">And now upon his throne the Godhead took</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">His seat, but Juno knew—for she had seen—</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">That Thetis of the silver feet, and child</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Of the gray Ancient of the Deep, had held</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Close counsel with her consort. Therefore she</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Bespake the son of Saturn harshly, thus:—</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">“O crafty one, with whom, among the gods,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Plottest thou now? Thus hath it ever been</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Thy pleasure to devise, apart from me,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Thy plans in secret; never willingly</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Dost thou reveal to me thy purposes.”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Then thus replied the Father of the gods</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And mortals: “Juno, do not think to know</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">All my designs, for thou wilt find the task</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Too hard for thee, although thou be my spouse.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">What fitting is to be revealed, no one</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Of all the immortals or of men shall know</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Sooner than thou; but when I form designs</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Apart from all the gods, presume thou not</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To question me or pry into my plans.”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Juno, the large-eyed and august, rejoined:—</span></div> -<div class="verse">“What words, stern son of Saturn, hast thou said!</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">It never was my wont to question thee</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Or pry into thy plans, and thou art left</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To form them as thou wilt; yet now I fear</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The silver-footed Thetis has contrived—</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">That daughter of the Ancient of the Deep—</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To o’erpersuade thee, for, at early prime,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">She sat before thee and embraced thy knees;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And thou hast promised her, I can not doubt,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To give Achilles honor and to cause</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Myriads of Greeks to perish by their fleet.”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Then Jove, the cloud-compeller, spake again:—</span></div> -<div class="verse">“Harsh-tongued! thou ever dost suspect me thus,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Nor can I act unwatched; and yet all this</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Profits thee nothing, for it only serves</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To breed dislike, and is the worse for thee.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But were it as thou deemest, ’tis enough</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">That such has been my pleasure. Sit thou down</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In silence, and obey, lest all the gods</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Upon Olympus, when I come and lay</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">These potent hands on thee, protect thee not.”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">He spake, and Juno, large-eyed and august,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">O’erawed, and curbing her high spirit, sat</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In silence; meanwhile all the gods of heaven</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Within the halls of Jove were inly grieved.</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span></p> - - -<h3><a id="HENRY_WADSWORTH_LONGFELLOW"></a>HENRY WADSWORTH LONGFELLOW.</h3> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>A man of true genius.—<i>Edgar A. Poe.</i></p> - -<p>A man’s heart beats in his every line.—<i>George Gilfillan.</i></p> - -<p>Of all our poets Longfellow best deserves the title of artist.—<i>Griswold.</i></p> - -<p>They (Longfellow’s poems) appear to me more beautiful than on -former readings, much as I then admired them. The exquisite music -of your verses dwells more agreeably than ever on my ear, and more -than ever am I affected by their depth of feeling and their spirituality, -and the creative power with which they set before us passages from the -great drama of life.—<i>William Cullen Bryant in letter to Longfellow.</i></p></div> - -<h4>Santa Filomena.</h4> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Whene’er a noble deed is wrought,</div> -<div class="verse">Whene’er is spoken a noble thought,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Our hearts, in glad surprise,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">To higher levels rise.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The tidal wave of deeper souls</div> -<div class="verse">Into our inmost being rolls,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And lifts us unawares</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Out of all meaner cares.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Honor to those whose words or deeds</div> -<div class="verse">Thus help us in our daily needs,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And by their overflow</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Raise us from what is low!</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Thus thought I, as by night I read</div> -<div class="verse">Of the great army of the dead,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The trenches cold and damp,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The starved and frozen camp,—</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">The wounded from the battle-plain,</div> -<div class="verse">In dreary hospitals of pain,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The cheerless corridors,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The cold and stony floors.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Lo! in that house of misery</div> -<div class="verse">A lady with a lamp I see</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Pass through the glimmering gloom,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">And flit from room to room.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">And slow, as in a dream of bliss,</div> -<div class="verse">The speechless sufferer turns to kiss</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Her shadow, as it falls</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Upon the darkening walls.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">As if a door in heaven should be</div> -<div class="verse">Opened and then closed suddenly,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The vision came and went,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The light shone and was spent.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">On England’s annals, through the long</div> -<div class="verse">Hereafter of her speech and song,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">That light its rays shall cast</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">From portals of the past.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">A Lady with a Lamp shall stand</div> -<div class="verse">In the great history of the land,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">A noble type of good,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Heroic womanhood.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Nor even shall be wanting here</div> -<div class="verse">The palm, the lily, and the spear,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The symbols that of yore</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Saint Filomena bore.</span></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - -<h4>Rural Life in Sweden.</h4> - -<p>There is something patriarchal still lingering about rural life -in Sweden, which renders it a fit theme for song. Almost -primeval simplicity reigns over that Northern land—almost -primeval solitude and stillness. You pass out from the gate of -the city, and, as if by magic, the scene changes to a wild, -woodland landscape. Around you are forests of fir. Overhead -hang the long, fan-like branches, trailing with moss, and heavy -with red and blue cones. Under foot is a carpet of yellow -leaves; and the air is warm and balmy. On a wooden bridge -you cross a little silver stream; and anon come forth into a -pleasant and sunny land of farms. Wooden fences divide the -adjoining fields. Across the road are gates, which are opened -by troops of children. The peasants take off their hats as you -pass; you sneeze, and they cry, “God bless you!” The houses -in the villages and smaller towns are all built of hewn timber, -and for the most part painted red. The floors of the taverns -are strewn with the flagrant tips of fir boughs. In many villages -there are no taverns, and the peasants take turns in receiving -travelers. The thrifty housewife shows you into the -best chamber, the walls of which are hung round with rude -pictures from the Bible; and brings you her heavy silver -spoons—an heirloom—to dip the curdled milk from the pan. -You have oaten cakes baked some months before, or bread -with anise-seed and coriander in it, or perhaps a little pine -bark.</p> - -<p>Meanwhile the sturdy husband has brought his horses from -the plough, and harnessed them to your carriage. Solitary -travelers come and go in uncouth one-horse chaises. Most of -them have pipes in their mouths, and, hanging around their -necks in front, a leather wallet, in which they carry tobacco, -and the great bank-notes of the country, as large as your two -hands. You meet, also, groups of Dalekarlian peasant-women, -traveling homeward or townward in pursuit of work. They -walk barefoot, carrying in their hands their shoes, which have -high heels under the hollow of their foot, and soles of birch -bark.</p> - -<p>Near the churchyard gate stands a poor-box, fastened to a -post by iron bands, and secured by a padlock, with a sloping -wooden roof to keep off the rain. If it be Sunday, the peasants -sit on the church steps and con their psalm-books. Others are -coming down the road with their beloved pastor, who talks to -them of holy things from beneath his broad-brimmed hat. He -speaks of fields and harvests, and of the parable of the sower, -that went forth to sow. He leads them to the Good Shepherd, -and to the pleasant pastures of the spirit-land. He is their patriarch, -and, like Melchizedek, both priest and king, though he -has no other throne than the church pulpit. The women carry -psalm-books in their hands, wrapped in silk handkerchiefs, and -listen devoutly to the good man’s words. But the young men, -like Gallio, care for none of these things. They are busy -counting the plaits in the kirtles of the peasant girls, their -number being an indication of the wearer’s wealth. It may -end in a wedding.</p> - -<p>Nor must I forget the suddenly changing seasons of the -Northern clime. There is no long and lingering spring, unfolding -leaf and blossom one by one; no long and lingering -autumn, pompous with many-colored leaves and the glow of -Indian summers. But winter and summer are wonderful, and -pass into each other. The quail has hardly ceased piping in -the corn, when winter from the folds of trailing clouds sows -broadcast over the land snow, icicles, and rattling hail. The -days wane apace. Erelong the sun hardly rises above the -horizon, or does not rise at all. The moon and the stars shine -through the day; only, at noon, they are pale and wan, and in -the southern sky a red, fiery glow, as of sunset, burns along the -horizon, and then goes out. And pleasantly under the silver -moon, and under the silent, solemn stars, ring the steel-shoes -of the skaters on the frozen sea, and voices, and the sound of -bells.</p> - -<h4>Passages from Longfellow.</h4> - -<p>If you borrow my books do not mark them, for I shall not be -able to distinguish your marks from my own, and the pages -will become like the doors in Bagdad, marked by Morgiana’s -chalk.</p> - -<p>A torn jacket is soon mended; but hard words bruise the -heart of a child.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span></p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The Cathedral of Rouen.</span>—I unexpectedly came out in -front of the magnificent cathedral. If it had suddenly risen -from the earth the effect would not have been more powerful -and instantaneous. It completely overpowered my imagination; -and I stood for a long time motionless, gazing entranced -upon the stupendous edifice. I had before seen no specimen -of Gothic architecture, save the remains of a little church at -Havre, and the massive towers before me, the lofty windows of -stained glass, the low portal, with its receding arches and rude -statues, all produced upon my untrained mind an impression -of awful sublimity. When I entered the church the impression -was still more deep and solemn. It was the hour of vespers. -The religious twilight of the place, the lamps that burned on -the distant altar, the kneeling crowd, the tinkling bell, and the -chant of the evening service that rolled along the vaulted roof -in broken and repeated echoes, filled me with new and intense -emotions. When I gazed on the stupendous architecture of the -church, the huge columns that the eye followed up till they -were lost in the gathering dusk of the arches above, the long -and shadowy aisles, the statues of saints and martyrs that stood -in every recess, the figures of armed knights upon the tombs, -the uncertain light that stole through the painted windows of -each little chapel, and the form of the cowled and solitary -monk, kneeling at the shrine of his favorite saint, or passing -between the lofty columns of the church—all I had read of, -but had not seen—I was transported back to the Dark Ages, -and felt as I can never feel again.—<i>Outre-Mer.</i></p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">Bear through sorrow, wrong and ruth,</div> -<div class="verse">In thy heart the dew of youth,</div> -<div class="verse">On thy lips the smile of truth.</div> -<div class="sig">—<i>Maidenhood.</i></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>As turning the logs will make a dull fire burn, so change of -studies a dull brain.</p> - -<p>If we could read the secret history of our enemies, we should -find in each man’s life sorrow and suffering enough to disarm -all hostility.</p> - -<p>We often excuse our want of philanthropy by giving the -name of fanaticism to the more ardent zeal of others.</p> - -<p class="continue"> -[End of Required Reading for January.]<br /> -</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - - -<h2><a name="NIGHT" id="NIGHT">NIGHT.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<div class="center">By A. ST. J. A.</div> - - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">I saw the sun sink slowly in the west,</div> -<div class="verse">Painting the cloudless skies with liquid gold;</div> -<div class="verse">I saw the angel of the night unfold</div> -<div class="verse">His dewy wings, and lowly o’er his breast</div> -<div class="verse">Bow down his head in meek humility,</div> -<div class="verse">As one who works his Master’s wise behest.</div> -<div class="verse">I saw the moon in radiant garb uprise</div> -<div class="verse">And sail majestic o’er the tranquil skies,</div> -<div class="verse">Like some bright vessel on a waveless sea.</div> -<div class="verse">And as I gazed, a sense of perfect rest</div> -<div class="verse">Stole o’er me, and the sorrows that infest</div> -<div class="verse">The life of all no longer burdened me,</div> -<div class="verse">But, with the light, fled peacefully away.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">Ceased had the plaintive carol of the thrush,</div> -<div class="verse">And stillness brooded over everything,</div> -<div class="verse">As if the dark-robed angel had unfurled</div> -<div class="verse">His ebon pinions and, from off his wing,</div> -<div class="verse">Shook silence down upon a sleeping world;</div> -<div class="verse">Or the last sigh of the departing day,</div> -<div class="verse">Borne through the trees in one long-whispered “Hush!”</div> -<div class="verse">Had breathed o’er all a spirit of repose.</div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">So may life’s sun, which at the dawn uprose</div> -<div class="verse">Resplendent in its ever-growing light,</div> -<div class="verse">In peaceful glory sink at evening’s close</div> -<div class="verse">Beyond the margin of death’s silent sea,</div> -<div class="verse">And the grey shadows of that wondrous night,</div> -<div class="verse">Which ends in day eternal, fall on me.</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - - -<h2><a name="ECCENTRIC_AMERICANS" id="ECCENTRIC_AMERICANS">ECCENTRIC AMERICANS.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<div class="center">By COLEMAN E. BISHOP.</div> - -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h3>III.—THE MORBID STATESMAN.</h3> - -<p>A study in morbid anatomy! John Randolph, of Roanoke, -might have said, with <i>Mrs. Gummidge</i>, “everything goes contrary -with me;” for not only every quality of his nature, but all -the circumstances of his life conspired to create in him a sum -of unhappiness not often concentrated upon one individual; -and this, notwithstanding his opportunities for usefulness were -exceptionally good, his career brilliant, his abilities of the -highest order, and his motives in the main praiseworthy. To -understand such untoward results flowing from such conditions -we must as well know his surroundings as study his character.</p> - -<p>John Randolph was born, near Petersburg, Va., June 2, -1773,—a subject of George III. He was descended on his -father’s side from an old English family; on the other side -from an older American family—a royal line, too, viz: that of -Pocahontas, the Indian princess, by Captain Rolfe. In this -fusion and confusion of blood can probably be found the -cause of much disease in him, and of that decay of his family -which brought such disappointment and disaster to his most -cherished hopes. Indian blood showed itself in his swarthy -complexion and straight black hair, in his placing one foot -straight before the other in walking, and in his vengeful temper. -The Randolphs led in the effort of Virginia planters to -transplant the manners and institutions of the English aristocracy -to the new country, with the very important difference -that the American aristocracy was to be rooted in African -slavery. This solecism was adhered to by the Randolphs after -most of the other first families of Virginia had learned theories -of government more American and more democratic. Such -dreamers desired to have the English laws of entail and primogeniture -reënacted by the Virginia legislature; defended slavery -after it had become a burden and a loss to them, and had sunk -Virginia from the first to the eighth rank among the states; and -they advocated state-sovereignty to the last. Their conservatism -became obstruction against all changes. Randolph condensed -their theory of government into the famous aphorism, “a wise -and masterly inactivity,” which his sympathetic biographer, as -late as 1850, declared “embraces the whole duty of American -statesmen.” So they were forced along with the progress of the -country, backward—as the cattle went into the cave of Cacus—and -with despairing gaze turned toward the receding past. -“The country is ruined past redemption; it is ruined in the -spirit and character of the people,” cried Randolph, when he -found that the United States would not turn back, and he said -he would leave the country if he could sell out and knew -where to go. Hence, we find Randolph going through his -varied political career, protesting like Hamlet:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">“The times are out of joint. O, cursed spite,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">That ever I was born to set them right.”</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>He was the last man to set anything right, having been born -wrong himself. A more delicate, high-strung, untuned human -instrument was never set up; it was, moreover, set in a frame -out of order in every part. A skin as thin and delicate as a -girl’s; nerves all on the surface; a remarkably precocious intellect -of poetic cast; proud and affectionate in disposition, and -“a spice of the devil in his temper,” as he said. “A spice!” -This was a mild term (a thing Randolph was not often chargeable -with using) to apply to a person who at the age of four -years would fly into such a passion as to swoon away and remain -for some time unconscious. Every function of his organism -seemed to be influenced by his mood; his mood responded -like a thermometer to his environment; disappointment or -mental disturbance would upset the whole machine. Thus -natural poetry, sweetness and affection were “like sweet bells -jangled, out of tune and harsh;” and body and mind became in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span> -harmony morbid—almost the only harmony in his organization.</p> - -<p>Life, at its best, jars harshly on such natures; but it dealt -with the unfortunate Randolph with a severity that might have -appalled and broken down a strong and healthy nature. -Nothing but physical and moral courage as extraordinary as -the rest of his qualities could have carried him through sixty -years of pent-up purgatory. While an infant he lost his father; -and his mother (“the only human being who ever knew me”) -was taken away when he was fifteen. The sensitive, irritable, -delicate child was left to “rough it” alone.</p> - -<p>A succession of blows destroyed the dearest object of his -life—the transmission of the family name and estates. One -brother, Theodorick, died three years after his mother (1791), -and three years later the eldest brother, Richard, the pride and -hope of the family. The perpetuation of the line rested then -on John and Richard’s two infant sons. John Randolph nursed -these carefully to manhood, only to see one of them become a -hopeless madman from disappointment in love, and the other -sicken and die with consumption.</p> - -<p>Meanwhile Randolph had himself received a wound which -at once blasted his own happiness, and cut off the last hope of -succession through himself. He loved; something, we know -not what, came between him and his affianced and she married -another. Undoubtedly a man of his intense and self-repressed -nature threw into this passion extraordinary abandon. At -least he never recovered from the disappointment and never -married—though, be it said to his credit, cynical as he was, he -retained through life the most profound respect for women, and -found in their society the only alleviation of his lot. Late in -life he wrote: “There was a volcano under my ice, but it is -burnt out. The necessity of loving and being beloved was -never felt by the imaginary beings of Rousseau’s and Byron’s -creation more imperiously than by myself.” Randolph erected -a cabin for himself among those of his slaves and there, when -not in Congress or traveling abroad he spent his life in solitude, -brooding over his misery and ruin, as wretched a recluse -and misanthrope as ever breathed out a painful, hopeless existence.</p> - -<p>To complete the sad picture, give the hapless victim of himself -and circumstances a deeply religious nature and take away -the consolations of hope and faith. This last drop was added -to the cup and he sipped its dregs all his life. He brought his -wonderful intellectual powers to bear on this subject; read, -studied, thought, brooded, agonized over it in pursuit of spiritual -peace; went through all the variations of skepticism, contrition, -hope, despair, conversion, and relapse. Such an analytical -mind coupled with a quick and self-depreciating conscience, -a high ideal of religious experience, and a downright -honesty of purpose could not compromise with its own extreme -demands, could accept of no doubtful convictions or half-conversion. -The very desire for salvation might seem selfish and -unworthy to an unhealthy nature; the failure to feel, to live all -that others profess (often without feeling) becomes to it conclusive -evidence of the hopeless, forever-lost condition of self. -Doubt brought self-condemnation for doubting; self-condemnation -in turn brought new doubts. So, in a fog, he traveled -perpetually in a circle.</p> - -<p>But, through all these years of struggle and misery John Randolph -was a just, a pure, a benevolent man, and he discharged -his private and public duties with a fidelity and devotedness that -they of sound mind and body might well emulate. The contrasts -of mood and act of such a man were many and strong; -they got him the credit of being crazy, and of being most so -when he was most himself—such is the world’s usual perception -of eccentricity.</p> - -<p>The personal appearance of the man, however, encouraged -this idea: Tawny complexion, tall thin form, spindle shanks, -long hair in a queue, large, black, glowing eyes, pointed chin, -beardless face, small effeminate hands, long tapering fingers, -and, above all, a voice shrill, piercing, sonorous and magnetic -as a woman’s. He dressed in drab or buck-skin breeches, with -blue coat and white top-boots, or large buckled shoes. His -manner was courteous and attractive to the few whom he regarded -as his equals; to the rest of mankind he was dignified -and reserved; to no one did he permit familiarity. A man introduced -himself to Randolph as Mr. Blunt. “Blunt?” said -he with a piercing and repellant glance; “<i>Blunt!</i> Ah, I should -say so!”</p> - -<p>Another stranger addressed him in Washington: “Mr. -Randolph, I am just from Virginia; I passed your house a few -days ago?” “Thank you, I hope you always will,” was the -only encouragement the advance received.</p> - -<p>Yet, in England, Randolph was thought very approachable -and genial. An introduction was not necessary to an acquaintance -at all. Perhaps the difference was largely in his health, -which was better abroad.</p> - -<p>John Randolph first came into prominence in politics in 1798, -by the daring act of opposing on the stump the idol of Virginia, -the venerable Patrick Henry. Henry took grounds against the -State upon its nullification of the laws of the United States, -although he had always been an extreme States-rights man. -Young Randolph—then aged twenty-five—astounded everybody -by daring to meet such a champion; but he had Henry’s former -record in his favor, and he made a speech of such power -that it carried him into the House of Representatives. Referring -to these two men, the happy expression was used, “The -Rising and the Setting Sun.” Henry died soon after.</p> - -<p>Randolph took his seat in December, 1799. When he advanced -to the Speaker’s desk to take the oath, the clerk, moved -by his youthful and singular appearance, asked, “Are you old -enough to be eligible?” “Ask my constituents,” was the only -reply his State pride allowed him to make. In one month Randolph -had become one of the best marked men of the nation. -He broke with the administration of his party under Jefferson -on “the Yazoo business”—a bit of early official corruption that -rivals anything disclosed in later times. His opposition to the -anti-English measures of Madison’s administration, and to the -war of 1812, cost him his re-election, and he was retired. Henry -Clay’s star was rising, and a new era was dawning. “The -American system” of internal improvements, protection, manufactures, -and Federal supremacy was taking shape. The irrepressible -conflict of State <i>versus</i> Federal powers, had begun under -Clay and Randolph—a conflict destined to lead to the duel -between these two leaders, and ultimately to be appealed to -the arbitrament of civil war.</p> - -<p>Defeat cut John Randolph more deeply than it did David -Crockett under similar circumstances. Randolph retired to his -cabin and brooded; misanthropy gnawed like the vulture at the -vitals of Prometheus bound. He longed for human sympathy, -and was too proud to accept of it when proffered. It was during -this season of disappointment and isolation that his severest -religious discipline and the hope of conversion came; then also -came the last sundering of his hopes of a lineal successor. -“This business of living,” he said, “is dull work. I possess so -little of pagan philosophy or of Christian patience as to be frequently -driven to despair. * * I look forward without hope. -* * I have been living in a world [in Washington] without -souls, until my heart is dry as a chip, and cold as a dog’s nose.”</p> - -<p>In 1815 Randolph rode into Congress again on the wave of -reaction against the war and its burdens, and remained in the -House until 1826, when he was elected to the Senate to fill a -vacancy. His antagonism against Henry Clay reached a -dangerous point in the struggle over the Missouri Compromise -of 1820.</p> - -<p>Randolph went to England in 1822. He took with him large -quantities of books and magazines to be bound, as he would -not “patronize our Yankee task-masters, who have caused such -a heavy duty to be imposed on foreign books. I shall employ -John Bull to bind my books until the time arrives when they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span> -can be properly done south of Mason and Dixon’s line.” -He was received with much honor by all classes in England, -where his stout championship of English ideas was well known. -His singular appearance was heightened by his very great emaciation, -and by a big fur cap with a long fore-piece which he -wore. But the splendid intellect, fine manners, and brilliant -conversational powers which shone out of this grotesqueness, -made him even more noted.</p> - -<p>The issue of the Presidential election of 1825 was the occasion -of the Randolph-Clay duel. There had been no choice by the -people, and the election went to the House of Representatives. -Adams, Crawford, Clay and Jackson were the candidates. -Clay’s friends threw the election to John Quincy Adams. -When the latter made up his cabinet, Clay’s name appeared at -the head, as Secretary of State. The disappointed friends of Jackson -and Crawford immediately made charges of a bargain between -Adams and Clay, but no one dwelt on it with such persistence -and bitterness of invective as Randolph. In a speech -in the Senate in 1826, he referred to Adams and Clay as “the -coalition of Blifil and Black George—the combination, unheard -of till then, of the <i>Puritan</i> with the <i>blackleg</i>.” He also charged -Clay with forging or falsifying certain state documents which -had been furnished the Senate. A challenge from Clay -promptly followed, and was as promptly accepted, Randolph -refusing to disclaim any personal meaning as to Clay.</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>“The night before the duel,” says General James Hamilton, of South -Carolina, “Mr. Randolph sent for me. I found him calm, but in a singularly -kind and confiding mood. He told me he had something on his -mind to tell me. He then remarked, ‘Hamilton, I have determined to -receive, without returning, Clay’s fire; nothing shall induce me to harm -a hair of his head; I will not make his wife a widow, or his children orphans. -Their tears would be shed over his grave; but when the sod of -Virginia rests on my bosom, there is not in this wide world one individual -to pay tribute upon mine.’ His eyes filled, and resting his head upon -his hand, we remained some moments silent.”</p></div> - -<p>All efforts to dissuade him from sacrificing himself were unavailing; -but he appeared on the “field of honor” in a huge -dressing-gown, in which the <i>locale</i> of his attenuated form was -as well hidden as it would have been in a hogshead. Clay fired, -and the ball passed through the gown where it was reasonable -to suppose its wearer to be, but in fact was not. Randolph fired -his shot in air, and then approaching Clay he vehemently -called out in his shrill voice, “Mr. Clay, you owe me a cloak, -sir, you owe me a cloak!” at the same time pointing to the hole -in that wrap. Clay replied with much feeling, pointing to Randolph’s -breast, “I am glad I am under no <i>deeper</i> obligation. -I would not have harmed you for a thousand worlds.” This -ended the encounter, but not the enmity, at least on Randolph’s -part, as it was a matter of patriotic principle with him.</p> - -<p>In 1827 he was again elected to the House, and immediately -became the leader of the opposition, then called -the Republican party. His speeches were numerous, and furnish -some of the finest specimens of American eloquence. -Many of his startling phrases became permanent additions -to the list of Americanisms, as “bear-garden” (applied to the -House of Representatives), and “dough-faces” (truckling -Northern politicians). He was remarkable for eclecticism of -words and careful accuracy of pronunciation.</p> - -<p>When Jackson issued his famous proclamation against -the South Carolina nullifiers, Randolph arose from his sick -bed and actively canvassed the district, making inflammatory -speeches from his carriage to arouse a public sentiment against -the proclamation and its author—as if a skeleton, uttering a -voice from the grave, had come back to awaken the living. -Then we hear of him at the Petersburg races, making a speech -and betting on the horses. It was probably on this occasion -that he made the retort to a sporting man. Randolph excitedly -offered a certain wager on one of the horses. A -stranger proposed to take the bet, saying, “My friend Thompson -here will hold the stakes.” “Yes,” squealed the skeleton -statesman, suspiciously, “and who will hold Thompson?”</p> - -<p>But the end was drawing on. Ill as he was, he made preparations -to go abroad again, and in May, 1833, started for Philadelphia -to take passage.</p> - -<p>On the boat thence to Philadelphia the dying man—for such -now he was—ate heartily of <i>fried clams</i>, asked an acquaintance -to read for him and criticised every incorrect accent or pronunciation, -and talked freely about men, measures, and especially -about his horses, which were very fast. The closing -scene took place in Philadelphia, in a hotel, among strangers,—fit -finale of his desolate, homeless life.</p> - -<p>He lingered several days, during which time he took, with -great care, the necessary legal steps to confirm his will for the -manumission of his slaves. This finally done, he seemed to -feel easier in mind and body. The account of the strange -end of the eventful history proceeds:</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>He now made his preparations to die. He directed John to bring -him his father’s breast button; he then directed him to place it in the -bosom of his shirt. It was an old-fashioned, large-sized gold stud. -John placed it in the button hole of the shirt bosom—but to fix it completely -required another hole on the other side. “Get a knife,” said he, -“and cut one.” A napkin was called for, and placed by John, over his -breast. For a short time he lay perfectly quiet, with his eyes closed. -He suddenly roused up and exclaimed:</p> - -<p>“<i>Remorse!</i> <span class="smcap">Remorse!</span>”</p> - -<p>It was thrice repeated—the last time, at the top of his voice, with great -agitation. He cried out, “Let me see the word. Get a dictionary! -Let me see the word!”</p> - -<p>“There is none in the room, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Write it down then—let me see the word.”</p> - -<p>The Doctor picked up one of his cards, “Randolph, of Roanoke.” -“Shall I write on this?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; nothing more proper.”</p> - -<p>The word <i>remorse</i> was then written in pencil. He took the card -in a hurried manner, and fastened his eyes on it with great intensity. -“Write it on the back,” he exclaimed. It was so done and handed him -again. He was extremely agitated.</p> - -<p>“Remorse! you have no idea what it is; you can form no idea of it -whatever; it has contributed to bring me to my present situation. But -I have looked to the Lord Jesus Christ, and hope I have obtained pardon. -Now let John take your pencil and draw a line under the word,” -which was accordingly done.</p> - -<p>“What am I to do with the card,” inquired the Doctor.</p> - -<p>“Put it in your pocket, take care of it, and when I am dead, look -at it.”</p> - -<p>The dying man was propped up in the bed with pillows, nearly erect. -Being extremely sensitive to cold, he had a blanket over his head and -shoulders; and he directed John to place his hat on over the blanket, -which aided in keeping it close to his head.</p> - -<p>The scene was soon changed. Having disposed of that subject most -deeply impressed on his heart, his keen, penetrating eye lost its expression, -his powerful mind gave way, and his fading imagination began to -wander amid scenes and with friends that he had left behind. In two -hours the spirit took its flight, and all that was mortal of John Randolph -of Roanoke was hushed in death. At a quarter before twelve o’clock, -on the twenty-fourth day of June, 1833, aged sixty years, he breathed his -last, in a chamber of the City Hotel, Philadelphia.</p></div> - -<p>From the very necessities of the nature of an Eccentric, John -Randolph could not be in harmony with the time in which he -lived. But this difference was intensified into enmity by the -irritable nature of his mind and the diseased condition of his -body; nay, by his very virtues and genius. To increase the -enmity and his own misfortune, he threw himself with ardor -upon the losing side of an irrepressible conflict in government. -I think posterity is better prepared to do him justice than were -his contemporaries, for we have passed a settlement of the -political conflict, and from pitying hearts can make full allowance -for Randolph’s unhappy nature and unfortunate lot, while -recognizing the purity, honesty and heroism of his character. -Which of us would have been a better man in his situation?</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2><a name="THE_STORK" id="THE_STORK">THE STORK.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<div class="center"> -Translated from the Swedish, for <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.<a name="FNanchor_K_11" id="FNanchor_K_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_K_11" class="fnanchor">[K]</a><br /> -</div> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">An isle there is in airy distance</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Where rise green forests, grim and tall,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Its name eludes one with persistence,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But occupied with genie small;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The dewy air is dawn’s fresh greeting,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And drowsy waves the reeds are beating,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">There poppies grow, and lilies rare,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">These only really thriving there,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But crimson-booted stork there feedeth,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To earthly mothers children leadeth.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In poppy scent with lilies vieing,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">He gently flaps at water’s brink,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To capture chubby genie trying,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And begs them not to fear or shrink.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The bantlings, in whose souls are blended</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Fragrance from both flowers expended,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Which makes the tender sense appear</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In these both slumbering and clear,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Around the snowy stork would rally,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And ventured not, but wished to dally.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse">“Come here, come here,” a voice then crying,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The stork soon ruffles up his frill,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">He sees two tiny urchins flying</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">So near as to be touched at will.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But oh, what wings, now waving lightly!</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And feathers too, these shifting brightly</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In green, as light as young birch leaves</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">When spring its bath of dew receives,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In red, as pale a hue revealing,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">As streak at dawn, the mist concealing!</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">At night they breast to breast had slumbered,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In moonbeams’ silver veil did lie</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">On poppy-bed by waves unnumbered,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To angels’ sweetest lullaby.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Now stand they fresh as early morning,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In sprightly mood, all dullness scorning.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">One cries, “Come, long-legs, come to me!”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The stork looks round quite loftily,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And straightway to the youngsters striding,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">He asks them, “Do ye feel like riding?”</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The boy then answers, “I would try it,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">So on thy back pray let me sit!</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">On earth ’tis lovely, none deny it,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But be not ugly—gently flit!”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And up on snowy plumage springing,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">A shower of down around him flinging,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Sat firm. The stork asked, “Lassie, thou,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Wilt thou not also travel now</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And be a child to some good mother?”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But no—too timid, shy, this other.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">They started off. The pleasure craving,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">So free and wild on stork he flew,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And to his sister farewell waving,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Until at last was lost to view.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And she whose fear her trip prevented,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Now wished to be along, repented.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">She felt so lonely, was not glad,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And when next year the stork she had,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Who late and early came and started,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Her wish to ride next time imparted.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">He answered, “Come then, naught detaining!</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">’Twas stupid to refuse last year;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Not now the same good mother gaining</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">As he, the boy thou held so dear,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">For she beneath the turf is sleeping;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But come, my little dove, now keeping</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Most careful hold around my neck,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And scream not till our course we check!”</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And round his neck her arms she twineth,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And heaven’s winds his flight assigneth.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">On earth they grew up well protected,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The boy to manhood had attained,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">A beauteous maiden, she, perfected,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">When first they met, as seemed ordained.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Were early memories, reviving,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To draw them soul to soul now striving?</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Was it the roguish stork, oh say,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">That thus together brought their way?</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">I think that fate great fondness bore them,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">When choosing different mothers for them.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But thou shouldst see the cot so sightly,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The woodland home in which they dwell!</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The cause of it I know not rightly</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Why storks just there should thrive so well,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And <i>one</i> especially, who hovers</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">On roof which inner chamber covers,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And goes and flaps with all his might</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">So crimson-booted, silver-white,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And best she worked, the mother hinted,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">When he had sticks and straws unstinted.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Each fall he goes, the habit keeping,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But seen each spring again on roof,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">From there o’er house and garden peeping;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And can I judge, or take as proof</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The children I have seen there playing,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Full often has the stork been straying</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">To that fair poppy-covered isle,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And now brings lass with winsome smile,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And now a lovely boy, a treasure;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">This must afford him constant pleasure.</span></div> - </div> - <div class="stanza"> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">As pedagogue he struts hereafter,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And trousers of the boys he pecks</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">With bill, rewarded then with laughter,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">If naughtiness or prank detects;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">But yet for their protection striving,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And serpents from the garden driving,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And patiently will he comply</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">When “Long-legs, come!” the children cry.</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Each eve from thatch so closely heeding,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">If they the psalms are nicely reading.</span></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<div class="blockquot"><p>The art of reading is to skip judiciously. Whole libraries -may be skipped in these days, when we have the results of -them in our modern culture without going over the ground again. -And even of the books we decide to read, there are almost always -large portions which do not concern us, and which we are -sure to forget the day after we have read them. The art is to -skip all that does not concern us, whilst missing nothing that -we really need. No external guidance can teach us this, for -nobody but ourselves can guess what the needs of our intellect -may be. But let us select with decisive firmness, independently -of other people’s advice, independently of the -authority of custom. In every newspaper that comes to -hand there is a little bit that we ought to read; the art is to -find that little bit, and waste no time over the rest.—<i>Philip G. -Hamerton.</i></p></div> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2><a name="GARDENING_AMONG_THE_CHINESE" id="GARDENING_AMONG_THE_CHINESE">GARDENING AMONG THE CHINESE.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center"> -Translated for <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, from “Revue des Deux Mondes.”<br /> -</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A French physician, M. Martin, who has for several years -been an attaché of the French ambassador at Pekin, calls -the Chinese the authors of the art of gardening. Since the -earliest times their leaders have had the wisdom to have -cultivated not only ornamental plants, but as well those which -would increase the resources of the inhabitants. Their vast -enclosures have often been the nurseries of the provinces, and -to excite the ambition of their subjects, the rulers award prizes -on many public occasions to those who present to them new -flowers or fruits. Our societies of horticulture do no better. -The annals of the Tsing dynasty mention mandarins whose -business it was to care for the gardens of the emperor, and especially -to look after the bamboos. The taste for flowers -increased by the encouragement of the authorities gives an -astonishing commercial value to certain plants. The <i>sambac</i>, -whose flowers have at once the odor of the rose and of the -orange, as blended in the common jasmine, is used to perfume -tea, liquors, syrups and preserves; at Pekin a very small branch -is worth from ten dollars to twelve dollars and upwards. An -<i>asclepias</i>, which gives its perfume only at night, has been sold for -twenty and thirty ounces of silver, and each year the viceroy of -the province of Tche-kiang sends several cuttings of it to Pekin -for the apartments of the emperor. In order to profit by so -lucrative a taste, Chinese horticulture has been for the most -part spent in trying to make the most of the treasures of their -flora. To this flora we owe the chief of our ornamental flowers—the -Chinese pink, sent in 1702 to the Abbé Bignon, and first -described in 1705; the aster, sent out in 1728, and which received -from a committee of amateurs the name of Queen Marguerite; -our autumn chrysanthemum, which for a long time figured -on the coat of arms of the emperors; the dicentra (or -“bleeding heart”), whose rosy spurred cups look like a double -shield; the Chinese rose; the Chinese honeysuckle, whose -original name signifies “the gold and silver flower,” in reference -to its various colors; the begonia, green above and provided -with purple veins below; our camellia, which the Chinese -call the tea-flower; finally, a flower which we call the isle of -Guernsey, because the vessel which brought the bulbs of this -elegant amaryllis into England having been shipwrecked in -sight of its country, the bulbs, carried by the waves on to the -sandy shores of the isle, took root there and were kept alive in -the pleasant temperature.</p> - -<p>The taste of these Orientals is very different from ours. We -are disagreeably affected by the care which they take to diminish -the height of all vegetation. The missionaries assure us -that they have seen cypresses and pines which were not more -than two feet in height, although forty years old, and well proportioned -in all their parts. It is one way of obtaining a great -number of types in a narrow space, which is precious in a country -where the gardens are so elegant and the ownership so -divided. It is one of the results of the culture of the family life, -and if a stranger is but little pleased by these stunted forms he -is, at least, able to extract a moral upon the infinite patience -which has produced them. By energy and will they direct as -they wish the most obstinate plants, and in their flower-beds -imitate lakes, rocks, rivers, and even mountains.</p> - -<p>But they have as well their landscape gardens: they are -around tombs, and especially the pagodas, those centers of -civilization which are at once places of prayer, store-houses for -the harvests of the simple, and grazing grounds for the preservation -of quadrupeds. It is in these gardens of the extreme -East that one sees those avenues of bamboos, whose knots -hollowed out leave niches for idols; then there are magnificent -specimens of the great thuja of the East, whose sweet-scented -imperishable wood is used for making coffins, and reduced to -powder is made into aromatic chopsticks, which are burnt before -the statues of their divinities; the fir-tree, with long cones, -a native of the northeast; the oak, with leaves like the chestnut -tree, and which bears the mistletoe in China; the weeping -willow and the funeral cypress, whose bright leaves stand out -against the black background of the pines; the <i>Pinus bungeana</i>, -which grows to an enormous size, and whose trunk becomes so -white with age that it might easily pass for limestone. We can -not describe the effect of this grand, severe vegetation, intermingled -with marble statues and columns, surrounding the -lofty conical roofs of the pagodas.</p> - -<p>In no country of Europe are the gardeners so skillful in multiplying -and cultivating. They have processes of their own. -Our gardeners do not know how to use half-rotten planks, which -they pierce with holes, fill with earth, and use in the germination -of the cutting; when the plant begins to grow they -break away the plank. We are far from practicing grafting in -their bold style; this horticultural operation is performed among -the Chinese in very different ways. They graft successfully the -chrysanthemum on the wormwood, the oak on the chestnut, -the grape on the jujube tree. These feats, which shock the customs -of our horticulturists and even the convictions of our botanists, -recall those which the good Pliny relates, and for which -he has been charged with ignorance and hyperbole.</p> - -<p>Their cleverness in gardening has one outlet of which we are -ignorant. We cut our boxwood, and do not save it for the -Palm-Sunday festival. The Chinese cultivate plants for holy -purposes. The ponds and other bodies of water so numerous -in a country where rice is the chief food, gives them opportunity -to cultivate in abundance a magnificent water plant, the lotus -of the Indus, the sacred plant of the Hindoos. The god Buddha -is always represented reposing on the lotus flower, whose -root signifies vigor, its great leaves growth, its odor the sovereign -spirit, its brilliancy love. Thus it is customary to offer to the -idols the beautiful flowers of the lotus; besides, its culture offers -a double advantage, its fruitful root and its sweet grains -(the beans of Egypt) being used in Chinese cookery. The fruit -of one variety of the lemon tree is produced from the separated -carpels, which are disjoined at the base of the lemon and developed -separately, like the fingers of a hand. This hand is -among the Chinese that of their god; <i>Fo-chou-kan</i>, as it is -called, signifies the sweet smelling hand of Buddha. A writer -assures us that the gardeners aid, by bands which are early -fastened on the fruit, in bringing about this paying division; -they are capable of it.</p> - -<p>This union of two very different feelings, the greed for gain -and piety, ought not to astonish us much. The simple affection -which they have for plants seems to be a kind of religious sentiment. -Each plant inspires them with a kind of mystic love -which affects certain of their poems. Their literature represents -to us a delight in flowers which we do not easily understand. -They are enraptured at the sight of a plant, and seek by continued -observation to understand its development. One is not -surprised at the degree of skill to which such an exalted taste -leads their gardeners.</p> - -<p>The emperors have always especially encouraged the production -of vegetables and orchards, as well as general agriculture. -“I prefer,” said the emperor Kang-hi, “to procure a new -kind of fruit or of grain for my subjects rather than to build an -hundred porcelain towers.” Two centuries before him one -prince published an herbarium containing the plants suitable -to cultivate in time of famine, after having consulted with the -peasants and farmers.</p> - -<p>The Chinese have always displayed the greatest activity in -order to assure themselves of their food at the expense of the -vegetable world, sometimes from plants which are not cultivated, -as from seaweeds, from which they obtain gelatine or a -salty condiment, and particularly from those which they can -perfect in their gardens. There are to be found in their kitchen -gardens not only the most of our common vegetables, as turnips, -carrots, radishes, onions, and our salad herbs, but some<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span> -peculiar vegetables like the Chinese cabbage whose seeds furnish -oil; the rapeseed, the young shoots of which are used in -pickles, like those of mustard; fruits similar to our melons and -cucumbers; enormous egg-plants, etc. If the garden contains -a stream of water, as is frequent, they cultivate according to the -depth of the water either aquatic grasses, of which they eat the -terminal buds, or water plants like the lotus, or the Chinese -cock’s-comb, of which all the parts furnish a nourishing fecula, -or plants of the melon family, like the watermelon or the peculiar -water chestnut, which is at times a scarlet red, and which -they gather in the autumn. The picturesque way in which they -gather these nuts is well described by M. Fauvel. Men, women -and children embark on the canal in tubs, which they push -with long bamboos about the floating islets of the chestnut, -and which often capsize, to everyone’s great amusement.</p> - -<p>In some places one observes a singular culture of mushrooms. -These cryptograms are greatly valued in China, and not alone -on account of their nutritive properties. One species which -takes root upon coming into the open air, and which is edible, -has so dry a tissue that it keeps almost as fresh as when one -gathers it ripe. Ancient writers took it for a symbol of immortality.</p> - -<p>It is particularly interesting to examine the Chinese orchards, -distinguishing the productions of the north and south. The -fruits of the south are less interesting: dates, cocoanut trees, -mangoes, bananas, bread trees, pineapples, all tropical fruits -which are not exclusively Chinese. The principal fruits of the -north are first <i>the five fruits</i>, that is, the peach, apricot, plum, -the chestnut and the jujube. The most important of Chinese -fruit trees is the peach, which most probably is a native of the -country. Its winter florescence has been taken by Chinese -romance writers as the symbol of love and fidelity. Chinese -orchards also furnish many other fruits: several kinds of plums, -a fine white pear as round as our bergamot, the berries of the -myrica, which pass very well for our strawberries, and which -are easily mistaken for the arbute berry; but for general use -nothing equals the Chinese figs and oranges.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="EIGHT_CENTURIES_WITH_WALTER" id="EIGHT_CENTURIES_WITH_WALTER">EIGHT CENTURIES WITH WALTER -SCOTT.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By WALLACE BRUCE.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“The Fair Maid of Perth” is at once a photograph and a -drama. The beautiful county of Perthshire, with its wild -mountains and picturesque lakes, seems transferred bodily as -by a camera to the novelist’s pages, and the historic incidents -are so real and rapid in dramatic interest that they seem lifted -from the realm of history into a sort of Shaksperean play.</p> - -<p>The story opens with a description of Perth from a spot called -the Wicks of Baigle, “where the traveler beholds stretching -beneath him the valley of the Tay, traversed by its ample and -lordly stream; the town of Perth with its two large meadows, -its steeples, and its towers; the hills of Moncreiff and Kinnoul -faintly rising into picturesque rocks, partly clothed with woods; -the rich margin of the river, studded with elegant mansions, -and the distant view of the huge Grampian mountains, the -northern screen of this exquisite landscape.”</p> - -<p>The time of the story is 1402. Almost a century has elapsed -since the battle of Bannockburn—a century of turmoil and -strife. Its history seems like a great tempest-tossed sea swept -by constantly recurring whirlwinds. Three kings and as many -regents reign in turn; and at the opening of our story Scotland -is under the government of Robert the Third.</p> - -<p>David the Second, only son of Robert Bruce, died childless; -his sister, Marjory, married Walter, the Lord High Steward of -the realm; their son was crowned Robert the Third, King of -Scotland. The family took the name of Stewart, which gave -by direct descent the Stuart line to the throne of Britain, and -their descendants are to-day upon the thrones of England, -Italy and Greece. The little skiff, tossed ashore upon the rugged -cliffs and cold hospitality of Lorne Castle, as described in -our last article, carried therefore the ancestor of a long historic -line—a line not always fortunate, not always honest, but presenting -for the most part during its record of five hundred -years a fair average of manhood and womanhood as kings and -queens generally run.</p> - -<p>Robert the Third found his country torn by civil feuds, and -his temper was too mild for those stormy times. His brother, -the Duke of Albany, a crafty counselor of the Iago type, provoked -strife between father and son. The good king’s heart -was broken. “Vengeance followed,” says Scott, “though with -a slow pace, the treachery and cruelty of his brother. Robert -of Albany’s own grey hairs went, indeed, in peace to the grave, -and he transferred the regency, which he had so foully acquired, -to his son Murdoch. But nineteen years after the -death of the old king, James the First returned to Scotland, and -Duke Murdoch of Albany, with his sons, was brought to the -scaffold, in expiation of his father’s guilt and his own.”</p> - -<p>Such are the main historic features of the story. The inwoven -incidents make us acquainted with many of the customs -of humble life which pertain to the close of the fourteenth and -the beginning of the fifteenth century. It portrays the ancient -observances of St. Valentine’s Day; the fierce conflict of two -Highland clans; the bitter jealousy between the Black Douglas -and the Earl of March; the trial by Bier-Right in the Church -of St. John; the government of Scottish towns and burroughs; -the hardihood of the brave burghers who knew their rights, and -had the courage to maintain them. It reveals the dissipation -of the Court, led on by the much-loved but dissipated son of -the king, the Duke of Rothsay, over whom the father mourned, -even as David over his son Absalom.</p> - -<p>Through this black serge-cloth of history runs a silver thread—the -life of Catharine Glover. Her bold and resolute lover, -Henry Gow, a smith and armorer by trade, who had the good -fortune of being her Valentine, seems too warlike for her gentle -and amiable character, or as Harry sums it up briefly in a -blunt sentence: “She thinks the whole world is one great -minster church, and that all who live in it should behave as if -they were at an eternal mass.”</p> - -<p>The romance abounds with many eloquent passages and -poetic touches; even the bold armorer, with his love for hard -blows, reveals here and there a touch of sentiment, as where -he returns to Perth from a long journey and says: “When I -crossed the Wicks and saw the bonny city lie fairly before me, -like a fairy queen in romance, whom the knight finds asleep -among a wilderness of flowers, I felt even as a bird, when it -folds its weary wings to stoop down on its own nest.”</p> - -<p>The description of the burial of the Highland Chief is the -sketch of a master. We are transported to the rugged hills of -the northern Highlands. Around us rise lofty mountain peaks; -below us stretches the silver expanse of Loch Tay; the black-bannered -flotilla carrying the dead leader, Mac Ian, with oars -moving to wild music, holds its course to the ruined cathedral -of the Holy Isle, where still slumbers the daughter of Henry the -First of England, wife of Alexander the First of Scotland. -“The monks issue from their lowly portal; the bells peal their -death-toll over the long lake; a yell bursts from the assembled -multitude, in which the deep shout of warriors, and the shrill wail -of females join their notes with the tremulous voice of age, and -the babbling cry of childhood; the deer start from their glens -for miles around and seek the distant recesses of the mountains, -even the domestic animals, accustomed to the voice of man, -flee from their pastures into morasses and dingles.”</p> - -<p>Scott’s power as a poet is seen in passages like this, and his -power as a dramatist in words like the following placed in the -mouth of the heart-broken king, revealing in one condensed -sentence of agony the unfortunate state of his country: “Oh, -Scotland, Scotland; if the best blood of thy bravest children -could enrich the barren soil, what land on earth would excel<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span> -thee in fertility? When is it that a white hair is seen on the -beard of a Scottish man, unless he be some wretch like thy sovereign, -protected from murder by impotence, to witness the -scenes of slaughter to which he can not put a period? The -demon of strife and slaughter hath possessed the whole land.”</p> - -<p>But the clouds and mists upon the mountain-heights of royalty -do not always envelop the valley, or affect the happiness -of those who live in humble spheres; and we are glad to know -that Harry Gow is at last made happy by the hand of Catharine. -He promises to hand up his broadsword, never more -to draw it unless against the enemies of Scotland. “And -should Scotland call for it,” said Catharine, “I will buckle it -round you.”</p> - -<p>Our next novel, in historic sequence, takes us to the Court of -Louis the Eleventh in the year 1468. The reader is introduced -to a young Scotchman by the name of Quentin Durward. He -is in France seeking employment for his sword; he joins the -Scottish archers which form the body-guard of the King; he -soon wins the notice and favor of Louis the Eleventh by his -courage, address and honesty; he goes as escort for two noble -ladies who had fled for refuge from the court of Burgundy to -France, and becomes at last as the title of the book would indicate -the important personage in the romance, and his honesty -is rewarded by the hand of the heroine.</p> - -<p>But the great value of this work is the character sketch of -Louis the Eleventh, a king who possessed a soul as hardened -as that of Mephistopheles, and a brain like that of Machiavelli, -whose birth at Florence in 1469 appropriately commemorates -the early years of Louis’ reign; he found the throne in a tottering -condition; in fact all Europe was unsettled. It was the -dark hour preceding the dawn of the Reformation. There was -some excuse for caution, and perhaps for craftiness in order to -preserve his government, but no excuse and no necessity for -the cruelty and treachery that marked every day of his life. -He seemed malevolent for the sake of malevolence; or as -Scott more briefly puts it, “he seemed an incarnation of the -devil himself, permitted to do his utmost to corrupt our ideas of -honor to its very source.” He surrounded himself with menials, -invited low and obscure men to secret councils, employed his -barber as prime minister, not for any special ability displayed, -but from his readiness to pander to his lowest wishes. In every -way he brought disrespect upon the court of his father, “who -tore from the fangs of the English lion the more than half-conquered -kingdom of France.”</p> - -<p>Scott places the character of Louis the Eleventh in contrast -with that of the Duke of Burgundy; “a man who rushed on -danger because he loved it, and on difficulties because he despised -them.” His rude, chivalrous nature despised his wily -cousin, who had his mouth at every man’s ear, and his hand -in every man’s palm. As we read the history of Louis XI. he -seems like a great spider slowly but surely spinning his web -about his enemies until at last there is no escape. By tortuous -policy he “rose among the rude sovereigns of the period to the -rank of a keeper among wild beasts, who, by superior wisdom, -by distribution of food, and some discipline of blows, comes -finally to predominate over those, who, if unsubjected by his -arts, would by main strength have torn him to pieces.”</p> - -<p>Apart from the main thread of history Scott gives us a picture -of the Gypsies, or Bohemians, who had just made their appearance -in Europe. They claimed an Egyptian descent, and -their features attested that they were of eastern origin. Their -complexion was positively eastern, approaching to that of the -Hindoos. Their manners were as depraved as their appearance -was poor and beggarly. The few arts which they studied -with success, were of a slight and idle, though ingenious description. -Their pretensions to read fortunes, by palmistry -and astrology, acquired them sometimes respect, but oftener -drew them under the suspicion of sorcerers; and lastly, the -universal accusation that they augmented their horde by stealing -children, subjected them to doubt and execration. They -incurred almost everywhere sentence of banishment, and, -where suffered to remain, were rather objects of persecution -than of protection from the law. The arrival of the Egyptians -as these singular people were called, in various parts of Europe, -corresponds with the period in which Tamerlane invaded Hindostan, -affording its natives the choice between the Koran and -death. There can be little doubt that these wanderers consisted -originally of the Hindostanee tribes, who, displaced and -flying from the sabers of the Mohammedans, undertook this -species of wandering life, without well knowing whither they -were going. Scott gives us in the character of Hayraddin a -type of this great family, a brief sketch of which taken as above -from his notes we thought would be of interest to the general -reader.</p> - -<p>The interview of Louis the Eleventh with the astrologer not -only reveals the superstition of the king but also places in sharp -contrast the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries which were cut -asunder, as it were, with a sword of light. The old astrologer’s -apostrophe to the art of printing, which was then invented, is -worthy of a place in these historic references: “Believe me -that, in considering the consequences of this invention, I read -with as certain augury as by any combination of the heavenly -bodies, the most awful and portentous changes. When I reflect -with what slow and limited supplies the stream of science -hath hitherto descended to us; how difficult to be obtained by -those most ardent in its search; how certain to be neglected -by all who regard their ease; how liable to be diverted, or altogether -dried up, by the invasion of barbarism; can I look -forward without wonder and astonishment to the lot of a succeeding -generation, on which knowledge will descend like the -first and second rain, uninterrupted, unabated, unbounded; -fertilizing some grounds, and overflowing others; changing the -whole form of social life; establishing and overthrowing religions; -erecting and destroying kingdoms.” “Hold,” said Louis, -“shall these changes come in our time?” “No, my royal -brother,” replied the astrologer, “this invention may be likened to -a young tree, which is now newly planted, but shall, in succeeding -generations, bear fruit as fatal, yet as precious, as that -of the Garden of Eden; the knowledge, namely, of good and -evil.”</p> - -<p>Anne of Geierstein is to a certain extent a sequel to Quentin -Durward. The time of the story is four years later; the scene -is laid in the mountains of Switzerland. The romance reveals -the power of the Vehmic tribunal of Westphalia, a secret organization, -whose bloody executions gave to the east of Germany -the name of the Red Land. It portrays faithfully the -heroic character of the Swiss people who preferred peace to -war, but accepted war when the issue meant liberty or servitude.</p> - -<p>Two travelers, apparently English merchants, are benighted -near the ruined castle of Geierstein. They are hospitably entertained, -and after a few days’ delay, they join a Swiss embassy -on its way to the Court of Charles, Duke of Burgundy, -the mission of which embassy was to ask redress for injuries -done to the Helvetian Cantons. On their journey they meet -with a warlike adventure in which the English travelers have -opportunity to display their courage and judgment. They are -imprisoned and released; the elder has the misfortune of falling -into the hands of the Vehmic court, and the rare good fortune -of being released; and so the story moves on as it were -from one ambuscade to another, until they reach the court and -army of the proud Duke of Burgundy.</p> - -<p>They meet <i>en route</i> at a Cathedral in Strasburg, Queen -Margaret of Anjou, who in the bloody struggle between the -House of York and Lancaster had been driven from the English -throne. This meeting reveals the fact that the English -travelers are no less personages than the Earl of Oxford and -his son, who are on their way to persuade, if possible, the Duke -of Burgundy to give his support to the House of Lancaster. -The duke promises relief; but circumstances combine with his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span> -rashness to prevent the proffered aid. He proposes at first to -subdue the haughty Swiss. He dismisses their embassy with -scorn, and prepares for a fruitless war in spite of the noble -plea of the white haired Landamman: “And what can the noble -Duke of Burgundy gain by such a strife? Is it wealth and -plunder? Alas, my lord, there is more gold and silver on the -very bridle-bits of your Highness’ household troops than can -be found in the public treasures or private hoards of our whole -confederacy. Is it fame and glory you aspire to? There is -little honor to be won by a numerous army over a few scattered -bands, by men clad in mail over half-armed husbandmen and -shepherds—of such conquest small was the glory. But if, as all -Christian men believe, and as it is the constant trust of my -countrymen, from memory of the times of our fathers—if the -Lord of Hosts should cast the balance in behalf of the fewer -numbers and worse-armed party, I leave it with your Highness -to judge, what in that event would be the diminution of worship -and fame. Is it extent of vassalage and dominion your -Highness desires, by warring with your mountain neighbors? -Know that you may, if it be God’s will, gain our barren and -rugged mountains; but, like our ancestors of old, we will seek -refuge in wilder and more distant solitudes, and when we have -resisted to the last, we will starve in the icy wastes of the -glaciers. Ay, men, women and children, we will be frozen into -annihilation together, ere one free Switzer will acknowledge a -foreign master.”</p> - -<p>Well would it have been if the stubborn duke had listened -to these words; for Louis the Eleventh was already making -peace with the English king, and the balance of power which -the duke had held for so many years was slipping from his -grasp forever. He attacks the Swiss in their mountain fastnesses, -and pays for his rashness with his life. The haughty -Queen Margaret dies, and for the time the hope of the House -of Lancaster perishes.</p> - -<p>But does some fair reader ask: Who is Anne of Geierstein? -Is the book all history? Ask the son of the Earl of Oxford, and -he will tell you that Anne was the fair maiden who rescued him -from a perilous rock the night they were lost near the castle of -Geierstein; that she was with the embassy on her way to visit -her father; that she again rescued him from imprisonment and -death; and after the fall of the House of Lancaster the Swiss -maiden becomes his bride.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">“And on her lover’s arm she leant,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And round her waist she felt it fold,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">And so across the hills they went,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">In that new world, which is the old.”</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“But the star of Lancaster,” in the language of Scott, “began -again to culminate, and called the banished lord and his son -from their retirement, to mix once more in politics, and soon -thereafter was fought the celebrated battle of Bosworth, in -which the arms of Oxford and his son contributed so much to -the success of Henry the Seventh. This changed the destinies -of young Oxford and his bride; but it is said that the manners -and beauty of Anne of Geierstein attracted as much admiration -at the English Court as formerly in the Swiss chalet.”</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="ASTRONOMY_OF_THE_HEAVENS" id="ASTRONOMY_OF_THE_HEAVENS">ASTRONOMY OF THE HEAVENS -FOR JANUARY.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Prof.</span> M. B. GOFF.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>THE SUN,</h3> - -<p class="unindent">The source of all our light and heat, although about three -millions of miles nearer to us on the 2d of January than it was -on the 3d of July last, affords neither the same quantity of light -nor heat; and for two reasons: 1. His rays fall on us more -obliquely. 2. He does not remain so long above our horizon. -On the 1st he rises at 7:24 a. m. and sets at 4:44 p. m., making -our day only nine hours and twenty minutes long; and on the -31st rises at 7:11 a. m. and sets at 5:16 p. m., giving us ten -hours and five minutes for a day’s length, an increase of forty-five -minutes.</p> - - -<h3>THE MOON</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Presents the usual phases in order, as follows: First quarter -on the 5th, at 4:27 p. m.; full moon on the 12th, at 10:19 a. m.; -last quarter on the 20th, at 12:15 a. m.; and new moon on the -27th, at 11:53 p. m., Washington mean time, which is 8 minutes -12.09 seconds slower than “Eastern time,” or the time of -the 75th meridian west of Greenwich. The moon is nearest the -earth at 11:36 a. m. on the 9th; and most distant from the earth -at 6:12 a. m. on the 21st. On the 10th she reaches her greatest -elevation, which is 67° 42′ above the horizon in latitude 41° 30′ -north.</p> - - -<h3>MERCURY</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will be distinctly visible every evening from the first to the -thirteenth of the month, setting at 6:06 p. m. on the evening of -the former date, and at very nearly the same hour on the latter -date. From the 1st to the 11th its motion is from west to east; -on the 11th it is said to be stationary; however, it is actually -moving in its orbit about thirty thousand miles per hour; but -is approaching us in an almost direct line, and thus <i>seems</i> to be -at a stand still. On the same day, it arrives at its greatest distance -east of the sun, 19° 16′, and then starts on its journey -west, approaching the earth, and coming directly between it -and the sun, that is, reaching its inferior conjunction about 3:00 -on the afternoon of the 20th. On the 31st it will be so far west -as to rise one hour and fourteen minutes earlier than the sun.</p> - - -<h3>VENUS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will be evening star during the month, setting at 6:38 on the -evening of the 1st, and at 7:50 p. m. on the 31st. Her motion -is direct, amounting, during the month, to 2 hours, 24 minutes, -38 seconds, equal to 36° 9½′ of arc, her diameter increasing -from 11.6′ to 12.8′. This planet will delight the vision of star-gazers, -not only during January, but several succeeding months.</p> - - -<h3>MARS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will continue his retrograde motion during the month, moving -a little more than one minute per day, making in all 35 -minutes 37 seconds. He will be quite a prominent object during -the entire night, on the evening of the 1st, rising at 7:50, -and on the following morning setting at 9:58; and on the 31st -rising at 5:08 p. m., and setting at 7:44 the next morning. His -diameter at the latter date will be 15″. Can be readily found -in the constellation <i>Leo</i>, northwest of the bright star Regulus. -At 1:29 p. m. on the 14th he will be 9° 18′ north of the moon.</p> - - -<h3>JUPITER</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will commence the month as a morning star, rising on the -1st at 6:19 in the evening, and setting next morning at 8:45; -but on the 13th will change to an evening star, being on this -date in opposition to the sun, and rising as the latter sets at -about 5:00 p. m. On the 13th, at 2:53 a. m., he will be 5° 41′ -north of the moon. On the 31st he will rise at 4:00 p. m., and -next morning will set at 6:34. His diameter at same date will -be 43.8″. Motion during the month, 16 minutes 12.54 seconds -retrograde. The eclipses of this planet’s moons, by the body -itself, are sometimes used for the purpose of determining longitude. -He will be found in the constellation <i>Cancer</i>.</p> - - -<h3>SATURN,</h3> - -<p class="unindent">“The father of gods and men,” rises on the 1st at 2:18 p.m.; -sets on the 2d at 4:34 a. m., being over 14 hours above the -horizon. On the 31st it rises at 12:12 p. m. and sets next morning -at 2:32. Has a retrograde motion of 4 minutes 3.61 seconds. -On the 9th at 2:14 a. m. it is only 59′ north of the moon. Its -diameter is about 18 seconds. Can be found in the constellation -<i>Taurus</i>, a little northwest of Aldebaran, the brightest star -of the cluster <i>Hyades</i>.</p> - - -<h3>URANUS</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Is morning star for the month. On the 1st it rises at 11:08 in -the evening; on the 2d at about 10:00 a. m. Although traveling -at the rate of over one and one-fourth million miles per -hour, it is said to be stationary. As in the case of Mercury, it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span> -moves toward us for the time in an almost straight line, and -“is not what it seems.” It has from the 2d to the end of the -month a retrograde motion of 21 minutes 15 seconds of arc. -Its diameter is 3.8 seconds. On the 31st it rises at 9:07 in the -evening.</p> - - -<h3>NEPTUNE</h3> - -<p class="unindent">Will be evening star during the month, rising at 1:35 p. m. on -the 1st and at 11:36 a. m. on the 31st, and setting at 3:09 a. m. -on the 2d, and at 1:10 a. m. on the 1st of February. On the 8th, -at 1:02 a. m., it is 6′ south of the moon. On the 28th, at 3:00 p. -m., it is stationary. From the 1st to the 28th its motion will be -12½ seconds of arc retrograde, and from the latter date to the -end of the month 8.7 seconds of arc direct. Its diameter equals -1.6 seconds. Will be found in the constellation <i>Aries</i>. Neptune -is so far away that really little is known in regard to it. -Its peculiar interest to us centers in the fact developed in its -discovery, namely, that notwithstanding comparatively little is -definitely settled in astronomical science, a wonderful degree -of exactness has been attained in the computation of the places -of the heavenly bodies. In 1820, astronomer Bouvard, of Paris, -made a new and improved set of tables which formed the basis -of the calculations made on the motions of Jupiter, Saturn and -Uranus. In a few years it was found by observations that -Uranus failed to occupy the place assigned him by the tables. -In twenty-four years the disagreement amounted to two minutes -of arc (a slight error, one would think, but not to be overlooked, -and easily measured). The discrepancy led Mr. John -C. Adams, an English student, in 1843, and M. Leverrier, a -Frenchman, in 1845, each without the knowledge of the other, -to attempt to reckon the elements of an unknown planet that -would cause the disturbance. Adams, in October, 1845, communicated -the results of his efforts to Prof. Airy, Astronomer -Royal, who, however, for some reason not very clear, failed to -make any search in the quarter directed. In 1846, the result -of Leverrier’s calculations were published, and bore such a -striking similarity to those of Mr. Adams, that Prof. Challis, of -Cambridge Observatory, immediately began a very thorough -search, and had made considerable progress, when Leverrier -in September, 1846, wrote to Dr. Galle, of Berlin Observatory, -giving him the elements, and asking him to direct his telescope -to a certain portion of the heavens. This the Doctor did, and -the result was that on the 23d of September, 1846, the planet -afterward called Neptune, was found within a very short distance -from the point indicated by both M. Leverrier and Mr. -Adams.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="WORK_FOR_WOMEN" id="WORK_FOR_WOMEN">WORK FOR WOMEN.</a></h2> - - -<p>It is a well established fact that the women of the nineteenth -century are workers. They work not only from necessity, but -very many from choice. An Eastern journal recently remarked -in regard to the general feeling among women that they -ought and desired to do something, “It is getting to be good -form to support yourself.” Girls are supporting themselves -very generally, but as yet the majority are in the old and over-filled -fields of teaching, sewing, and clerking. There is a constant -demand among young women for something new. What -work is there for them to learn which will be steady, lucrative, -and womanly? And what steps must they take to learn it, and -to obtain situations? These questions are daily asked. Many -plod in ill-paid, uncongenial places, because they see no other -avenues open. To show what work there is, and how learned -and secured, Messrs. G. P. Putnam’s Sons have recently published, -in their “Handy-Volume Series,” a little volume on -“Work for Women.” The book is decidedly practical. As -the author in his preface claims, it answers accurately the questions: -“Is there a good chance to get work? How long will -it take me to make myself competent? Are there many in the -business? How much do they earn? Are there any objections -against entering this employment; if so, what are they?” -Exactly the questions which should be asked and satisfactorily -answered before entering any work. Among the employments -of which the author, Mr. G. P. Manson, speaks, industrial -drawing properly holds the foremost place. For women of real -taste and originality it is peculiarly suitable; but they must -have both qualities. Without either a woman should never run -the risk of entering the field; unless, indeed, she can afford to -make the experiment. To one familiar with dry goods and -house-furnishing, who knows the almost infinite varieties in the -patterns of carpets, wall-papers, oil-cloths, calicoes, and the like, -there can be no question about the chances for employment for -skilled laborers. The work pays, too, and is pleasant. Still -more important, there is little danger of one being lowered by -it to a mere machine. It is work in which one grows.</p> - -<p>Some wise words, worth remembering, are said in regard to -phonography. A valuable idea to the learner is that the practical -teacher, that is, the <i>bona fide</i> reporter, is worth more than -many lessons from one who has learned the art simply to teach -it, but has never practiced; and that the constant practice of -what one may learn from any one of the books on the subject -will be of more service than an extended course in a short-hand -school. Most excellent is the advice given to ladies studying -phonography that they should add book-keeping and type-writing. -With these acquirements a woman can not fail in -finding employment.</p> - -<p>The art of telegraphy is to be learned in about the same way -as phonography—by practice and patience. There are about -forty schools in the United States where it is taught. Of these -the New York Cooper Union School of Telegraphy is undoubtedly -foremost; but before selecting a school it is wise to get the -experience of a skilled operator—a most excellent plan to follow, -by the way, in any field. Women rarely advance in this -business beyond a certain rank, and unless luck favors them -with a situation in the private office of a generous employer, -they rarely reach positions which pay more than sixty dollars -per month.</p> - -<p>It is astonishing that work which at first thought seems to require -so little skill as feather-curling, should average to expert laborers -fifteen to twenty dollars per week, through the entire year, -and sometimes reach as high as forty dollars per week. But this is -the fact, and the work, too, is less confining than sewing. There -is a serious drawback, however—the girls and women are not always -moral, and the association is thus dangerous. None of the -professions of which Mr. Manson speaks are more suitable for -women than that of nursing. The feeling that it is a menial service -is entirely wrong. There is no position which a woman can -hold which requires more character, skill, self-control and wisdom. -Mr. Manson, in his chapter on nursing, gives exactly the -information which is needed for a woman about to enter the profession. -Indeed, this is true of all that he says on the different -branches of work which he takes up, among which are photography, -proof-reading, type-setting, book-binding, lecturing, -public reading, book selling, dress-making and millinery.</p> - -<p>There are several varieties of work on which he has made -but brief notes, to which we wish he would give further attention. -These are employments at which women may earn their -living, and yet be at home. There are many women left with -families and little homes who struggle to live by sewing, washing, -and the like, because they do not know what else to do. -There are several employments suitable to them, and in which -women almost invariably succeed; such are bee keeping, poultry -raising, market gardening and cultivating flowers. A little -capital is necessary, but a very little will start a business which, -if well managed, can hardly fail to become prosperous. There -are two great considerations in favor of such work: it is healthy, -and allows one to remain at home. The considerations which -should govern a woman in selecting any one of the employments -mentioned in this little volume are satisfactorily discussed, -and any one desiring information upon the vexed question, -“What shall I do?” will receive valuable suggestions.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2><a name="OSTRICH_HUNTING" id="OSTRICH_HUNTING">OSTRICH HUNTING.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By LADY FLORENCE DIXIE.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The following animated description of ostrich hunting in -Patagonia is taken from a book by Lady Florence Dixie, published -by R. Worthington, New York:</p> - -<p>As we rode silently along, with our eyes well about us, in the -hopes of sighting an ostrich, my horse suddenly shied at something -white lying on the ground at a few paces distant. Throwing -the reins over his head, I dismounted and walked toward the -spot. Amongst some long grass I discovered a deserted nest -of an ostrich containing ten or eleven eggs, and calling François -to examine them, was greatly chagrined to find that none -of them were fresh. With the superstition of an ostrich-hunter -François picked up a feather lying close at hand, and sticking -it in his cap, assured us that this was a good sign, and that it -would not be long before we came across one of these birds.</p> - -<p>His prediction was speedily verified, for on reaching the -summit of a little hill, up which we had slowly and stealthily -proceeded, two small gray objects suddenly struck my eye. I -signed to François and my brother, who were riding some -twenty yards behind me, and putting spurs to my horse, galloped -down the hill toward the two gray objects I had perceived -in the distance. “Choo! choo!” shouted François, a cry by -which the ostrich-hunters cheer their dogs on, and intimate to -them the proximity of game. Past me like lightning the four -eager animals rushed, bent on securing the prey which their -quick sight had already detected.</p> - -<p>The ostriches turned one look on their pursuers, and the -next moment they wheeled round, and making for the plain, -scudded over the ground at a tremendous pace.</p> - -<p>And now, for the first time, I began to experience all the -glorious excitement of an ostrich-hunt. My little horse, keen -as his rider, took the bit between his teeth, and away we went -up and down the hills at a terrific pace. On and on flew the -ostriches, closer and closer crept up “Leona,” a small, red, -half-bred Scotch deerhound, with “Loca,” a wiry black lurcher -at her heels, who in turn was closely followed by “Apiscuña” -and “Sultan.” In another moment the little red dog would be -alongside the ostriches. Suddenly, however, they twisted right -and left respectively, scudding away in opposite directions over -the plain, a feint which of course gave them a great advantage, -as the dogs in their eagerness shot forward a long way -before they were able to stop themselves. By the time they -had done so the ostriches had got such a start that, seeing pursuit -was useless, we called the dogs back. We were very -much disappointed at our failure, and in no very pleasant -frame of mind turned our horses’ heads in the direction of our -camp.</p> - -<p>We were a good deal chaffed when we got home on the score -of our non-success, and over pipes and coffee that night a -serious council of war was held by the whole of our party, as -regards ostrich-hunting for the morrow.</p> - -<p>Forming a circle was suggested. This being the method by -which the Indians nearly always obtain game. It is formed by -lighting fires round a large area of ground into which the different -hunters ride from all sides. A complete circle of blazing -fires is thus obtained, and any game found therein is pretty sure -to become the prey of the dogs, as no ostrich or guanaco will -face a fire. Wherever they turn they see before them a column -of smoke, or are met by dogs and horsemen. Escape becomes -almost impossible, and it is not long before they grow bewildered -and are captured.</p> - -<p>Next morning, the horses being all ready, we lost no time in -springing into the saddle. For about half an hour we followed -along a line of broken hillocks, after which, calling a halt, we -sent forward Guillaume and I’Aria to commence the first and -most distant proceedings of the circle. They departed at -a brisk canter, and it was not long before several rising columns -of smoke testified that they were already busily engaged.</p> - -<p>For some time Gregorio and I rode slowly and silently on -our way, when a sudden unexpected bound which my horse -gave all but unseated me. “Avestruz! Avestruz!” shouted -Gregorio, and turned his horse with a quick movement. -“Choo! choo! Plata!” I cry to the dog who followed at my -horse’s heels, as a fine male ostrich scudded away toward the -hills we had just left with the speed of lightning. Plata has -sighted him, and is straining every limb to reach the terrified -bird. He is a plucky dog and a fleet one, but it will take him -all his time to come alongside that great raking ostrich as he -strides away in all the conscious pride of his strength and -speed. “We shall lose him!” I cry, half mad with excitement, -spurring my horse, who is beginning to gasp and falter as the -hill up which we are struggling grows steeper and steeper. -But the ostrich suddenly doubles to the left, and commences a -hurried descent. The cause is soon explained, for in the direction -toward which he has been making a great cloud of -smoke rises menacingly in his path, and, balked of the refuge -he had hoped to find amidst the hills, the great bird is forced -to alter his course, and make swiftly for the plains below. But -swiftly as he flies along, so does Plata, who finds a down-hill -race much more suited to his splendid shoulders and rare stride. -Foot by foot he lessens the distance that separates him from his -prey, and gets nearer and nearer to the fast sinking, fast tiring -bird. Away we go, helter-skelter down the hill, unchecked and -undefeated by the numerous obstacles that obstruct the way. -Plata is alongside the ostrich, and gathers himself for a spring -at the bird’s throat. “He has him, he has him!” I shout to -Gregorio, who does not reply, but urges his horse on with whip -and spur. “Has he got him, though?” Yes—no—the ostrich -with a rapid twist has shot some thirty yards ahead of his -enemy, and whirling round, makes for the hills once more. -And now begins the struggle for victory. The ostrich has decidedly -the best of it, for Plata, though he struggles gamely, -does not like the uphill work, and at every stride loses ground. -There is another fire on the hill above, but it lies too much to -the left to attract the bird’s attention, who has evidently a safe -line of escape in view in that direction. On, on we press; on, -on flies the ostrich; bravely and gamely struggles in its wake -poor Plata. “Can he stay?” I cry to Gregorio, who smiles and -nods his head. He is right, the dog can stay, for hardly have -the words left my lips when, with a tremendous effort, he puts -on a spurt, and races up alongside the ostrich. Once more the -bird points for the plain; he is beginning to falter, but he is great -and strong, and is not beaten yet. It will take all Plata’s time -and cunning to pull that magnificent bird to the ground, and -it will be a long fierce struggle ere the gallant creature yields -up his life. Unconscious of anything but the exciting chase -before me, I am suddenly disagreeably reminded that there <i>is</i> -such a thing as caution, and necessity to look where you are -going to, for, putting his foot in an unusually deep tuca-tuca -hole, my little horse comes with a crash upon his head, and -turns completely over on his back, burying me beneath him in -a hopeless muddle. Fortunately, beyond a shaking, I am unhurt, -and remounting, endeavor to rejoin the now somewhat -distant chase. The ostrich, Gregorio, and the dog have reached -the plain, and as I gallop quickly down the hill I can see -that the bird has begun doubling. This is a sure sign of -fatigue, and shows that the ostrich’s strength is beginning to -fail him. Nevertheless it is a matter of no small difficulty for -one dog to secure his prey, even at this juncture, as he can not -turn and twist about as rapidly as the ostrich. At each double -the bird shoots far ahead of his pursuer, and gains a considerable -advantage. Away across the plain the two animals fly, -whilst I and Gregorio press eagerly in their wake. The excitement -grows every moment more intense, and I watch the close -struggle going on with the keenest interest. Suddenly the -stride of the bird grows slower, his doubles become more frequent, -showers of feathers fly in every direction as Plata seizes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span> -him by the tail, which comes away in his mouth. In another -moment the dog has him by the throat, and for a few minutes -nothing can be distinguished but a gray struggling heap. -Then Gregorio dashes forward and throws himself off his horse, -breaks the bird’s neck, and when I arrive upon the scene the -struggle is over. The run had lasted for twenty-five minutes.</p> - -<p>Our dogs and horses were in a most pitiable state. Poor -Plata lay stretched on the ground with his tongue, hot and -fiery, lolling out of his mouth, and his sides going at a hundred -miles an hour. The horses, with their heads drooped till they -almost touched the ground, and their bodies streaming with -perspiration, presented a most pitiable sight, and while Gregorio -disemboweled and fastened the ostrich together, I loosened -their girths, and led them to a pool hard by to drink. At length -they became more comfortable, and as soon as they seemed in -a fit state to go on, Gregorio and I lifted the huge bird on to his -horse, and tied it across the animal’s withers. Encumbered -thus, Gregorio turned to depart in the direction of the camp, -followed by Plata, while I went in an opposite direction in -search of my companions down in the plain. It was not long -before I distinguished in the far distance an ostrich coming -straight toward me, closely followed by a dog and two horsemen. -Galloping to meet them, I was the means of turning the -bird into “Peaché’s” jaws, for such was the name of I’Aria’s -dog. The two horsemen turned out to be the old fellow in -question and my brother, who arrived, hot and full of excitement, -on the scene just as I was throwing myself from my -horse to prevent Peaché from tearing the bird to pieces. -Leaving I’Aria to complete the hunter’s work, my brother and -I rode slowly back toward our camp, discussing the merits of -our horses, dogs, and the stamina of the two ostriches we had -slain.</p> - -<p>One by one the other hunters dropped in. They had all -been successful, with the exception of Guillaume; and as we -stood grouped round the five large ostriches lying on the -ground, we congratulated ourselves on our good fortune, and -on the excellent sport we had had. At dinner we passed judgment -on ostrich-meat, which we now really tasted for the first -time, for what we had obtained from the Indian camp had been -dry and unpalatable. We thought it excellent; the breast and -wings are particularly good; the latter much resemble pheasant.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="CHRISTIAN_MISSIONS" id="CHRISTIAN_MISSIONS">CHRISTIAN MISSIONS.</a></h2> - - -<p>The most recent intelligence at hand from the Missionary -Boards of the different denominations is so full of general interest -and encouragement that we give the results that have -been reached. With the tens of thousands of our thoughtful -readers, we rejoice greatly in this work so efficiently carried on -by the American churches at home and abroad.</p> - -<p>The latter part of the nineteenth century is becoming more -and more a missionary era. Practical heed is given to the “Great -Commission,” and the heralds are sent forth into all the world, -with the tidings of “peace on earth, and good-will to men.”</p> - - -<h3>METHODIST EPISCOPAL BOARD.</h3> - -<p>This Church, the youngest of the large denominations, and -last to enter the foreign field, has done some effective service. -A few weeks since some fears were entertained that from a -single point where success was not satisfactory, the partially -defeated forces might be, for a time, withdrawn. Such fears -were groundless, and the orders are for an advance all along -the lines. The little company in Bulgaria have struggled -under many disadvantages, but will be reinforced, and the work -go on.</p> - -<p>At the late meeting of the General Committee, in New York, -the annual appropriations were advanced to $750,000, in the -confidence that the church will meet the demand.</p> - -<p>The Home Missions of this church are numerous. There -are reported 2,381 missionaries in the home fields, and more -could be profitably employed in communities unable of themselves -to furnish an adequate support. The aggregate of the -border missions shows an increase in membership, and of -church property. The missionary aid given to feeble churches -and to establish churches where none existed, combined with -the efforts of other organizations, is doing a work whose value -can hardly be over-estimated.</p> - -<p>The Foreign Missions of the Methodist Episcopal Church are -in fifteen nations. A larger number of missionaries are in -India than in any other country.</p> - -<p>The summarized statistics show:</p> - - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="statistics of missions"> -<tr> -<td align="left">Foreign missionaries and wives</td> -<td align="right">225</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Native ordained preachers</td> -<td align="right">246</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Native preachers not ordained</td> -<td align="right">187</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Native local preachers</td> -<td align="right">317</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Native workers in Woman’s For. Mis. Society </td> -<td align="right">291</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Foreign teachers</td> -<td align="right">34</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Native teachers</td> -<td align="right">521</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Members</td> -<td align="right">29,095</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left">Probationers</td> -<td align="right">9,984</td> -</tr> -</table> -</div> - - -<p>The school system, both for secular and theological education -is well organized, and doing a good work. Churches and -conferences are organized as in this country.</p> - - -<h3>PRESBYTERIAN BOARD.</h3> - -<p>In the Home Missions the Board employs 1,387 missionaries -and 133 missionary teachers. 6,281 were, during the year, -added to the mission churches on profession of faith. The -total membership of those assisted is 78,669. There was raised -for building, repairing and canceling debts on church property -$726,517. The above mission churches are sustained wholly, -or in part, by the funds of the Board. Thirty-seven of the -number became self-sustaining during the year. The receipts -of the Board for the year were $504,795.61, being an advance -of $81,406.76 over the previous year. We do not wonder that -these servants of Christ thank Him, and express their feelings -of gratitude to the contributing churches, for their prayers, -sympathy and “unprecedented pecuniary aid.” The Presbyterian -Board of Foreign Missions has work in the following -fields: Among the North American Indians, Mexico—the -Southern and Northern fields; South America—Brazil, Chili; -Africa, Asia, Persia, India, Siam—among the Laos; China, -Japan, Chinese in America, Guatemala, Papal Europe, Geneva, -France, Belgium, Bohemia and Waldensea.</p> - -<p>The Board has in its employ 159 American missionaries, 225 -native helpers, 92 of whom are ordained, and 133 licentiates; -286 lay American missionaries, 585 native lay helpers, 18,656 -communicants, 21,253 pupils in day and boarding schools.</p> - -<p>In their work among the American Indians they have 10 -missionaries and 25 native ministers and licentiates.</p> - -<p>The receipts for the past year were $656,237.99; also an advance -on the previous year.</p> - -<p>These missionary boards, so well sustained by the churches -of their denominations, seem to have been both wise in counsels -and aggressive in their measures, and their success has -been glorious.</p> - - -<h3>THE AMERICAN BOARD.</h3> - -<p>This is the oldest and among the most efficient and successful -of all American missionary societies. Organized in 1812, -and for a time aided by persons of all the evangelical churches -who had the missionary spirit, and whose benevolence thus -found a safe and suitable channel, through which its streams -could reach the heathen, the Board, with prudent management -and liberal support, has had a most successful career. -They are now the organ of the Congregationalist church, and -have established their posts or centers for extensive operations -in all quarters of the globe. The year past is spoken of with -thanksgiving, as one of the most satisfactory, and in some departments -of the work, as of remarkable progress. After a full -and luminous statement of the work of the year, the annual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span> -report closes, saying: “It is quite impossible by such a rapid -glance to give any just conception of a work so wide in extent, -so varied in character. We may speak of twenty missions and -one hundred and forty-six missionaries at eighty different stations, -and of 724 other towns, and cities, and islands in which -the gospel is preached; we may call attention to 98 high -schools and seminaries, in which 3,624 youth of both sexes are -enjoying the advantages of higher Christian education; we -may mention, one by one, the 278 churches gathered, the 1,737 -members added the present year to our roll of membership, till -the whole number received on profession of faith from the first -till now, including missions closed and transferred, amounts to -nearly 90,000; and yet, how can we tell of the moral and spiritual -changes wrought in entire communities by the Word and -spirit of our God, by the new thought and sentiment vivifying -the languages and the literatures, and one day to mould the life -and character of tribes and nations constituting one-third of -the human race.” The Board, after showing that, with the -present need and present opportunity, $2,000,000 could be -economically administered in prosecuting their missionary -work, reduce the amount to $1,000,000; and, with modest urgency, -ask the churches to regard that as the minimum estimate -for 1884. The home work of the Congregationalists is -also well organized and prosecuted with vigor.</p> - - -<h3>BAPTIST MISSIONARY UNION.</h3> - -<p>This has been long known as a vigorous and aggressive association, -doing most effective work in both the home and foreign -fields. The expenditures during the past year were -$316,411.94. Of the above amount the Woman’s Baptist Foreign -Missionary Society contributed $42,977.51; the Woman’s -Missionary Society of the West, $20,706.88; the Woman’s Society -of the Pacific Coast, $665.23; the Woman’s Society of the -North Pacific Coast, $445.31, making an aggregate of $64,794.93 -contributed by the Christian women of the denomination. All -departments of their work are reported in a prosperous condition, -but we have not the general statistics of the society at -hand.</p> - -<p>Sir Bartle Frere has observed that he had rarely seen or -heard of a missionary institution in South Africa which did not -by its measure of success fully justify the means employed to -carry it on; and that the worst managed and least efficient -missionary institutions he had seen appeared to him far superior -as civilizing agencies to anything which could be devised by -the unassisted secular power of the government.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<h2><a name="CALIFORNIA" id="CALIFORNIA">CALIFORNIA.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By FRANCES E. WILLARD, President National W. C. T. U.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>No. II.—SAN FRANCISCO SILHOUETTES.</h3> - -<p>This city is the whispering gallery of all nations. In Constantinople -the clamor of tongues is bewildering, while here it -is more harmonious, more representative. Here you have a -polyglot at the Golden Gate, a universal language. In the east -there is no fusion; in the west one better understands Tennyson’s -vision of all earth’s banners furled</p> - -<p class="center"> -“In the parliament of man, the federation of the world.”<br /> -</p> - -<p>Of all places on the globe, go to the California metropolis if -you would feel the strong pulse of internationalism. Few have -caught its rhythm, as yet, but we must do so if we would be strong -enough to keep step with that matchless, electric twentieth century -soon to go swinging past. You can almost hear his resonant -step on San Francisco pavements; his voice whispers -in the lengthening telephone, saying, “Yesterday was good, -to-day is better, but to-morrow shall be the red-letter day of all -life’s magic calendar.” I have always been impatient of our -planet’s name—“the earth.” What other, among the shining -orbs has a designation so insignificant? That we have put up -with it so long is a proof of the awful inertia of the aggregate -mind, almost as surprising as our endurance of the traffic in -alcoholic poison. With Jupiter and Venus, Orion and the -Pleiades smiling down upon us in their patronizing fashion, we -have been contented to inscribe on our visiting cards: “At -Home: <i>The Earth!</i>” Out upon such paucity of language. -“The dust o’ the ground” forsooth! That answered well -enough perhaps for a dark-minded people who never even -dreamed they were living on a star. Even now an army of -good folks afraid of the next thing, just because it is the next, -and not the last, will doubtless raise holy hands of horror -against the proposition I shall proceed to launch forth for the -first time, though it is harmless as the Pope’s bull against the -comet. They will probably oppose me, too, on theologic -grounds, for, as Coleridge hath it,</p> - -<p class="center"> -“Time consecrates, and what is gray with age becomes religion.”<br /> -</p> - -<p>Nevertheless, since we do inhabit a star, I solemnly propose -we cease to call it a dirt heap, and being determined to “live -up to my light,” I hereby bring forward and clap a patent upon -the name</p> - - -<p class="center">CONCORDIA.</p> - -<p>“I move it as a substitute for the original motion,” and call -the previous question on “the Parliament of Man”—aforesaid -by the English Laureate. By the same token, I met half a -dozen selectest growths of people in San Francisco who, -in the broadest, international way are doing more to make this -name Concordia descriptive, rather than prophetic in its application -to our oldest home, than any other people I can name. -They work among the Chinese, Japanese, and “wild Arabs of -the Barbary Coast,” they go with faces that are an epitomized -gospel, and preach to the stranger within the Golden Gate that -he is a stranger no more; they bring glad tidings of good which -shall be to all people, for to them, as to their Master, “there is -neither Jew nor Greek, bond nor free, male nor female in -Christ Jesus.”</p> - -<p>Look at this unique group photographed upon the sensitive -plate of memory by “your special artist.” A tall Kentuckian -of the best type; “much every way;” “big heart, big head, -fine, clear-cut countenance, blue, scrutinizing eyes, large form, -wrapped in an ample overcoat, its pockets full of scientific temperance -documents,” this is Dr. R. H. McDonald, President of -the Pacific Bank, Prohibition candidate for Governor, and temperance -leader “on the coast.” Go with me to his elegant -home; see his mother, fair and beaming at eighty-four; and -his talented sons, who, though educated largely abroad, have -never tarnished their fine physiques with the alcoholic or nicotine -poisons. Go to the “Star Band of Hope Hall” on Sunday -afternoon and hear his accomplished daughter sing to the little -street Arabs of the society, while the Doctor presides over the -meeting and introduces the eastern temperance worker, your -correspondent and her secretary, Miss Anna Gordon, after -whose speeches he presents each dear little child to us, patting -them on the head, whispering words of praise for each, and -emptying his great pockets of goodies and children’s literature. -Remember that he has heart and hand open for every good -work; know that he has a fortune of seven millions, and pray -heaven to send us more wealthy men with wealthy hearts. -Beside him stands a small, plain looking man with a royal gray -eye; a man of quiet manners, terse, vigorous style, and cultured -English utterances, a former sea-captain, who in the ports -of China and Japan, as well as Boston and Liverpool, has succeeded -in keeping his crew sober, and in teaching them to lay up -their money; a gifted head and loyal heart he has; witness his -editorials in <i>The Rescue</i> and his leadership in founding the -great Orphan’s Home at Vallejo in the suburbs (both paper and -orphanage being conducted by the Good Templars, whose most -gifted members are Will D. Gould, the genial lawyer of Los -Angeles, Mrs. Emily Pitt Stevens, the best temperance lecturers -on the coast, Mrs. M. E. Corigdon, of Mariposa, and Geo. B. -Katzenstein, of Sacramento). Very different in method, though<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span> -one in aim with the two men I have described, is another redoubtable -champion of every good cause, Rev. Dr. M. C. -Briggs, who is like a tower “that stands four-square to every -wind that blows.” Observe that well-knit figure, those herculean -shoulders, that dauntless face, and it will go without saying -that this man is nature’s model of the Methodist pioneer, to -whom all hardships are but play; who has a sledge hammer -blow for evil doers, but a brother’s clasp for the repentant; a -man whose deep, musical voice in the palmy days of his prime -gave wings to such rhetoric and such argument as combined -with the speeches of Starr King and Col. Baker, to save California -to the Union. Near the gifted Dr. Briggs stand his life-time -friends and allies, Captain and Mrs. Charles Goodall, the -former our Methodist Mecænus in California, founder of the -famous “Oregon Navigation Company,” and the true type of -a Christian layman, his heart and home open to all who come -in the name of the Master whom he loves with the simplicity -and fondness of the child. A tall, dark-eyed, impressive man, -in life’s full prime, comes next. “See Otis Gibson, or you -have missed the moral hero of Gold-opolis”—this was concurrent -testimony coming from every side. Garfield left no truer -saying than that the time wants men “who have the courage -to look the devil squarely in the face and tell him that he is -the devil.” Precisely this fearless sort of character is Rev. -Otis Gibson. He has been the uncompromising friend of “the -heathen Chinee,” through all that pitiful Celestial’s grievous -fortunes on our western shore. When others cursed he blessed; -while others pondered he prayed; what was lacking in schools, -church, counsel and kindness he supplied. It cost something -thus to stand by a hated and traduced race in spite of hoodlum -and Pharisee combined. But Otis Gibson could not see why -the people to whom we owe the compass and the art of printing, -the choicest porcelain, the civil service examination -might not christianize as readily on our shores as their own. -In this faith he and his noble wife have worked on until they -have built up a veritable city of refuge for the defenceless and -despairing, in the young and half barbarous metropolis of the -Pacific slope. We went to a wedding in this attractive home, -where a well-to-do young Chinaman was married to a modest, -gentle Chinese girl, rescued from a life of untold misery and -sin by this blessed Christian home. Contrary to popular opinion, -a chorus of Chinese made very tolerable music, and while -a Celestial played one of Sankey’s hymns, stately Mrs. Capt. -Goodall, the generous friend and patron saint of the establishment, -escorted the bride, and after a simple service (with the -word “obey” conspicuously left out), the large circle of invited -philanthropists was regaled on the refreshments made and -provided for such entertainments.</p> - -<p>We afterward visited the “Chinese Quarter,” so often described, -under escort of Rev. Dr. Gibson. We saw the theaters -where men sit on the back and put their feet on the board part -of the seat; where actors don their costumes in full sight of the -audience, and frightful pictured dragons compete with worse -discord for supremacy. We saw the joss-house, with swinging -censer and burning incense, tapers and tawdriness, a travesty -of the Catholic ceremonial, taking from the latter its one poor -merit of originality. We saw a mother and child kneeling before -a hideous idol, burning tapers, tossing dice, and thus “consulting -the oracle,” with many a sidelong glance of inattention on -the part of the six-year-old boy, but with sighs and groans that -proved how tragically earnest was the mother’s faith. Dr. Gibson -said the numbers on the dice corresponded to wise sayings -and advices on strips of paper sold by a mysterious Chinese -whose “pious shop” was in the temple vestibule, whither the -poor woman resorted to learn the result of her “throw,” and -then returned to try again, until she got some response that -quieted her. Could human incredulity and ignorance go farther? -We saw the restaurants, markets and bazars, as thoroughly -Chinese as Pekin itself can furnish; the haunts of vice, all open -to the day; the opium dens, with their comatose victims; and -then, to comfort our hearts and take away the painful vividness -of woman’s degradation, Dr. Gibson took us to see a Christian -Chinese home, made by two of his pupils, for years trained under -his eye. How can I make the contrast plain enough? A -square or two away, the horrid orgies of opium and other dens, -but here a well-kept dry goods store, where the husband was -proprietor, and in the rear a quiet, pleasant, sacred home. The -cleanly, kind-faced wife busy with household cares, her rooms -the picture of neatness, her pretty baby sleeping in his crib, and -over all the peace that comes from praise and prayer. Never -in my life did I approach so near to that perception, too great -for mortal to attain, of what the gospel has achieved for woman, -as when this gentle, honored wife and mother said, seeing me -point to an engraving of “The Good Shepherd,” on her nursery -wall: “<i>O, yes! he gave this home to us.</i>”</p> - -<p>Otis Gibson conducts the Methodist Mission of San Francisco. -In that of the Presbyterian, Mrs. P. B. Browne, a gifted lady, -president of the W. C. T. U. of California, is prominent, as she -has long been in the Woman’s Christian Association. Mrs. -Taylor, president of the local W. C. T. U., is a lovely Christian -worker, also Mrs. Williams of the same society, and Miss Annie -Crary, daughter of that rare editorial genius, Rev. Dr. B. -F. Crary of <i>The California Christian Advocate</i>, is our most talented -and best taught Kindergartner.</p> - -<p>But there remains a choice bit of portraiture ere my group of -philanthropic leaders is complete. How firm and fine the -etching that should accurately show the features of Mrs. Sarah -B. Cooper, whose strong, sweet individuality I have not seen -excelled—no, not even among women. From the time when -our eastern press teemed with notices of the Presbyterian lady -who had been tried for heresy and acquitted, who had the -largest Bible class in San Francisco and was founder of that -city’s Kindergartens for the poor, I made a mental memorandum -that, no matter whom I missed, this lady I would see. So -at 12:30 on a mild May Sabbath noon, I sought the elegant -Plymouth Church, built by Rev. Dr. A. L. Stone, and found a -veritable congregation in its noble auditorium. Men and -women of high character and rare thoughtfulness were gathered, -Bibles in hand, to hear the exposition of the acquitted -heretic, whom a Pharisaical deacon had begun to assail contemporaneously -with her outstripping him in popularity as an -expounder of the gospel of love. She entered quietly by a side -door, seated herself at a table level with the pews, laid aside her -fur-lined cloak and revealed a fragile but symmetric figure, somewhat -above the medium height, simply attired in black, with pose -and movement altogether graceful, and while perfectly self-possessed, -at the furthest remove from being self-assertive. -Then I noted a sweet, untroubled brow, soft brown hair chastened -with tinge of silver (frost that fell before its time, doubtless -at the doughty deacon’s bidding); blue eyes, large, bright -and loving; nose of the noblest Roman, dominant yet sensitive, -chiseled by generations of culture, the unmistakable expression -of highest force and mettlesomeness in character, held -in check by all the gentlest sentiments: a mouth firm, yet delicate, -full of the smiles that follow tears. Wordsworth’s lines -describe her best:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">* * “A creature not too bright or good</div> -<div class="verse">For human nature’s daily food,</div> -<div class="verse">And yet a spirit, still and bright,</div> -<div class="verse">With something of an angel’s light.”</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The teacher’s method was not that of pumping in, but drawing -out. There were no extended monologues, but the Socratic -style of colloquy—brief, comprehensive, passing rapidly from -point to point, characterized the most suggestive and helpful -hour I ever spent in Bible class. There was not the faintest -effort at rhetorical effect; not a suspicion of the hortatory in -manner, but all was so fresh, simple and earnest, that in contrast -to the pabulum too often served up on similar occasions, -this was nutritious essence. A Bible class teacher is like a hen<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span> -with ample brood and all inclined to “take to the grass.” -How to coax them back from their discursive rambles by discovering -the toothsome morsel and restfully proclaiming it, the -average teacher “finds not,” but it is a portion of “the vision -and faculty divine” in this California phenomenon. Let me -jot down a few notes:</p> - -<p>“What we call the new birth is but the opening of the eyes -of the spirit upon its own world.” “There can be no kingdom -of love to us, unless we enter it by love. We can not be mathematicians -unless we enter the kingdom of mathematics. We -can not perceive anything unless we address to it the appropriate -organ of perception.” “Have we risen into any experience -of the higher life? Are we in the way of completeness of soul? -A soul dark toward God is in sad plight. No meaning in worship—none -in prayer—that is a soul diseased.” “Baptism makes a -child of God as coronation makes a king. But remember, he -was a king before he was crowned.” As Lucretia Mott said, -“We must have truth for authority, and not authority for truth.” -“Dorcas did not bestow alms-gifts but alms-<i>deeds</i>; wrought -not by a Dorcas society, but by Dorcas herself.” “Christ’s -miracles were subject to the laws of the spiritual world. He -could not spiritually bless those who were not susceptible to -spiritual blessing.” “If I would prove to any one that God is -his father I must first prove to him that I am his brother.”</p> - -<p>When the delightful hour was over, among the loving group -that gathered around her, attracted by the healing virtue of her -spiritual atmosphere, came a temperance sojourner from the -east. As my name was mentioned, the face so full of spirituality -lighted even more than was its wont, and the soft, strong -voice said, “Sometimes an introduction is a <i>recognition</i>—and -so I feel it to be now.” Dear reader, I consider that enough of -a compliment to last me for a term of years. I feel that it -helped mortgage me to a pure life; I shall be better for it -“right along.” For if I have ever clasped hands with a truth-seeker, -a disciple of Christ and lover of humanity, Sarah B. -Cooper held out to me that loving, loyal hand. The only “invitation -out” which I gave to myself, and insisted on keeping, -was to this woman’s home on Vallejo avenue, where, with her -noble husband and true-hearted daughter, she illustrates how -near the gates of Paradise a mortal home may be. One’s ideal -seldom “materializes,” but in that lovely cottage, with its spotless -cleanliness, fair, tasteful rooms, individualized so perfectly -that he who ran might read how high the natures mirrored -here, in the flower-decked dinner table and the “good talk,” -in the study upstairs packed with choice books, and the sunset -window looking out over the Golden Gate, I stored up memories -that ought to yield electric energy for many a day. We -talked of the past—and I found that my new friend, as well -as her husband, had been for years the pupil of my beloved -father in the gospel, our lamented Dr. Henry Bannister, late -Professor of Hebrew in Garrett Biblical Institute at Evanston, -Ill. With what reverence and tenderness we talked of that -brave, earnest, sympathetic life! We spoke of her experiences -as a teacher in the South, and she rejoiced in the good tidings -I brought of a “Yankee school-ma’am’s” welcome for temperance’s -sake in nearly one hundred cities of Dixie’s land. We -talked most of all about God and his unspeakable gift of Christ -Jesus our Lord. I found this tireless brain had busied itself -with the study of all religions, the testimony of science, philosophy -and art; a more hospitable intellect I have not known, -nor a glance more wide and tolerant, but “Christ and him -crucified” is to that loyal heart “the Chief among thousands -and altogether lovely.”</p> - -<p>Let me give a few sentences from the inspiring letters that -come to me across the distance between that bay window by -the Golden Gate, and my “Rest Cottage” by the inland sea:</p> - -<p>“If I know myself, I have one regnant wish: To help build -up the coming kingdom.” “I desire you to include me in all -your invocations for light and guidance.” “We move on in one -work, we are co-laborers for a common Master—blessed be His -name. We both aim at one thing: character-building in Christ -Jesus. I am to speak before the C. L. S. C. at Pacific Grove, -Monterey, on the ‘Kindergarten in its Relation to Character-Building.’ -I shall speak of temperance. Have tried to help -women both north and south who are working in their little -towns heroically.” “The Chautauqua of the Coast, energized -by desperate, sometimes almost despairing love for their tempted -ones.”</p> - -<p>The <i>Independent</i> and other leading journals have in Mrs. -Cooper a valued correspondent, and her work among the -little, ill-born and worse-nurtured children of San Francisco’s -moral Sahara has been described by her own pure and radiant -pen. It is one of the most potent forces in that city’s uplift toward -Christianity. Among the best types of representative -women, America may justly count Sarah B. Cooper, the student, -the Christian exegete and philosopher, and the tender -friend of every untaught little child.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<h2><a name="TABLE-TALK_OF_NAPOLEON" id="TABLE-TALK_OF_NAPOLEON">TABLE-TALK OF NAPOLEON -BONAPARTE.</a></h2> - - -<p>When Napoleon was about fourteen, he was conversing with -a lady about Marshal Turenne, and extolling him to the skies.</p> - -<p>“Yes, my friend,” she answered, “he was a great man; but -I should like him better if he had not burnt the Palatinate.”</p> - -<p>“What does that matter,” he replied briskly, “if the burning -was necessary to the success of his plans?”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Napoleon’s German master, a heavy and phlegmatic man, -who thought the study of German the only one necessary to a -man’s success in life, finding Napoleon absent from his class -one day, asked where he was. He was told he was undergoing -his examination for the artillery.</p> - -<p>“Does he know anything then?” he asked ironically.</p> - -<p>“Why, sir, he is the best mathematician in the school.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” was his sage remark, “I have always heard say, -and I always thought, that mathematics was a study only suitable -to fools.”</p> - -<p>“It would be satisfactory to know,” Napoleon said twenty -years after, “if my professor lived long enough to enjoy his discernment.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>In 1782, at one of the holiday school fêtes at Brienne, to -which all the inhabitants of the place were invited, guards were -established to preserve order. The dignities of officer and subaltern -were conferred only on the most distinguished. Bonaparte -was one of these on a certain occasion, when “The Death -of Cæsar” was to be performed.</p> - -<p>A janitor’s wife who was perfectly well known presented herself -for admission without a ticket. She made a clamor, and -insisted upon being let in, and the sergeant reported her to Napoleon, -who, in an imperative tone, exclaimed, “Let that woman -be removed, who brings into this place the license of a -camp.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Bonaparte was confirmed at the military school at Paris. At -the name of Napoleon, the archbishop who confirmed him expressed -his astonishment, saying that he did not know this -saint, that he was not in the calendar, etc. The child answered -unhesitatingly, “That that was no reason, for there were a -crowd of saints in Paradise, and only 365 days in the year.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Dining one day with one of the professors at Brienne, the professor -knowing his young pupil’s admiration for Paoli, spoke -disrespectfully of the general to tease the boy.</p> - -<p>Napoleon was energetic in his defense. “Paoli, sir,” said -he, “was a great man! he loved his country; and I shall never -forgive my father for consenting to the union of Corsica with -France.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>One evening in the midst of the Reign of Terror, on returning -from a walk through the streets of Paris, a lady asked him:</p> - -<p>“How do you like the new Constitution?”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span></p> - -<p>He replied hesitatingly: “Why, it is good in one sense, -certainly; but all that is connected with carnage is bad;” and -then he exclaimed in an outburst of undisguised feeling: “No! -no! no! down with this constitution; I do not like it.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>1794. During the siege of Toulon, one of the agents of the -convention ventured to criticise the position of a gun which -Napoleon was superintending. “Do you,” he tartly replied, -“attend to your duty as national commissioners, and I will be -answerable for mine with my head.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>An officer, entering Napoleon’s room, found, much to his -astonishment, Napoleon dressed and studying.</p> - -<p>“What!” exclaimed his friend, “are you not in bed yet?”</p> - -<p>“In bed!” replied Napoleon, “I have finished my sleep and -already risen.”</p> - -<p>“What, so early?” the other replied.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” continued Napoleon, “so early. Two or three hours -of sleep are enough for any man.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>When Barras introduced Napoleon to the convention as a fit -man to be entrusted with the command, the President asked, -“Are you willing to undertake the defense of the convention?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” was the reply.</p> - -<p>After a time the President continued: “Are you aware of -the magnitude of the undertaking?”</p> - -<p>“Perfectly,” replied Napoleon, fixing his eyes upon the questioner; -“and I am in the habit of accomplishing that which I -undertake.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“How could you,” a lady asked about this time, “fire thus -mercilessly upon your countrymen?”</p> - -<p>“A soldier,” he replied calmly, “is only a machine to obey -orders. This is my seal which I have impressed upon Paris.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Napoleon’s apt replies often excited good humor in a crowd. -A large and brawny fishwoman once was haranguing the mob, -and telling them not to disperse. She finished by exclaiming, -“Never mind those coxcombs with epaulets on their shoulders; -they care not if we poor people all starve, if they but feed well -and grow fat.”</p> - -<p>Napoleon, who was as thin as a shadow, turned to her and -said, “Look at me, my good woman, and tell me which of us -two is the fatter.”</p> - -<p>The fishfag was completely disconcerted, and the crowd dispersed.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>1796. “Good God!” Napoleon said in Italy, while residing -at Montebello, “how rare men are. There are eighteen millions -in Italy, and I have with difficulty found two—Dandolo -and Melzi.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“Europe!” Napoleon exclaimed at Passeriano, “Europe is -but a mole-hill; there never have existed mighty empires, -there never have occurred great revolutions, save in the east, -where lived six hundred millions of men—the cradle of all religions, -the birthplace of all metaphysics.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>One day Napoleon, conversing with Las Cases, asked him, -“Were you a gamester?”</p> - -<p>“Alas, sire,” Las Cases replied, “I must confess that I was, -but only occasionally.”</p> - -<p>“I am glad,” replied Napoleon, “that I knew nothing of it -at the time. You would have been ruined in my esteem. A -gamester was sure to lose my confidence. I placed no more -trust in him.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Some one read an account of the battle of Lodi, in which it -was stated that Napoleon crossed the bridge first, and that -Lannes passed after him.</p> - -<p>“Before me! before me!” Napoleon exclaimed. “Lannes -passed first, I only followed him. I must correct that error on -the spot.”</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - - -<h2><a name="EARLY_FLOWERS" id="EARLY_FLOWERS">EARLY FLOWERS.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By FRANCIS GEORGE HEATH.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The fields and woods of January, when not covered by snow, -offer much better opportunities for the study of flowers than we -ordinarily believe. Mr. Heath has told, in his “Sylvan Spring,” -of all the early-comers of the year. If all the flowers which he -mentions here are not found this season in a locality, observation -extending through several seasons will undoubtedly reveal -them. A carefully kept note-book of all the changes in -vegetation, the growth, blossoming, etc., will be found most interesting.</p> - -<p>January in temperate latitudes is popularly believed to possess -no wild flowers in our lanes, fields or hedgebanks; and -the reason for the common belief is that no one expects or -looks for them, and there is no conspicuous color to attract attention -to them at that ordinarily cold and apparently “dead” -season of the year. Yet there are not less than twenty-five of -our wild flowers that may be found in bloom <i>somewhere</i> in January.</p> - -<p>A January has probably never yet been known during which -it was impossible to find out of doors a daisy (<i>Bellis perennis</i>) -in flower: not in the open meadow, or on the cold slope of the -hillside, but at least in some sheltered nook where a streamlet -may flow, unhindered by frost. Says Montgomery:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">“On waste and woodland, rock and plain,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Its humble buds unheeded rise;</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">The rose has but a summer reign,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">The daisy never dies.”</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="unindent">And this last line explains the true meaning of the specific botanical -name of the day’s “eye”—<i>perennis</i>—which does not mean, -as it is usually understood in botanical language, “perennial,” -simply to indicate that the daisy <i>plant</i> lives beyond a period of -two years. It means “lasting throughout the year,” that is to -say, lasting in <i>blossom</i> throughout the year, for our daisy is <i>always</i> -in bloom somewhere.</p> - -<p>Another January flower, and one whose blossoms, though it -is an annual plant, may be found throughout the year, is the -purple dead nettle (<i>Lamium purpureum</i>).</p> - -<p>Though much like its relative, the later-blooming white or -common dead nettle, this pretty plant may be known from -<i>Lamium album</i>, not only by the purple color of its curious flowers, -a color with which its leaves and its leaf-hairs are sometimes -suffused, but by its smaller size and by the curious crowding -of its alternately-paired heart-shaped leaves on the upper -part of the stem, a feature which is not common to its white-flowering -congener. The unobservant pedestrian who may linger -by the wayside to pluck something which strikes his fancy -in the low hedgebank, must often have dreaded the touch of the -harmless dead nettles, under the belief that these plants were -the widely different, though similarly leaved, “stinging” nettles. -If disabused of this impression and induced to handle a -flowering stem of the purple dead nettle, with square stem and -whorl of stalkless axillary blossoms, he will marvel at the singular-looking -corolla, separated from its calyx of five sepals. -The generic name <i>Lamium</i> comes from a Greek word which -means throat, and that, as referring to the blossom, it is aptly -applied, will be seen at once. From the depths of this throat, -or the corolla tube, in other words, rise the stamens on their -long filaments, covered by the upper and concave lip of the -corolla, which hangs hood-like over them, whilst the lower lip -(for this species belongs to the large natural order called <i>Labiatæ</i>, -labiate or lip-flowered plants) is prettily marked with spots of -darker purple than the normal color of the blossom.</p> - -<p>Though the most we can do with the winter aconite (<i>Eranthis -hyemalis</i>) is to rank it among our doubtful wild flowers, we must -at least give it “honorable mention,” noticing its whorl of green -leaves at the apex of its solitary stem and its large, yellow, -handsome blossom, for it is among the hardy little group of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span> -plants which flower the nearest in point of time to the first day of -the new year.</p> - -<p>We must not fail to allude in our enumeration of early January -flowers to that sweet little plant, the wild heartsease, or -pansy (<i>Viola tricolor</i>), the progenitor of its host of garden -namesakes. Its natural tendency to vary in the color as well -as in the size of its blossoms, under varying conditions of growth, -will explain the ease with which it can be made subservient to -culture. Had it no beauty of its own, its relationship to the violets -would claim for it our love and regard; but it is a flower -which can not be passed over, for it seems to look at us out of -its yellow and darkly-empurpled face with a sort of thoughtful -earnestness.</p> - -<p>The hellebores come within our enumeration of the January -flora, and of these the bearsfoot or fœtid hellebore (<i>Helleborus -fœtidus</i>) is the earliest in flower. It grows to a height oftentimes -of two feet. Its smooth stem and leaves are dark green; its -leaves narrowly lanceolate, serrated along the edges toward -their apices. The large flowers are cuplike, are produced in -panicles, or branched clusters, and are light yellowish green in -color, the cluster of yellow-anthered stamens forming a conspicuous -center to each corolla. Every part of the bearsfoot is -highly poisonous, but the plant pleases the eye by its striking -and handsome form.</p> - -<p>It must naturally follow that exceptional hardiness is indicated -by capacity to blossom in January. But among all our -early flowering plants, there are two which may fairly claim the -possession of an especial character for robustness of constitution; -for, whilst those we have already mentioned are more or -less susceptible to the influence of cold, and some of them will -only produce their early blossoms in sheltered nooks, the two -we are about to notice can bravely withstand hard frosts in exposed -situations.</p> - -<p>Of these, the first we shall name is the common groundsel -(<i>Senecio vulgaris</i>), and a hardier little plant than this, of its -kind, it would be scarcely possible to find. We have seen it in -flower in the early part of January, when every stream, pond, -and ditch around was frozen almost to the bottom, its soft -leaves looking as fresh and glossy as if it had been the height -of summer. The groundsel is a member of a little group which -includes the ragworts, and they all bear yellow blossoms, and -have a strong family likeness. <i>Senecio vulgaris</i> really flowers -all the year round, and that is why we have it so conveniently -among our early January blossoms. That it is so plentiful and -so hardy is a wise provision of nature; for its leaves, the florets -of its blossoms, and its seeds are very welcome additions to the -food of our small birds, who have at least this provision for -their comfort during the rigors of our frosts.</p> - -<p>The other little wildling of the two we have especially mentioned -as being among the hardiest even of the hardy January -flora is the common chickweed (<i>Stellaria media</i>), a pretty little -plant, which, because of its marvelous power of reproduction, -and its persistency in intruding within the prim domain of the -gardener, is by the last named individual regarded with feelings -of bitter enmity, and is mercilessly exterminated whenever it -comes into the realm of graveled path and nicely-kept border. -Very different are the feelings of the small birds toward the -chickweed, for it furnishes them with food which is eagerly -sought after and keenly appreciated. Its power of branching -and spreading is really marvelous, and it seems almost to lead -a charmed life, for the most persevering attempts to uproot and -banish it from the ground whereon it has once fairly established -itself, ordinarily fail. We have said that its flowers are pretty, -but perhaps some unobservant and unreflecting people hardly -credit it with the production of blossom, for the minute, oblong, -white petals are so much hidden by the green five-cleft calyx -which is oftentimes larger than the corolla, entirely enveloping -them when in bud, that they are inconspicuous among the mass -of spreading green.</p> - -<p>And now we have reached, in our pleasant task of enumerating -our earliest wild flowers, the delicate and beautiful snowdrop -(<i>Galanthus nivalis</i>), the botanical name indicating a milk-white -blossom; and though it can scarcely claim to take a place -as</p> - -<p class="center"> -“The first pale blossom of the ripening year,”<br /> -</p> - -<p class="unindent">it may be sometimes seen in bloom before the middle of January. -Have the incurious and unobservant noticed more about -this beautiful flower than that it is white and drooping, and early -in appearing, and, of course, pretty? We fancy not. Yet this -delicate white blossom will well repay careful and searching examination.</p> - -<p>The advent of a buttercup in bloom in January would appear -almost impossible to those who associate this plant only with the -golden splendor of the May meadows; and it is a rare circumstance, -but one, nevertheless, which has been noted, and noted, -also, of the very buttercup (<i>Ranunculus repens</i>), to whose extensively -creeping habit we owe so much of the profuse magnificence -of the later spring. In the pretty lines familiar to almost every -child,—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">“While the trees are leafless,</div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">While the fields are bare,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Golden, glossy buttercups,</span></div> -<div class="verse"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Spring up here and there,”</span></div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="unindent">we find the early-flowering fact recorded. And, again, the -question arises, why is it that “here and there,” before the general -leafing time, a buttercup may be found to rear its golden -head in one spot, while not far off—and, indeed, within sight it -may be—there are tens of thousands of plants of the same -species which will not blossom until months later? Sometimes -the circumstances of position, in the case of the plant in flower, -are so obviously more favorable than those of adjoining flowerless -congeners, that the necessary explanation is furnished. -But oftentimes the early flowering remains a mystery, in spite -of all attempts at elucidation. Does not every one of us remember -some occasion when a long walk early in the year has -revealed the sight of but one daisy or buttercup in bloom in a -locality, which, later on, would have been thronged by countless -members of the same species? The mere recollection of the -solitary flower which gladdened such a walk is delightful. How -much more delightful the event itself!</p> - -<p>We need, surely, make no apology for giving something more -than mere mention of the dandelion (<i>Leontodon taraxacum</i>) in -our enumeration of early flowers. It is, doubtless, a very “common” -flower: but that we venture to think is the very reason -why it should <i>not</i> be contemptuously dismissed as if it were not -worthy of description or consideration. Very often it will happen -that the familiar yellow blossom of <i>Leontodon taraxacum</i> -is the first which we encounter in the early days of the year, -and this hardy and persevering plant has this especial claim -upon our regard, that it selects ordinarily the most desolate and -dismal places as its habitats, covering them oftentimes with a -gorgeous sheet of color. Townspeople, and poor townspeople -especially, ought to love this plant, for it lights up with its golden -glow the surroundings of the most bare and wretched of -human habitations.</p> - -<p>The dandelion is worthy of attention. The origin of its common -name has given rise to some little discussion. That it is a -corruption of the French <i>dents de lion</i> is very generally accepted; -but in spite of varying opinions as to what part of the -plant resembles a lion’s teeth—whether its roots, by their whiteness, -or its florets or leaves, by their indentations, we incline to -the leaf theory. The circumstance to note in connection with -the leaves is that their teeth-like lobes are turned backwards -towards the root from which they all directly spring—a habit -which is not at all common to plants with indented leaves. If -we look, with a glass to assist the eye, at a dandelion leaf -against the light, we shall find something to please us, and something -to admire in its venation, in the acute points of the serratures, -and in its smooth glossiness. Features of interest to -note, too, are its brittle, fleshy, tapering, milky root-stock and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span> -rootlets; its hollow, brittle, milky and radical flower-stem; and -its buds, with the golden tips shining above the conspicuous -involucre (a word derived from <i>involucrum</i>, a case, or wrapper), -the involucre in the case of the dandelion consisting of two sets -of green scales, the one set enclosing the yellow florets in the -manner of a calyx; the other, and narrower set, consisting of a -whorl of bracts, or leaf-like appendages, reflexed or bent down. -When the blossom opens the upper bracts remain erect. And -by-and-by the yellow florets disappear, and are succeeded, -each, by a feathery pappus, connected by a slender stalk with -a seed, and serving as a wing to bear the seed away when the -ripening time arrives. The convex receptacle, in form so much -like a pincushion, is, indeed, covered with seeds, whose feathery -appendages are crowded into semi-globular form, ready, however, -to take flight on the least breath of wind which may be -strong enough to bear away to fresh fields and pastures new the -tiny germs of the hardy life which lends the beauty of its presence -to brighten forlorn waysides and neglected wastes.</p> - -<p>We must include the crocus (<i>Crocus vernus</i>) among the possible -flowers of January, although the flowering calendar of the -gardener will ordinarily be found to assign a later date for its -period of blossoming.</p> - -<p>The crocus blossom offers the advantage of largeness to those -who may wish to carefully study the curious organs of plant -flowers. The most conspicuous external feature of the common -crocus is the long-tubed purple perianth, divided into six segments, -or pieces, constituting the vase-like flower head. Within -the floral envelope are contained first the ovary, surmounted by -a style which traverses the whole length of the long, narrow -tube of the perianth, and is crowned just above the point where -the tube expands into its petal-like segments, by a curious -three-cleft stigma, each lobe of which is club-shaped or wedge-shaped, -and jagged at its extremity. Some little distance below -the level of the stigma are reared the anthers of the stamens, -three in number. When the pollen grains from these organs -have fertilized the ovary, by the agency of the stigma and style, -the office of the perianth is fulfilled, and it, with the stamens -and stigma, begins to wither and disappear. Then the ovary is -enlarged, and rising on a slender stalk from the top of the bulbous -root on which it was seated when the floral envelope was -present, becomes exposed to the air, and ripens the seeds within -its three-celled capsule.</p> - -<p>In some of our woods in January may occasionally be found, -though it is not widely distributed, the green hellebore (<i>Helleborus -viridis</i>). The five oval-shaped, green lobes which form -the floral envelope are not, as at first might be supposed, petals -but sepals, the much smaller petals, eight or ten in number, occupying -the inner portion of the blossom, and immediately surrounding -the numerous stamens. These petals, or, as they -might be called, nectaries, contain a poisonous honey, and the -whole plant, indeed—leaves and flowers—is very poisonous.</p> - -<p>We may perchance, before the month is out, light upon the -pretty blue blossoms of the field speedwell (<i>Veronica agrestis</i>), -with its hairy, deeply-indented and somewhat heart-shaped -leaves, placed in opposite pairs along its branching stems, or, -perhaps, upon its relative, <i>Veronica buxbaumii</i>.</p> - -<p>In wood and copse before the close of January, we may note -the sylvan precursor of the green splendor of the later spring—the -leafing honeysuckle, the earliest harbinger of sylvan verdure -in the days to come. The little leaves have not yet revealed -their size and form, and without close examination the -light-brown, spiry twigs would appear to wear only their normal -wintry aspect. But if we look narrowly at them we shall note -the tiny spots of green at the stem knots, where the minute -leaves are struggling to emerge from the bud cases. Earliest -in leaf among the shrubs and trees of the hedgerow and forest, -the woodbine is the latest in flower—spreading, even late in -autumn, its sweet fragrance through thicket, copse and dell.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<p class="center">Childhood is the sleep of reason.—<i>Rousseau.</i></p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<h2><a name="BOTANICAL_NOTES" id="BOTANICAL_NOTES">BOTANICAL NOTES.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Prof.</span> J. H. MONTGOMERY.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The numberless uses for india-rubber in this century has -made it an indispensable article of commerce and manufacture, -consequently its production has become a great industry. -Whether the known forests will continue to supply the demand -for any considerable time is a practical question. Right -here comes the intelligence, that the attention of the government -in India has been called to a new source of this useful -gum. This new plant which yields large quantities of pure -caoutchouc is a native of Cochin China, and is common in -Southern India. It belongs to the <i>dog-bane</i> family (the same -family that yields strychnine), and is called <i>Prameria Glandalifera</i>. -In lower China its liquid juice is used for medicine -by the Anamites and Cambodians, and it also appears among -the drugs of China.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The Norwegian, Schübeler, mentions some striking peculiarities -of plants in high latitudes. He says that seeds produced -in these regions are much larger and weigh more than those -grown in more temperate climates. The leaves, also, of most -plants are larger in the north than those of the same species farther -south. Flowers which are white in warmer climates, become -colored when they blossom in the north. All these differences -he ascribes to the continued light of long days.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>It is noted by naturalists that Arctic plants are destitute of -odor as a rule; only a few having a faint scent.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>It appears from an English paper that the secretary of the -Royal Society transplanted sea-weed to earth that was kept -constantly moist, and that the plants grew and flourished under -what would seem to be very unnatural circumstances. This -would be an experiment worth trying with our fresh water -plants.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>By placing the stems of freshly cut flowers in a liquid dye -their petals may often be colored or changed in color. This -will not always happen, however, as certain colors are not absorbed -by flowers. These dyes do not in any way change or -affect the perfume or freshness.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The time honored method of determining the age of trees by -counting their concentric rings has received some very hard -blows from recent observations made on the growth of trees. -An article in the <i>Popular Science Monthly</i>, from the pen of A. -L. Childs, M.D., gives some facts which show that these rings -do not indicate the age of the tree, and shows what they do -indicate. The following passages from the article will give the -ground on which his deductions are based: “In June of 1871 -I planted a quantity of seed as it ripened and fell from some -red maple trees. In 1873 I transplanted some of the trees from -these seeds, placing them on my city lots in Plattsmouth, Nebraska. -In August, 1882, finding them too much crowded, I -cut some out, and, the concentric rings being very distinct, I -counted them. From the day of planting the seed to the day -of cutting the trees was two months over eleven years. On -one, more distinctly marked (although there was but little difference -between them), I counted on one side of the heart forty -rings. Other sides were not so distinct; but in no part were -there fewer than thirty-five. * * * * Hence, from my own record, -I <i>knew</i> the tree had but twelve years of growth; and yet, as -counted by myself and many others, it had forty clear concentric -rings. * * * Hon. R. W. Furness, late Governor of Nebraska, -so well known as a practical forester, has kindly furnished me -with several sections of trees of known age, from which I select -the following: A pig-hickory eleven years old, with sixteen -distinct rings; a green ash eight years old, with eleven very -plain rings; a Kentucky coffee-tree ten years old, with fourteen<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span> -very distinct rings, and, in addition to these, twenty-one sub-rings; -a burr-oak ten years old, with twenty-four equally distinct -rings; a black walnut five years old, with twelve rings. -* * * In conclusion, that the more distinct concentric rings of a -tree approximate, or in some cases exactly agree, in number -with the years of the tree, no one, I presume, will deny; but that -in most, and probably nearly all trees, intermediate rings or -sub-rings, generally less conspicuous, yet often more distinct -than the annual rings, exist is equally certain; and I think the -foregoing evidence is sufficient to induce those who prefer truth -to error to examine the facts of the case. These sub-rings -or additional rings are easily accounted for by sudden -and more or less frequent changes of weather, and -requisite conditions of growth—each check tending to solidify -the newly-deposited cambium, or forming layer; and, as long -intervals occur of extreme drought or cold, or other unfavorable -causes, the condensation produces a more pronounced and -distinct ring than the annual one.”</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="C_L_S_C_WORK" id="C_L_S_C_WORK">C. L. S. C. WORK.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By Rev. J. H. VINCENT, D.D., <span class="smcap">Superintendent of Instruction</span>.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The readings for January are: “Philosophy of the Plan of -Salvation,” fourteen chapters; Chautauqua Text-Book, No. 18, -“Christian Evidences;” Chautauqua Text-Book, No. 39, -“Sunday-school Normal Work;” Required Readings in <span class="smcap">The -Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“Memorial Day” for January: “College Day,” Thursday, -January 31.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The map of southern Europe, by Monteith, contains a good -map of Greece. Published by A. S. Barnes & Co., of New -York. Price, $5.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Persons who are reading for the additional White Seal for -graduates of ’82 and ’83 need not read the Brief History of -Greece if they read Timayenis, Vols. 1 and 2.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>By sending forty cents to Miss Edith E. Guinon, Meadville, -Pa., members of the classes of ’82 and ’83 may procure badges.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A student of the C. L. S. C. in Idaho writes: The pupils of -the public school will one day be Chautauquans. There is enthusiasm -over everything in the course that we enjoy together, -and that is a considerable portion of it. We talked over the air -when the loveliest blue mist hung for days between us and our -most beautiful mountains’ snowy peak. * * * My pupils have -treated our very near Chinese neighbors with more consideration -since the reading of “China, Corea, and Japan.” * * * -This is only the second year of school-life in our place, and we -are largely indebted to the C. L. S. C. for help in overcoming -some difficulties incident to a first struggle.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>One good English sentence committed every day will greatly -enrich one’s vocabulary in the course of a year.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“Don’t” is a good little manual of manners, but Miss -Josephine Pollard’s Chautauqua Text-Book, No. 43, on “Good -Manners,” is better. “Don’t” fail to read and practice “Good -Manners.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Try to pronounce your words accurately and distinctly. Accept -with gratitude all hints which drive you to the dictionary. -Avoid over-sensitiveness when corrected by fellow-student, -friend or foe.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A telegraph operator writes: “Coming from the beautiful -village of ——, Wis., where I was a member of a flourishing -circle, and finding myself in this little western town on the -Minnesota prairies, how could I pass the long tedious hours of -the night if it were not for the studies of the C. L. S. C.? I am -a night operator for the railroad company, and while the great -majority of the great army of the C. L. S. C. are asleep and -dreaming, I am studying. Thank God for the C. L. S. C.! -How much broader life seems since I commenced these studies, -and it is a pleasant thought to me that in ’86, when I graduate, -I shall possibly be able to go to Chautauqua, and to shake -hands with you.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The Monteagle Assembly (Tennessee) last summer developed -an intense C. L. S. C. enthusiasm. The meetings were lively, -largely attended, and increased in interest to the very close of -the Assembly. A committee was appointed to erect a C. L. S. -C. building at Monteagle. I call upon all members of the C. -L. S. C. to do what they can in the way of contributions to this -Monteagle building. I am anxious not to turn the C. L. S. C. -into an advertising channel for local interests, but the Monteagle -movement, covering as it does the whole southern field, -deserves our hearty sympathies, and I hope that many members -will feel free to send contributions of any sum to the secretary, -Rev. J. H. Warren, Murfreesboro, Tenn.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>I take pleasure in commending to the members of the C. L. -S. C. the “Comprehensive Biographical Dictionary,” by Edward -A. Thomas, published by Porter & Coates, Philadelphia. -It contains several steel-plate engravings and 590 pages. -Price, $2.50 to $4.50, according to the binding.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Miss S. A. Scull, of Philadelphia, has prepared, and Porter & -Coates have published an admirable abridgement of “Greek -Mythology,” helpfully classified. It is amply illustrated and -adapted to the school or to private use.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Every Chautauquan will mourn over the death of Mr. Van -Lennep. He was a simple hearted, sincere, unselfish worker, -a member of the class of ’86, a true friend, a loyal Chautauquan.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Scripture Readings for January, 1884:</p> - -<p>First week, Genesis, 1st chapter.</p> - -<p>Second week, Genesis, 13th chapter.</p> - -<p>Third week, Genesis, 23d chapter.</p> - -<p>Fourth week, Genesis, 32d chapter.</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="OUTLINE_OF_C_L_S_C_READINGS" id="OUTLINE_OF_C_L_S_C_READINGS">OUTLINE OF C. L. S. C. READINGS.</a></h2> - -<hr class="tb" /> -<h3>JANUARY, 1884.</h3> - -<p>The required readings for January, 1884, include “Philosophy -of the Plan of Salvation,” by Rev. James B. Walker; -Chautauqua Text-Book, No. 18, “Christian Evidences,” and No. -39, “Sunday-school Normal Class Work;” the Required Readings -in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p><i>First Week</i> (ending January 8).—1. Philosophy of the Plan of -Salvation, from the “Introduction,” page 25, to the end of -chapter ii.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in German History and German Literature in -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings for January 6, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p><i>Second Week</i> (ending January 16).—1. Philosophy of the Plan -of Salvation, from chapter iii, page 59, to the end of chapter -vi.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in Political Economy and Physical Science in -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings for January 13, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p><i>Third Week</i> (ending January 24).—1. Philosophy of the Plan -of Salvation, from chapter vii, page 90, to the end of chapter -ix.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in Art in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings for January 20, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p><i>Fourth Week</i> (ending January 31).—1. Philosophy of the Plan -of Salvation, from chapter x, page 122, to the end of chapter -xiv.</p> - -<p>2. Readings in American Literature in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>3. Sunday Readings for January 27, in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2><a name="SUNBEAMS_FROM_THE_CIRCLE" id="SUNBEAMS_FROM_THE_CIRCLE">SUNBEAMS FROM THE CIRCLE.</a></h2> - - -<div class="poetry-container"> - <div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">God speed our cause! God keep it true,</div> -<div class="verse">Year after year its work to do,</div> -<div class="verse">Until the perfect morn appears,—</div> -<div class="verse">Until beyond the line of gray</div> -<div class="verse">Climbs up to heaven the perfect day</div> -<div class="verse">That ushers in the Thousand Years.</div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="center"><i>From a C. L. S. C. poem read before the local circle of Franklin, -Mass., October 1, 1883.</i></p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>In an editorial on the C. L. S. C. a Canadian editor makes -the following computation: “The classes of the past numbered -a total of 34,800. If 20,000 are added this year we shall have -a school of 55,000. Last year’s class numbered 14,000, an increase -of sixty per cent. The same ratio will give us in another -year a membership of 78,000, and in another year of over -one hundred thousand. Think of a school of <i>one hundred -thousand pupils</i>! Where will it stop?”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>We have been asked to furnish the names and addresses of -the various class presidents. They are as follows: President -of class of 1882, Rev. H. C. Pardoe, Danville, Pa.; class of -1883, Rev. H. C. Farrar, Troy, N. Y.; class of 1884, Hon. John -Fairbanks, Chicago, Ill.; class of 1885, Mr. Underwood, Meriden, -Conn.; class of 1886, Rev. B. P. Snow, Biddeford, Me.; -class of 1887, Rev. Frank Russell, Mansfield, O.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A Pittsburgh paper says: The Allegheny County Alumni -Association of the Chautauqua Literary and Scientific Circle -has become an institution. Composed as it is of the thinking -people of Pittsburgh and Allegheny its success is not phenomenal, -but is entirely merited. Last night the alumni were “at -home” for the third time at the Seventh Avenue Hotel to their -friends. They number about seventy people, and are as proud -of their badges with their seals attached as a Knight of the -Legion of Honor. The members and their friends met and -chatted, much as other people do on such occasions, in the -ladies’ parlors. The guests were taken care of by the president -and secretary in handsome style, and at 8:30 the banquet supper -was announced. Supper over the guests were provided -with pure cold water, with which to toast the association. Dr. -Eaton said it was a most dangerous proceeding at that time of -night, nevertheless it prevailed. Dr. Wood announced a song -at the conclusion of his toast to the Circle. It was of the Chautauqua -series, “We gather here as pilgrim bands.” “The C. L. -S. C., an untried experiment in 1878, but a grand success in ’83,” -was the topic proposed for Prof. L. H. Eaton. He is one of the -oldest and most enthusiastic members of the society, and has -only missed one meeting in ten years at Chautauqua. The -struggles and triumphs of the order was an easy subject to him -and he was generally applauded at the conclusion of his remarks. -“The order of the White Seal” by Miss Jennie Adair, -followed. Mr. A. M. Martin, Secretary of the Grand Assembly -of the Association, spoke upon “The Heroes.” He gave a -short history of the Circle. The women are pronounced the -heroes. “The class of ’83,” Miss N. G. Boyce; Alumni Song -of ’83; “Our public schools the pride of the American people,” -Miss M. E. Hare; Select reading, Miss Lizzie K. Pershing; -Grecian history, Mr. D. W. Jones; Lawrenceville class of ’82, -Thos. J. Ford; The Ladies, Professor Steeth. The toasts were -all good, many of them humorous. When the party rose, it -was an “all rounder” (cold water) to the prosperity of the -Chautauquan culture.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A Pennsylvania member of the C. L. S. C. writes us: “I am -a man in middle life (44 years old) with a family of four children -to look after. I do a varied business, merchandising, -lumbering and farming. I believe they call me the hardest -working man in the village, but I have found time to complete -the course, and have derived great benefit, as well as enjoyment, -while reading. My main object has been to prepare myself -as best I could, under the circumstances, to better educate -and direct the minds of the children growing up around me, -and by encouraging good reading to drive the bad away.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The editor of the <i>Home and School</i>, Toronto, (Ont.,) has received -the following from a young man in Manitoba: “You -will probably remember that I wrote you in regard to some -systematic sourse of reading just about three years ago, and -that you sent me circulars of the C. L. S. C., and also said you -would be happy to hear of my success in prosecuting the -‘course,’ etc. Well, owing to a change of circumstances and -other unforeseen events, I have been unable to take the ‘course,’ -though I procured some of the books, and have been a constant -subscriber to <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>. I must thank you for -sending me those circulars. The little I have read in the -‘course’ has been a very great benefit to me, indeed. It has -improved my mind, and given me a greater desire for more -knowledge; but, perhaps, better still is this: This year myself -and a younger brother—I am twenty-two years old—have -joined the ‘Circle,’ and we are at present talking about getting -up a ‘local circle,’ and, indeed, have things about arranged for -it. I was so pleased with all this that I could not refrain from -writing and telling you, as you were the one who first sent me -the circulars.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>In a pleasant letter to <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> the secretary of -the local circle of Muscatine (Iowa) says: “The graduates of -1882 still remain banded together, and are this year pursuing -the special course of Modern History. ‘Fifteen’ is still a favorite -number, the number with which the class was organized -in 1878, the number that graduated, and the number that are -at present pursuing the special course.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A paper in Muscatine, Iowa, furnishes this word picture: -The Bryant memorial, at the residence of P. M. Musser, was -one of the most pleasant and successful anniversary meetings -in the history of the Muscatine Chautauqua circles. There was -a large attendance of both circles and invited guests, and the -program proved unusually interesting and entertaining. The -music, which was so appropriately interspersed through the -program, was of a high order of merit, each number exhibiting -much practice and study. The literary program consisted -mainly of finely-rendered recitations and readings from Bryant’s -poems. There was a charmingly-written sketch of Bryant’s -life, which abounded with valuable and interesting facts -in regard to the great poet’s life and the development and -growth of his poetic genius; also a description of Bryant’s 80th -year memorial vase, whose design was so exquisite in beauty -and expressive in sentiment. The special interest of the evening -centered in the discussion on the question—Resolved, that -Bryant, as a poet, is more American than Longfellow. The -question was evidently adopted, not for the purpose of drawing -odious comparisons or in any way detracting from the renown -or genius of either of America’s greatest poets, but for the purpose -of presenting the special characteristics of both. After -extending thanks to Mr. and Mrs. Musser for the cordial hospitality -of the evening, the exercises closed. The Bryant memorial -is an occasion to be remembered.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A lady has related to us this interesting experience in the C. -L. S. C.: “In the fall of 1879, while going across the Rocky -Mountains in a stage, a lady (a perfect stranger) told me about -the C. L. S. C. She had the text-book on English History with -her and was studying it. I had just completed a college course, -but felt so unsatisfied with the little I knew, and was longing -for some one to direct me. I knew not what to read, nor how -to read. We were in the same town that winter—Bozeman, -Mont.—and with a friend formed a circle of three. Next year -I returned home (Missouri), but too late to have a circle. Our -people had never heard of it. Well, a meeting was held and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span> -our numbers ran up to forty-seven. How our hearts were gladdened! -They have all joined as regular members, and seem -so interested. Quite a number have expressed their regret to -me that they did not join before.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The president of the Knoxville circle, Mrs. Delia Havey, -graduated at Monteagle last summer, being the first graduate -from the southern Chautauqua. <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> has neglected -to mention that there was a graduate at Monteagle, but -is very glad to note the fact.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>At Lake View a New England Branch of the class of ’85 was -organized, with the following officers: President, Rev. J. E. -Fullerton, Hopkinton, Mass.; vice-presidents, Miss Lena A. -Chubbeck, New Bedford, Mass., Miss Alice C. Earle, Newport, -R. I., Miss Marcia C. Smith, Swanton, Vt., Mr. J. B. Underwood, -Meriden, Conn.; secretary and treasurer, Mr. A. B. Comey, -South Framingham, Mass. The badge of class ’85 can be obtained -of the president. Each member of the class of ’85 residing -in New England is requested to send his name and address -to the secretary at South Framingham, Mass.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The Augusta, Me., local circle puts a copy of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -into the Y. M. C. A. reading-room of that city. -Through the efforts of the secretary of the circle, a C. L. S. C. -circle has been formed among the young men of the association. -The Y. M. C. A. reaches in most places a large number -of young men whose opportunities for culture are limited. -Wherever a society is formed which offers them a systematic -and thorough course of reading, they almost invariably will -avail themselves of its advantages. Other circles may profitably -follow the example of our Augusta friends.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Under the very efficient management of the president, Rev. -B. P. Snow, the interests of the class of ’86 are being subserved. -He requests that secretaries of local circles in New England -forward to the secretary of the New England organization of class -of ’86, Miss Mary R. Hinckley, New Bedford, Mass., name of -circle, officers, number of members, and number of class of ’86. -Those reading alone are requested to forward name and residence. -Let this be promptly attended to, that the organization -of this energetic branch of the class of ’86 may be completed.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div><h2><a name="LOCAL_CIRCLES" id="LOCAL_CIRCLES">LOCAL CIRCLES.</a></h2> - - -<p><b>Canada</b> (Toronto).—The Metropolitan Circle, C. L. S. C., held -the first meeting of the season on Saturday evening, October -27th, and elected officers for the year. The commencement is -an encouraging one, and we expect a good season’s work. -Nearly a quarter of the members are in the graduating class -this year, and most of them will probably go to Chautauqua for -their diplomas. I must thank the correspondent from Knoxville, -Tenn., for the report from that circle in the November -<span class="smcap">Chautauquan</span>. It has the right ring. We most heartily reciprocate -the greeting, and trust that they, as we, are only in our -infancy of strength.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Ontario</b> (St. Thomas).—The <i>Evening Journal</i>, of St. Thomas, -says of the first meeting of local circles in that city: The inaugural -meeting of the St. Thomas Arc of “The Chautauqua -Literary and Scientific Circle” was held last night. Thirteen -members reported themselves ready for systematic reading. -The work of organization was proceeded with and officers were -elected for the ensuing term. The meetings are to be held every -alternate Tuesday evening. After completing plans for work -in detail, the following resolution relative to the death of the -late Mr. Robert Armstrong, was moved and carried: Resolved, -that we, the St. Thomas circle of C. L. S. C., desire to express -our deep and heart-felt sorrow at the demise of our esteemed -and estimable brother, Robert Armstrong, who was removed -from our midst by the mysterious and yet wise hand of kind -Providence, all the more to be regretted from the fact that -our late brother was taken away ere we had yet fully organized -our local circle, he being among the first who united at the inception -of it. And, also, we shall miss his cheerful face and -his sterling Christian character in our intercourse. But at the -same time we feel that what is our loss is his gain, he being admitted -into that great circle and to the Fountain-head of all -knowledge. Resolved, that our secretary be instructed to record -these resolutions in the minutes of our circle, and that -our city papers be furnished with a copy of the same.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Maine</b> (Auburn).—The Auburn C. L. S. C. resumed its work -in October, and holds its meetings every second and fourth -Friday of each month. We have had large accessions to our -membership, and we can no longer be accommodated in private -parlors. We have obtained the use of the G. A. R. parlor, -where we shall meet for the winter. We have used the -questions in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> in our work heretofore, but are -now about to try the experiment of the Round-Table method. -We think it a good plan to have every member contribute something -toward the evening’s work and instruction, and to that -end “topics” are given out by the president, which are usually -historical characters or subjects connected with our reading, -and are given in at the next meeting in the form of short essays, -or talks, just as the member chooses. We have music to -open and close the sessions, and usually find time for some social -converse after the work of the evening is over. On the occasion -of our observance of Bryant’s day, able papers on the -“Life” and “Works” of the poet were read, and selections -were read by various members, which, with music, made up a -very enjoyable program. We have obtained of the county authorities -the use of a room in the courthouse building (Auburn -being a shire town), free of cost, to be used for natural -history collections, and have already made a creditable beginning -in the way of minerals. We shall solicit, not to say beg, -specimens of anybody and everybody whom we think will be -likely to heed our call. Last winter, under the auspices of the -united circles of Auburn and Lewiston, Rev. George W. Perry -gave a series of six lectures on Astronomy, illustrated by the -stereopticon. Mr. Perry’s enthusiastic interest in his grand -theme, and marked clearness in conveying instruction make -him an able lecturer, and his efforts resulted in much profit and -quickening of interest among his hearers.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Massachusetts</b> (Lynn).—The Thorndike local circle was formed -in this city in October, 1882, with a membership of twenty, -which increased during the year to forty, most of whom have -kept up the required reading. We are very fortunate in having -as our instructor Prof. Edward Johnson, Jr., a well known and -successful teacher. Our meetings, which were public, were held -in the ladies’ parlor of the Boston Street M. E. Church. During -the year our instructor gave us several interesting and instructive -lectures on subjects connected with the study of the -prescribed course. We also had a lecture by Rev. W. N. Richardson, -of Saugus, a thorough Chautauquan, on “Self -Culture, and the C. L. S. C.,” and by the Rev. James L. Hill, of -this city, on “How to be at home at home.” Our meetings have -usually been held monthly, but we have concluded we can do -more and better work by having them oftener, and so have decided -to meet at the homes of the members semi-monthly. -Our meetings are full of interest, and there is an earnest determination -among the members to make this year one of great -success. We send greeting to our fellow students, and salute -them in the words of the song, “All hail! C. L. S. C.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Massachusetts</b> (Winchendon).—The Alpha Circle was organized -in December, 1882, with a membership of eleven, and we -now number eighteen. Our meetings are held once in two -weeks, and are well attended. Our program consists of essays, -readings, questions on topics studied, music, recitations, etc.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span> -This year our Committee of Instruction has adopted the plan -of choosing for each meeting two members to arrange the program. -This gives a greater variety of work and increases the -interest among all the members. We find the questions in -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> a great help, and frequently use the Chautauquan -songs and games.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Connecticut</b> (West Stratford).—A class of twenty-three members -has been organized here this fall for C. L. S. C. studies. -Much interest is felt, and our meetings are very thoroughly enjoyed. -We are proud to add our names to the large army of -students looking toward Chautauqua’s noble halls.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Rhode Island</b> (Providence).—Hope Circle began its second -year by holding its first regular meeting October 22. About -seventy-five persons were present. Miss Leavitt, who has visited -Chautauqua, conducted a C. L. S. C. Round-Table, which -the circle very much enjoyed. About fifty questions were asked, -and a few could not be answered; those unanswered were given -to a question committee, to be answered by them at the next -meeting. We began with fifteen members, now number fifty-nine, -and are constantly increasing. We hope, during the -winter, to have the other circles which are forming here, meet -with us and enjoy the lectures and talks which we propose to -have. We celebrated “Bryant’s Day” by holding appropriate -exercises. The entertainment consisted of piano solos, sketches -of the poet’s life, reading of his most noted poems, and Chautauqua -songs. All memorial days are celebrated in like manner.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>New York</b> (Saugerties).—Our little circle began the year’s -work with increased membership and interest. We now number -fourteen. Our weekly meetings are very pleasant. We -review the reading by questions and discussion, and have occasional -essays. We have grown into the writing so gradually -that the word “essay” has been robbed of its terrors. We began -with “five minute sketches,” and “essays” not exceeding -six pages, <i>all</i> writing at the same time, though not always on -the same topic. We found no difficulty in securing for our -Bryant day a very entertaining paper from one of our young -ladies, of a half hour in length.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>New York</b> (Troy).—Beman Park Circle, of this city, has fourteen -members and four officers. A critic is also appointed at -each meeting to observe all errors in language and report at -the next meeting. A special feature of our meeting is that our -president reads the lessons for one meeting ahead, and selects -questions, giving two or three to each member for special study. -Our meeting opens with the report of the secretary and the critic -of the previous meeting; then the questions that have been given -us are read and answered. Each one having given especial -attention to his two or three questions, we can converse more intelligently -than if we gave the same attention to all. Besides, -each seeks to obtain all accessible information on his special -subjects, which adds greatly to the interest of the meeting. After -this exercise we spend a short time in conversation of a literary -character, and then close.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>South Carolina</b> (Greenville).—On October 16 some of the young -people of this place met and organized a local circle; we now -have fifteen members. The membership consists mostly of -young ladies and young gentlemen who have finished college, -but are desirous of reviewing, and keeping up a literary taste. -We endeavored, in our organization, to combine the good features -of several different systems which we saw described in -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>. First, we have a question box, into which -each member is expected to place at least one question and not -more than four; these questions to have a bearing on the lesson -for the evening. The questions are read out by the secretary, -one at a time, and the president calls upon some member to answer -it. After this we have music by some member of the circle. -Thirdly, we have a selection read before the body, which -is followed in turn by an essay. Lastly, about twenty minutes -is devoted to a general exercise, during which time any member -may occupy the floor in delivering a short talk appropriate -to the lesson, or may call upon some one else to do so. All of our -members seem enthusiastic, and we think that much good will -be done. We appoint a critic at each meeting to note the performances -and pass criticisms thereon. We have a complete -organization, with a constitution, by-laws, and a full set of officers.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Ohio</b> (Perrysburg).—The local circle here was reorganized the -last week in September. We have a membership of fifteen, -an increase of nine over last year. This was accomplished by -the earnest work of some of our last year’s members, who were -at Chautauqua during the past summer. We meet once a -week. We follow the plan of work laid out in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, -and enjoy it very much. Our meetings are always opened -with one of the Chautauqua songs, followed by the reading of -a responsive service, then we talk about the week’s reading, or -have some one appointed to question the class, and occasionally -we have an essay or two. We celebrated Bryant’s day by -a little entertainment consisting of selected reading from his -works, essays, and music. Each member invited two friends, -so we had quite a gathering, and we all felt that the evening -had not only passed pleasantly, but to us, at least, it was also -profitably spent.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Indiana</b> (New Albany).—Our circle is an ever widening one; -indeed, it can scarcely be called a complete circle, as it is constantly -being broken in order to allow others to join hands with -those already enjoying its pleasures. The grading, however, -is complete, there being seniors, juniors, sophomores and freshmen. -No particular program is carried out. In our reading -we mark anything especially interesting, or about which we -wish an explanation; these points are asked for by the president, -at the next meeting, and thoroughly discussed or explained. -Sometimes when the members are undecided in regard -to the answer to any particular question, it is left over for -the next meeting, all the members in the meantime examining -all the authority they can on the subject.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Illinois</b> (Metropolis).—Our local C. L. S. C. for 1883-4 was organized -September 28. Our membership at present is nine, -consisting of beginners of the class of 1887. The manner in -which the work has been taken up and is being carried on -seems to indicate a year of solid work, and necessarily great -profit. Our president is energetic and self-sacrificing; and -with him as our leader we shall surely succeed.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Kentucky</b> (Hardinsburg).—We are a new society, numbering -only ten, organized last September by Miss Anna L. Gardiner, -a graduate of the C. L. S. C. class of 1882. What we lack in -numbers we make up in zeal. Already we feel that the Chautauqua -course of reading and study is necessary to our existence. -Our weekly meetings are delightful, and we are studying -hard, determined that our circle shall be one of the bright -stars in 1887. We celebrated Bryant’s day with the following -program: Opening exercises, Rev. R. G. Gardiner; Bryant’s -letter on the C. L. S. C., Miss Anna L. Gardiner; music, Myra -Heston; “Planting the Apple Tree,” Linnie Haswell; music, -Charles Jolly; “The Death of the Flowers,” Annie Bassett; -music, Linnie Haswell; “Thanatopsis,” Clare Jolly; music, -Myra Heston; reading, Col. Alf. Allen; music, Miss Clara -Jolly; “Forest Hymn,” Myra Heston; music, Linnie Haswell; -address on Life and Works of W. C. Bryant, Rev. J. G. Haswell; -song, “Good-night,” Miss Myra Heston.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Kentucky</b> (Lexington).—The second year’s work of the Lexington -Social Circle began the first week in October, with a -membership of thirty, adding to our last year’s number several -new names. Every month a committee of two is appointed by -the leader to prepare questions upon studies we then have.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span> -They have the right to appoint certain persons for any special -subject that the lesson may suggest. To give a clear idea of -how our circle is conducted I give the order of exercises of October -26. The class was called to order by the leader, and exercises -were opened by singing one of the C. L. S. C. songs, followed -by roll call, and the minutes of last meeting. Questions -were then asked by one of the committee on the lesson in -Greek History, bringing out all of the main points in the lesson; -then followed questions on American Literature by the other -member of committee, bringing in as special subjects, School -and Life of John Stuart Mill, Swedenborgian Doctrines, and the -Philosophy and Life of Coleridge; all of these having been -mentioned in our text-book of Literature. Following these we -had criticisms, our C. L. S. C. mottoes given in concert by the -class, and the business of the circle. Two hours having been -spent very pleasantly and profitably we had second roll call, -each member giving a quotation in answer to their names, after -which we adjourned.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Tennessee</b> (Knoxville).—The Bryant memorial day was observed -by our circle with appropriate services. The hall was -tastefully decorated with ivy and flowers. A large picture of -Bryant, wreathed with ivy, hung over the organ. The exercises -were opened with the C. L. S. C. hymn, “A Song of To-day.” -At roll call each member responded with a quotation from Bryant. -Essays were read on the “Life, Works and Death of Bryant,” -his “Influence and Friends,” and “The Bryant Vase.” -The following poems were read: “Planting of the Apple Tree,” -“A Forest Hymn,” and “The Flood of Years.” The circle -then joined in singing the closing hymn, “The Day is Dying.” -Many visitors were present, and the evening was pronounced -by all exceedingly pleasant.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Tennessee</b> (Memphis).—On October 1, 1883, a small band of -Memphians met and resolved to pursue the C. L. S. C. course -together, under the name of “The Southern Circle.” Mr. L. -H. Estes, a prominent young lawyer, who spent the month of -August at Chautauqua, was elected president, and really it is to -his earnest efforts that this circle owes its existence. We meet -the first and third Monday of each month, and find the -meetings both pleasant and profitable. All are highly interested -in the studies, and hope by zealous work to make the -circle well worthy of the name it bears.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Michigan</b> (Flushing).—There are twenty-one members of the -C. L. S. C. here. All are not able to attend our Hope class, -which was reorganized and held its first regular meeting October -5. Eight of us belong to the class of ’84, and to each the -reading has been a source of much enjoyment and instruction.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Minnesota</b> (Worthington).—The first meeting, held October 29, -was very enjoyable. At roll call each member responded with -a quotation from Bryant. A paper was then read on the Life -and Works of the poet. A short time was given to recitation -of the Greek History for the evening, with free conversation on -obscure or imperfectly understood points in the studies. The -evening was thoroughly enjoyed, and impetus given to a circle -already in a flourishing condition.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Iowa</b> (Des Moines).—The Alpha C. L. S. C. sends greeting to -sister circles throughout the land. Our class organized last -October with thirty members, and though to many of us—who -left our school rooms long ago—the work seemed almost appalling, -we have realized that we are never too old to learn, and -that after a little application our lessons are mastered far more -easily than we could have believed. The benefit is not merely -what we have acquired during the year, but in the incentive we -have to continue.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Missouri</b> (Carthage).—The Carthage Literary Association, -composed of the different societies known as C. L. S. C., Alpha, -N. N. C., Shakspere, and C. S. C., held a Longfellow memorial -service June 1st, 1882. The program was as follows: -Piano duet; sketch of Longfellow’s life; reading—Rain in Summer; -song—The Bridge; recitation—Famine; song—Rainy -Day; essay—Longfellow’s writings; reading (with chorus)—The -Blind Girl; Story of Evangeline; The Chamber over the -Gate; recitation—Launching of the Ship; Miles Standish’s -Courtship; song—Beware. Remarks were made by the president, -altogether making a very pleasant and profitable reunion. -Our second meeting, a Shakspere memorial, was held at the -Carthage Opera House, June 1, 1883. Program: Cornet solo—Old -Folks at Home; essay—The Mound Builders; duet (vocal)—When -Life is Brightest; reading—The Casket Scene, Merchant -of Venice; solo—Waiting; essay—A Sketch of Elizabeth; Literature; -tableau—Isabella; cornet solo—Mocking Bird and Variations; -recitation—Le Cid; tableau—Charlotte Corday in Prison; -essay—The Daughters of King Lear; solo—The Clouds have -Passed Away; essay—Women of Ancient Greece; tableaux—Queen -Anne. The stage decorations were highly artistic. Not -the least attraction was an elaborate monogram, copied from -the title page of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>. It was composed of scarlet -geranium blossoms, the groundwork of the leaves, and rested -upon an easel, facing the audience. It elicited many appreciative -remarks. Other memorials have been held by the -circle, both profitable and pleasant; the last upon Bryant’s -day.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>Dakota</b> (Chamberlain).—Here on the banks of the Missouri, -more than a thousand miles from its birthplace, has the Chautauqua -Idea found a home. We have formed a circle of twenty-seven -members. Two of these belong to the class of ’84; the rest -are freshmen. In our number are a banker, an editor, a physician, -a lawyer, two ministers, and a number of ladies who -might well occupy any one of these positions. We meet once a -week, and usually the week’s readings are reviewed by topics -drawn by each of the members from a prepared list. This -week we are to have a Longfellow evening, and the first number -of our paper is to be read. We intend that you shall hear -again from your frontier outpost at Chamberlain.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><b>California</b> (Sacramento).—It may not be too late to mention -our reunion of last June; it was held in the Presbyterian Church -parlors, which were well filled with an intellectual and deeply -interested audience. The place was beautifully decorated with -a profusion of flowers; pillars were twined with ivy, and banners -of the different nations whose history we had been studying -were arranged upon the walls, with the American flag falling -in graceful folds above the familiar C. L. S. C., which was -formed of flowers, each letter of a different color, arranged in -a half circle over 1883 in green. The literary exercises were -followed by the report of the year’s work, in which it was stated -that twelve hundred and fifty pages had been read during the -Chautauqua year of nine months; essays and papers, sixty-two; -questions prepared by committees and answered in writing, nine -hundred and twenty; total membership, thirty-eight; average -weekly attendance, twenty. The circle this year has taken a -step forward and has reached the rule of division, since our -numbers have increased so rapidly. A second circle has been -formed and named, in honor of our leader, “Vincent Circle.” -At our regular meeting on November 5, Bryant’s memorial day -was observed by an interesting program after our regular work -had been done, omitting only our oral exercises. Our circle -of twenty-one members has entered enthusiastically into the -year’s studies, and our method of work is as follows: Committees -select several topics from each study, upon which papers -are prepared and read the following week. From eight to ten -papers are read at each meeting, and oral exercises, consisting -of readings from <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>, the critic’s report, together -with our general business, complete the exercises. It is -our intention to observe each memorial day, and arrangements -are now in progress for an entertainment in which both circles -will unite.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2><a name="C_L_S_C_ROUND-TABLEL" id="C_L_S_C_ROUND-TABLEL"></a>C. L. S. C. ROUND-TABLE.<a name="FNanchor_L_12" id="FNanchor_L_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_L_12" class="fnanchor">[L]</a></h2> - - -<h3>WAYS OF ORGANIZING LOCAL CIRCLES AND PROVIDING FOR -THE POOR.</h3> - -<p>There are two points which I would be glad to have discussed -a little this evening that are of great practical interest to us in -extending the growth of the Circle into new territory. The first, -in ways of extending the influence of the Circle, and of organizing -new local circles. I do not mean ways of conducting -circles, or plans of managing your circles, but ways of introducing -the work where it is not now introduced, and of organizing -new circles in localities that know little or nothing about -the work of the C. L. S. C.</p> - -<p>Upon this point I should be glad to have testimony or suggestions -from any person who has had experience in that line. -We all feel that this work should be done. We understand the -embarrassments which prevent this extension. Yet, by comparing -notes one with the other, we may be able to overcome -the embarrassments. I should be glad this afternoon to hear -from a number in answer to this question: “How can we organize -new circles in localities that do not have them now?”</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A voice</span>: It seems to me, sir, if we would invite from the locality -in which we want to introduce a circle, one or two persons -to visit our own circle and see the work we are doing, we -might thus incite and be enabled to form a circle, taking the -one or two members whom we have invited as the nucleus.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: I think this is a very valuable suggestion.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Rev. W. D. Bridge</span>: Make use of C. L. S. C. stationery.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A voice</span>: I suggest this: Write an article for the local paper -explaining the objects and operations of the Circle, and appoint -a time and a place for all persons who have read the paper to -meet and talk it over.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: It is surprising to find out how many editors -there are who know nothing about the C. L. S. C. It is a good -plan to post them, especially local editors. Introduce them to -the little green book, and get them to read it through, or ask -them to listen while you read it to them. Any other suggestions?</p> - -<p>I will say in that connection that a plan was organized or -developed last year in what is known as the correspondence -committee. I had hoped that I should be able to have a report -from the correspondence committee of the Society of the -Hall in the Grove. A plan was organized before leaving -Chautauqua, concerning the way in which these articles for the -papers should be written. The members of the committee -wrote articles for the local papers, and corresponded with persons -in different parts of the territory which they represented. -As a result several new local circles were formed, and a good -many were induced to become members of the circle.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A voice</span>: I live in a little town of about one thousand inhabitants. -We had already organized a reading circle composed -of judges, clerks, merchants, mechanics, business men, -and women. We were thinking of taking the course of the C. -L. S. C. We shall have no difficulty in getting persons to come -for the purpose of organization. I would like to know how we -should proceed after we have gotten our people together. How -would you organize and conduct a local circle?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: The question has been asked several times -during the Assembly, and has been answered by numerous -testimonies from persons who are managers of local circles. -The best way is the simplest, appointing as few officers as possible, -having some one who will be responsible as conductor or -leader of the circle, and then put as much enthusiasm and life -into the organization as possible. The local circle organizations -vary almost as widely as the different places in which the -circles are organized. The organizations depend on the number, -the plans, and the dispositions of the persons who belong -to the circle. There are parlor circles, church circles, union -circles. Miss Kimball will be able to answer at the office any -specific question.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Rev. Mr. Pardoe</span>: I believe that local circles will organize -themselves, if the people understand the nature and the methods -of our C. L. S. C. work. There is a gentleman in New York -City who has a business engagement with about two thousand -of the leading weekly papers of this country, and he proposes -to insert an advertisement of any kind in the two thousand -weekly papers at a very low rate. I think it would be a very -wise thing for the parent organization at Plainfield to make a -contract with this gentleman, and throw the whole nature, -methods, objects and intentions of the C. L. S. C. work over -the United States at one bound.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. K. A. Burnell</span>: In connection with this matter of correspondence, -last week a lady told me that she was a member -of the correspondence committee, and gave me a very interesting -account of the letters she had received, and the joy that she -had from the letters that came to her.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: In the part of Pennsylvania from which I -come there are literary societies in almost every school house. -Could we not in some way bring these societies into our circle?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: Is there any way of getting the members of -such societies into the C. L. S. C.?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: There is.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: It is not necessary to abandon the organization -that already exists to have all the members read the text books -of the C. L. S. C. The work can be done under the organization -existing, the circle reading the books and reporting to the -central office.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: There is a little bit of tract about an inch and -a quarter square, of four pages, that gives the points of the C. -L. S. C. At Island Park we sent persons to the back of the -audience with a bunch of these tracts, scattered them in the air -and everybody was curious to get them and read them. I think -a good many became interested who would not but for these -little bits of things.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Bridge</span>: I will have 20,000 of them here to-morrow -night for distribution.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: Then, of course, you can get the Popular Education -Circular by addressing Miss Kimball. It contains the -full plans of the C. L. S. C., and you can use them in your correspondence. -Any thing else to Suggest?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A lady</span>: There would be no difficulty in organizing circles, -but how shall we get people to understand the work and the -methods that are adopted? A great many very intelligent persons -have given so little attention to this movement as to be -utterly in the dark. It will require a good deal of persistence in -this work of organizing circles. I have had five years’ experience. -I have been through the class of ’82, and have, unfortunately -for the circle, I think, been retained as leader of the circle. -We have four circles which coöperate. We found some difficulty -in interesting the pastors of the churches in this work. I -wish every member of the C. L. S. C. here when she goes home, -because I rely on the ladies, to go to her pastor and personally -solicit him to take hold of this work and assist her to organize -a local circle. We did this in our circle. We secured the services -of the pastor as president. We interested him. He took -hold of it, and has been quite an assistance to us all the time. -I content myself with taking a book and sitting as superintendent, -so as to keep the work going on.</p> - -<p>It will be necessary to go to young men and women, and -older persons, and personally solicit them to join; personally -explain to them the nature of the course of reading, and how -it is done. You will have to do that by going to them personally -until you get them, and then it will require a good deal of -grace and a good deal of energy and perseverance to keep them -in the Circle after they are there. Young men who work all -day at the bench, or in the office at their books, complain that -they have not time to read, and you have to overcome that objection.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span> -You must show them that they have the time, and -that they can do it. Why, almost every young man, and I may -say almost every young woman, spends more time reading the -daily newspapers than it would require to read the whole course -of the C. L. S. C. in any year. By bringing these things to the -attention of these persons you may thus induce them to make -an extra exertion in this line.</p> - -<p>I say to them in this way, that so far as I am personally concerned, -I have not an hour in a week, I have not five minutes -in a day to devote to this work, yet for the purpose of inducing -them to go into the work, to go into the course of reading, I -make the sacrifice and do double work. When they see that -one person can do that, they feel like making the effort themselves.</p> - -<p>Then I have gone to the newspaper offices and have written -up reports of the meetings of the circle. I have taken occasion -in these little articles, writing up the proceedings of our meetings, -to explain what was meant by the C. L. S. C. course of -reading. There are a thousand things we might do for the -purpose of inciting an interest in this work.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: It has been suggested that members might arrange -for a series of meetings in September in the cities or -large towns near to their homes and send out to these cities or -villages one or two of the members of their own circle to talk -about the C. L. S. C. and answer such questions as might be -asked, requesting the pastors of the churches to announce that -the meeting would be held on such an evening of the week. -Then let them proceed at once to the organization of a local -circle, and appoint persons to take charge of it. I think that -there are very few towns in which such local circles could not -be organized, if such a course should be taken. Any suggestions -in this line? I want to call your attention to another thing, -and call out a few suggestions upon as interesting a proposition -as the other one. It may be delicate, and I hardly know -whether we may be helped by stating it, but I think we may, -and I will take the risk, at least, of presenting it. We recognize -the fact that a great many people who are connected with -the C. L. S. C. are poor; that a great many more would be connected -with it but for the fact that they are unable to provide -the necessary books, or to incur the simple expense even that -a membership in the C. L. S. C. involves. I would like to -know if there are any here who have any ways in connection -with their local circle work to reach such cases. I think it -would aid other circles, and help in aiding a deserving class of -people that we are not able now to benefit.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: If some person who has graduated would -loan his books to persons who were pursuing the course, it -would help them.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: So far as the books would be usable. The -books are changed somewhat each year.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A lady</span>: We have in Cincinnati a fund for that purpose. -We get a few lecturers each year, and have a fund for that purpose. -Last year we sent to the different libraries sets of our C. -L. S. C. books, and we hope to do that every year, so that we -can reach our members through the public libraries by tickets, -so that some will not have to buy any books, except the little -ten cent books.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: How many sets of the larger books? Just one -set?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A lady</span>: No, sir, we duplicate some of them. We duplicated -the astronomy and some of the larger books.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: I think the point mentioned is a good one, sets -of books in the City Library, and the Women’s Christian Temperance -Library, or the Y. M. C. A. libraries, or in the church -libraries, or Sunday-school libraries. Any other suggestions?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: That would be the best plan—to put them -into the Sunday-school libraries.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Bridge</span>: We have in New Haven a Women’s Christian -Association with a very flourishing C. L. S. C. branch. There -is no membership in the Y. M. C. A. as such. I think it would -be a good thing for our Women’s Associations in the towns and -cities to make circles of the C. L. S. C.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: In the place where I am there was no regular -circle. We only read a partial course, but we intend to join -this Circle this year. We gave some entertainments, and we -have a fund of $200 to buy books for this circle.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: In the local circle to which I belong we had -a course of lectures which netted us a little sum of money, and -we invested that in two sets of C. L. S. C. books last year, and -there were two members who were able to join us who would -not otherwise have done so.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Written question</span>: What would be suggested as the next -step after an interview with the pastor and his refusing to -assist?</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: Organize without him. I do not know of any -other way.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">A gentleman</span>: In large cities many churches have lyceums -and literary societies. The city of New York was my birthplace, -and until a few years I never heard of the C. L. S. C., -and, therefore, I think the suggestion to advertise it very wise, -especially in all the large cities. Where there are church lyceums -the C. L. S. C. could be very well introduced without -having to go through the introductory stage. In this way these -church organizations could be made very efficient, I believe. -Then church organizations so organized have gone through the -initiatory steps. I speak from experience, because I know that -in these organizations they lack very much the literary portion, -and they need some such systematic work as mapped out by -the C. L. S. C., to make them more practical and beneficial. -In these large cities you have the organization ready at your -hand, and all you want is to give the impetus and the necessary -instructions, and put before them this work. I speak of -such cities as Newark, New York and Buffalo. There is not so -much knowledge in them as there is in some of our small inland -towns.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: A very admirable suggestion. One of the -ways in which this correspondence committee would be of vast -service to the C. L. S. C. would be along this line.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Bridge</span>: New York City has only one local circle.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Gillet</span>: Of course there are readers there, but no local -circles. There is very little being done in Chicago. That -ought not to be so. If persons who are members, who have a -little leisure, will assist the correspondence committee in the -circulation of advertising matter and in personal letter writing -each year, it will be a great help. I think the problem in -advertising is this—an advertisement is headed with the letters -C. L. S. C., perhaps in a magazine, and people think it may be -some secret society, or something else, and turn from the page.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS" id="QUESTIONS_AND_ANSWERS">QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h3>SIXTY QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON “PHILOSOPHY OF THE -PLAN OF SALVATION.”—CHAPTERS 1 TO 14, INCLUSIVE.</h3> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By A. M. MARTIN, <span class="smcap">General Secretary</span> C. L. S. C.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>1. Q. What is the first fact developed in the experience of the -human family to be considered as a preparation for the investigation -which the author makes? A. There is in the nature of -man, or in the circumstances in which he is conditioned, something -which leads him to recognize and worship a superior -being.</p> - -<p>2. Q. To what extent is this characteristic true of man? A. -It is true of him in whatever part of the world he may be found, -and in whatever condition; and it has been true of him in all -ages of which we have any record, either fabulous or authentic.</p> - -<p>3. Q. What is the second fact connected with the first one -stated? A. Man, by worshiping, becomes assimilated to the -moral character of the object which he worships.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span></p> - -<p>4. Q. What history bears testimony to this fact? A. The -whole history of the idolatrous world.</p> - -<p>5. Q. Leaving the God of the Bible out of view, what has -been the character of the objects man has worshiped? A. -Those objects have always had a defective and unholy character.</p> - -<p>6. Q. What third fact is stated in connection with the other -two already given? A. There were no means within the reach -of human power or wisdom by which man could extricate himself -from the evil of idolatry, either by an immediate, or by a -progressive series of efforts.</p> - -<p>7. Q. How is this fact maintained? A. From the history of -idolatry, the testimony of the heathen philosophers, and the -nature of man.</p> - -<p>8. Q. What is said of the means and instrumentalities by -which his redemption would have to be accomplished if man -were ever redeemed from idolatrous worship? A. It would -have to be accomplished by means and instrumentalities -adapted to his nature and the circumstances in which he existed.</p> - -<p>9. Q. What was the first thing necessary to be accomplished -for man to relieve himself from the corrupting influence of -idolatry? A. That a pure object of worship should be placed -before the eye of the soul.</p> - -<p>10. Q. What was the second necessary thing in order to -man’s redemption? A. That when a holy object of worship -was revealed the revelation should be accompanied with sufficient -power to influence men to forsake their former worship, -and to worship the holy object made known to them.</p> - -<p>11. Q. What is mentioned as having a tendency to unite the -minds of a whole people into one common mind? A. Any -cause which creates a common interest and a common feeling, -common biases and common hopes in the individual minds -which compose a nation.</p> - -<p>12. Q. What are some of these causes that are especially -strong? A. A common parentage, a common religion, and a -common fellowship in suffering and deliverance.</p> - -<p>13. Q. Upon what people did these causes operate with peculiar -force? A. The Israelites.</p> - -<p>14. Q. What follows as the only rational conclusion in regard -to the discipline of the descendants of Abraham? A. -First, that the overruling intelligence of God was employed in -thus preparing material for a purer religious worship than the -world then enjoyed; and, second, that a nation could have -been so prepared by no other agent, and in no other way.</p> - -<p>15. Q. What is essential for man to believe that religion has -a divine origin? A. Man can not, in the present constitution -of his mind, believe that religion has a divine origin unless it -be accompanied with miracles.</p> - -<p>16. Q. If, therefore, God ever gave a revelation to man, with -what was it necessarily accompanied? A. With miracles, and -with miracles of such a nature as would clearly distinguish -the divine character and the divine authority of the dispensation.</p> - -<p>17. Q. In order to give any divine revelation to the Israelites -what two things were necessary? A. First, that God should -manifest himself by miracles; and, second, that those miracles -should be of such a character as evidently to distinguish them -from the jugglery of the magicians, and to convince all observers -of the existence and omnipotence of the true God, in contradistinction -from the objects of idolatrous worship.</p> - -<p>18. Q. In view of the idolatrous state of the world, and especially -in view of the character and circumstances of the Israelites, -of what is the demonstration conclusive in regard to the -miracles of Egypt? A. That the true God could have made a -revelation of himself in no other way than by the means and -in the manner of the miracles of Egypt; and none but the true -God could have revealed himself in this way.</p> - -<p>19. Q. In view of the established laws of the mind, how was -it necessary that the knowledge of God and human duty should -be imparted to the Israelites? A. By successive communications—necessary -that there should be a first step, or primary -principles, for a starting point, and then a progression onward -and upward to perfection.</p> - -<p>20. Q. In accordance with these principles God revealed only -what in the introduction of the Mosaic dispensation? A. He -revealed only his essential existence to the Israelites.</p> - -<p>21. Q. In what way does love for another always influence -the will to act? A. In such a way as will please the object -loved.</p> - -<p>22. Q. What are the most favorable circumstances possible -to fix an impression deeply upon the heart and memory? A. -First, that there should be protracted and earnest attention; -and, second, that at the same time that the impression is made -the emotions of the soul should be alive with excitement.</p> - -<p>23. Q. In view of the nature and circumstances of the Israelites, -what may be affirmed without qualification as to the -wonderful series of events connected with the exodus from -Egypt? A. That no combination of means, not including the -self-sacrifice of the benefactor himself, could be so well adapted -to elicit and absorb all the affections of the soul.</p> - -<p>24. Q. What are the four conclusions reached in regard to -the Israelites at this point in the investigation? A. 1. That -they were bound to each other by all the ties of which human -nature is susceptible. 2. Their minds were shaken off from -idols. 3. They had been brought to contemplate God as their -Protector and Savior. 4. They were without laws, either civil -or moral.</p> - -<p>25. Q. What fact, in regard to a rule of human duty, has the -whole experience of the world confirmed beyond the possibility -of skepticism? A. That man can not discover and establish -a perfect rule of human duty.</p> - -<p>26. Q. What is that power in the soul which pronounces upon -the moral character of human conduct itself dependent upon -and regulated by? A. The faith of the individual.</p> - -<p>27. Q. What is said of a law adapted to man’s nature? A. -It must be addressed to the understanding, sanctioned by suitable -authority, and enforced by adequate penalties.</p> - -<p>28. Q. In accordance with these legitimate deductions, what -did God give the Israelites? A. A rule of life—the moral law—succinctly -comprehended in the ten commandments.</p> - -<p>29. Q. In order to promote right exercises of heart in religious -worship, with what was it necessary that the Israelites -should be made acquainted? A. With the holiness of God.</p> - -<p>30. Q. In what manner was the idea of God’s moral purity -conveyed to the Israelites in accordance with the constitution -and condition of the Jewish mind? A. By the machinery of -the Levitical dispensation.</p> - -<p>31. Q. Of what is the demonstration conclusive, both from -philosophy and tact, as to the true and necessary idea of God’s -attribute of holiness? A. That it was originated by the patterns -of the Levitical economy, and that it could have been, -communicated to mankind, at the first, in no other way.</p> - -<p>32. Q. What is the only way in which a lawgiver can manifest -his views of the demerit of transgression? A. In no other -way than by the penalty which he inflicts upon the transgressor.</p> - -<p>33. Q. The more holy and just any being is, what follows as -to the penalty he would inflict for sin? A. The more he is opposed -to sin, the higher penalty will his conscience sanction -as the desert of transgressing the Divine law.</p> - -<p>34. Q. In what way only would the mind of man receive an -idea of the amount of God’s opposition to sin? A. By the -amount of penalty which he inflicted upon the sinner.</p> - -<p>35. Q. By means of burnt offerings what idea was distinctly -and deeply impressed upon the minds of the Israelites? A. -That God’s justice was a consuming fire to sinners, and that -their souls escaped only through a vicarious atonement.</p> - -<p>36. Q. When would the Mosaic machinery, which formed -the abstract ideas, conveying the knowledge of God’s true -character, be no longer useful? A. After those ideas were originated,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span> -defined, and connected with the words which expressed -their abstract or spiritual import.</p> - -<p>37. Q. In order to the diffusion of the knowledge of God -throughout the world by the method adopted by the Almighty, -what three things would be necessary as pre-requisites, and -which are facts as matters of authentic history? A. 1. That -the Jews who possessed those ideas should be scattered -throughout the world. 2. That their propensity to idolatry -should be entirely subdued. 3. That the new and spiritual -system should first be propagated among those who understood -both the spiritual import of the Hebrew language, and likewise -the language of the other nations to whom the Gospel was to -be preached.</p> - -<p>38. Q. What followed as soon as the new dispensation had -been introduced, and its foundations firmly laid? A. Jerusalem, -the center of the old economy, with the temple and all -things pertaining to the ritual service, was at once and completely -destroyed, and the old system vanished away forever.</p> - -<p>39. Q. What is necessary in order to a perfect system of instruction? -A. There must be both precept and example.</p> - -<p>40. Q. In what way only could human nature be perfected? -A. Only by following a perfect model of human nature.</p> - -<p>41. Q. Who is that model character? A. Jesus Christ.</p> - -<p>42. Q. Of what is the demonstration manifest that man has -received through the medium of Jesus Christ? A. A perfect -system of instruction; and a final and perfect revelation of -duty to God and man could be given in no other way.</p> - -<p>43. Q. What are two facts history furnishes that are peculiar -proofs of the Messiahship of Christ? A. First, the Jewish -prophets lived and wrote centuries before the period in which -Jesus appeared in Judea; second, on account of intimations, -or supposed intimations in their prophecies, the Jews were expecting -the Messiah about the time that Jesus appeared in -Judea.</p> - -<p>44. Q. If a person had appeared and conformed to the views -which the Jews entertained of a temporal Messiah, of what would -it have been direct evidence? A. That he was an imposter.</p> - -<p>45. Q. Give three reasons for this conclusion? A. 1. Because -their views were partial, prejudiced and wicked. 2. He -could not have conformed to their views and sustained at the -same time the character of a perfect instructor. 3. He would -not have fulfilled the predictions of the prophets concerning -him.</p> - -<p>46. Q. What follows, therefore, legitimately and conclusively? -A. That Jesus Christ was the Messiah of God.</p> - -<p>47. Q. In what other way was it necessary that Jesus should -establish his claim as the Messiah? A. By miraculous agency.</p> - -<p>48. Q. What condition in life would it be necessary that -the Messiah should assume in order to benefit the human -family in the highest degree by the influence of that condition? -A. In that condition which would have the most direct influence -to destroy selfishness and pride in the human heart, and -to foster, in their stead, humility, contentment and benevolence.</p> - -<p>49. Q. As it is an acknowledged and experimental fact that -the soul finds rest only in meekness, and never in selfishness -and pride of mind, of what is the demonstration therefore perfect -in regard to the condition Christ assumed? A. That -Christ assumed the only condition which it was possible for him -to assume and thereby destroy pride and misery, and produce -humility and peace in human bosoms.</p> - -<p>50. Q. In constituting the human soul, upon what has God, -in accordance with his own character, caused its happiness to -depend? A. Upon righteousness and goodness.</p> - -<p>51. Q. What was the whole force of the Savior’s teaching and -example designed and adapted to produce? A. Righteousness -and benevolence.</p> - -<p>52. Q. What conclusion follows from these two statements? -A. That Jesus was the Christ of God; because the Christ of -God could found his instructions upon no other principles.</p> - -<p>53. Q. What are the only two means by which truth can be -brought into contact with the soul? A. By perception and -faith.</p> - -<p>54. Q. What are their effects upon man’s conduct and feelings? -A. They are nearly the same, with the following remarkable -exception: Facts, which are the subjects of personal -observation, every time they are experienced, the effect upon -the soul grows less; while, on the contrary, those facts which -are received by faith, produce, every time they are realized, a -greater effect upon the soul.</p> - -<p>55. Q. This being true, which would be the method the better -adapted to bring the sublime truths of the new dispensation -to bear upon the souls of men? A. Faith.</p> - -<p>56. Q. What moral powers of the soul does faith govern? -A. The conscience and the affections.</p> - -<p>57. Q. Upon what does man’s interests, temporal and spiritual, -depend? A. Upon what he believes.</p> - -<p>58. Q. What does the belief of falsehood always destroy, and -how does the belief of truth guide man, and what does it secure -for him? A. The belief of falsehood always destroys -man’s interests, temporal and spiritual, and the belief of truth -invariably guides man aright and secures his best and highest -good.</p> - -<p>59. Q. It having been demonstrated that righteousness and -benevolence is the greatest good of the soul, what doctrine is -necessarily true? A. That doctrine which rectifies the conscience, -purifies the heart, and produces love to God and men.</p> - -<p>60. Q. What vital and necessary principle did Christ lay at -the foundation of the Christian system? A. “He that believeth -and is baptized shall be saved, and he that believeth not -shall be damned”—saved in accordance with the moral constitution -of the universe, and damned from the absolute necessities -existing in the nature of things.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div><h2><a name="CHAUTAUQUA_NORMAL_CLASS" id="CHAUTAUQUA_NORMAL_CLASS">CHAUTAUQUA NORMAL CLASS.</a><br /> - - - -<small>Season of 1884.</small></h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h3>LESSON III.—BIBLE SECTION.</h3> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h4><i>The Bible an English Book.</i></h4> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Rev. J. L. HURLBUT, D.D., and R. S. HOLMES, A.M.</span></p> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p>The Divine Revelation, whether spoken or written, has ever -been made to any people in their own language. But as languages -change their form and cease to be spoken, that which -is plain to one generation becomes an unknown tongue to another. -Hence arises the need of versions or translations. In -the stages whereby the Bible became an English book, we notice: -1. The ancient versions; 2. The mediæval versions; 3. -The modern versions. The student will observe concerning -each version: 1. The Scripture included; 2. Language; 3. -Date; 4. Place; 5. Authorship; 6. Historical notes.</p> - -<p>I. <i>The Ancient Versions.</i>—Out of many, we select the five -most important:</p> - -<p>1. <i>The Septuagint.</i>—The Old Testament; from the Hebrew -into the Greek, begun at an uncertain date, but completed -about 385 B. C., at Alexandria, the metropolis of the Mediterranean, -where a third of the population were Jews; by unknown -writers, said to have numbered seventy, hence its name -Septuagint, “Greek, seventy.” This translation, though strongly -opposed by the Jews of Palestine, became the Bible of all the -Jews of the Dispersion throughout the eastern lands.</p> - -<p>2. <i>The Samaritan.</i>—Containing the Pentateuch only, in a -dialect, the mixture of Hebrew and Aramaic, spoken by the -Samaritans, who worshiped on Mt. Gerizim; perhaps made as -early as 100 B. C., perhaps later; traditionally said to have -been translated by the Samaritan high-priest, Nathanael. For -many centuries the existence of this version was questioned, -until a copy was brought to Europe in 1616.</p> - -<p>3. <i>The Peshito.</i>—The whole Bible, in the Aramaic language,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span> -the common dialect (Peshito means “simple” or “common”) -of the Syrians, perhaps that spoken by Jesus and the Apostles, -of unknown authorship and date, perhaps about 175 A. D.; the -first translation made under Christian auspices.</p> - -<p>4. <i>The Targums.</i>—A Hebrew word meaning “interpretations;” -a series of Jewish translations of various parts of the -Old Testament; ten in number, several covering the same -books; in the Chaldaic dialect of Hebrew, dating from Onkelos, -A. D. 250 to 1000; arising from the oral translations handed -down in the synagogues, written after the destruction of Jerusalem.</p> - -<p>5. <i>The Vulgate.</i>—Word meaning “common;” whole Bible, -in Latin language; completed about A. D. 400, at Bethlehem -in Judea, by Jerome; made by revising older Latin translations; -at first opposed, but finally the standard Bible of the Roman -Catholic Church.</p> - -<p>II. <i>The Mediæval Versions.</i>—Not many translations were made -during the Dark Ages. 1. <i>Cædmon</i>, a monk (died 680), translated -the Bible stories into rude Anglo-Saxon verse. 2. <i>Aldhelm</i> -(died 709), a bishop, translated the Psalms into verse. 3. -<i>Bede</i> (died 735), “the venerable,” translated the gospel of John -into Anglo-Saxon, completing the work on the day of his death. -4. <i>King Alfred</i> (died 901), best of the kings of England, translated -certain portions, as the laws of his kingdom, called -“Alfred’s Dooms.” 5. <i>Wiclif</i> (died 1384), “Morning Star of -the Reformation,” a great scholar and enemy of Rome, translated -the New Testament into English in 1380, and, aided by -friends, the Old Testament in 1384. This great work was in -manuscript only, as printing was not yet invented.</p> - -<p>III. <i>The Modern Versions.</i>—The Reformation brought forth -the Bible from neglect and called out numberless versions, -of which we notice only a few of the greatest in English history.</p> - -<p>1. <i>William Tyndale.</i>—One of the early reformers made the -best translation ever wrought by any one man. This New -Testament was issued in 1525; the Old Testament not until -after his martyrdom in 1536.</p> - -<p>2. <i>Miles Coverdale</i>, a friend of Tyndale, made the first English -version by the consent of King Henry VIII., issued in 1535; -made not from Greek text, but from Luther’s German Bible -and the Vulgate; hence, less literal than Tyndale’s.</p> - -<p>3. <i>The Great Bible</i> (1539), made by command of Henry -VIII., by the influence of Thomas Cromwell; the first edition -a revision of Coverdale and Tyndale; second edition 1540, under -direction of Archbishop Cranmer, hence known as “Cranmer’s -Bible;” a book of great size, chained to the reading desk -in the parish churches.</p> - -<p>4. <i>The Geneva Bible</i> (1560), made at Geneva, Switzerland, -by a number of Puritan exiles from England. Its principal -translators were Whittingham, Gilby, Coverdale (above named), -and perhaps John Knox; a convenient quarto; the best translation -of the time; very popular with the Puritan element in -the English Church.</p> - -<p>5. <i>The Bishop’s Bible</i> (1568), under direction of Matthew -Parker, Archbishop of Canterbury under Queen Elizabeth; -mainly a revision of the Great Bible; prepared as a rival to the -Geneva version, but never as popular among the people, though -used among the clergy.</p> - -<p>6. <i>The Douay Bible</i>, a Roman Catholic version, made not -from the original, but from the Vulgate; the New Testament -published at Rheims in 1582, the Old Testament at Douay in -1609; the version in use among Romanists, having many notes -setting forth their views.</p> - -<p>7. <i>The Authorized Version</i> (1611), the translation now in -general use, made by forty-seven scholars under direction of -King James I.; begun in 1607, published in 1611.</p> - -<p>8. <i>The Revised Version</i> (1881), prepared by a company of -English and American scholars; in the main, much more -exact than the authorized version, and deserving of general -adoption.</p> - - -<h3>SUNDAY-SCHOOL SECTION.</h3> - -<h4>LESSON III.—THE TEACHER’S OFFICE AND WORK.</h4> - -<p>In this brief outline we propose to consider the teacher’s -office and work in five aspects:</p> - -<p>I. <i>The work of the teacher is for the gospel of Christ, hence, -first of all, the teacher should be a Christian.</i>—No person can -properly instruct others in the Gospel unless he be devoted to -the service of Christ.</p> - -<p>1. <i>He should be a Christian in belief.</i>—No one can speak -confidently and earnestly in behalf of a cause unless he believes -in it. One can teach mythology, but not Christianity, -without a firm conviction that the Bible is God’s book, and the -Gospel the declaration of the divine plan for saving men.</p> - -<p>2. <i>He should be a Christian in experience</i>; having passed -from death unto life, enjoying the consciousness of sonship, -and a communion with Christ; for only in this state can he -enter into sympathy with the Gospel, understand its mysteries, -and guide others into the way of salvation.</p> - -<p>3. <i>He should be a Christian in Life.</i>—The example will teach -more weightily than the words; therefore he must show forth -in his conduct the character which he would impart, and live -in the realm to which he would lead his class.</p> - -<p>II. <i>The teacher’s work is under the auspices of the church, -and therefore the teacher should be a church member.</i></p> - -<p>1. <i>He should be a church member in profession</i>, giving to the -church the benefit of his influence in the community, in return -for all the benefits that the church gives to him.</p> - -<p>2. <i>He should be a church member in loyalty</i>, holding an attachment, -not to the church in general, but to that particular -church whose doctrines, forms, methods and spirit are most -nearly in accord with his own views, and best adapted to aid -his growth in grace; devoted to it, laboring for it, and self-denying -in behalf of it.</p> - -<p>3. <i>He should be a church member in work.</i>—There are two -classes of people in every church, the idle and the working, -those who are carried, and those who carry. The teacher -should be one of the working members, bearing the church -upon his heart and its work in his hands.</p> - -<p>III. <i>The teacher’s work is with the Bible, and therefore the -teacher should be a Bible student.</i></p> - -<p>1. <i>A Bible student in teachableness</i>, going to the Word, not in -the spirit of criticism, but of reverence; studying it not to inject -into it his own opinions, but humbly to obtain truth which -shall feed his own soul, and supply the needs of his class.</p> - -<p>2. <i>A Bible student in diligence.</i>—The cursory glance at a -book may answer for the careless reader, but he who has it as -his work to teach the Word, must study it; not only the lesson, -but the volume which contains the lesson, for unless he has -knowledge of the book at large, he cannot understand the -specific lesson for his class; therefore the teacher should be a -constant, persevering, laborious student of the Bible.</p> - -<p>IV. <i>The teacher’s work has relation to living souls, and -therefore he must be a friend.</i>—No mere machine can teach -living hearts; to influence souls there must be a soul, not by -knowledge only, or by gifts of expression, but by the relation -of heart more than by any other power can scholars be led upward -to the best in thought and life.</p> - -<p>1. <i>He must be a friend in sympathy</i>, that is, in capacity to -feel with his scholars, which is very different from feeling for -them. He must be able in thought and feeling, to put himself -in his scholars’ place, to see the world through their eyes, and -to have an appreciation of their nature.</p> - -<p>2. <i>He must be a friend in helpfulness.</i>—Not the greatness of -our doing for others, but the spirit of it, measures our friendship. -By little kindnesses to his class the teacher can win their -hearts, and by tying them to himself, tie them to his Master.</p> - -<p>V. <i>The teacher’s work is a teaching work, and he must -therefore be a teacher.</i></p> - -<p>1. <i>He must be a teacher in knowledge.</i>—He must know his -lesson in all its departments and bearings, and with a wealth of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span> -information far greater that he expects to impart to his class; for -power in teaching proceeds more from the reserve force of -the things known and kept back, than from the things taught.</p> - -<p>2. <i>He must be a teacher in tact</i>; that is, in wisdom, to know -opportunities and skill to use them. Tact is a gift, but it may -be cultivated and improved by application. And, “if any of -you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men -liberally and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him.” -James 1:5.</p> - - -<h4>LESSON IV.—THE CANON OF SCRIPTURE.</h4> - -<p>The English word canon is a literal re-spelling of the Greek -word meaning “a straight rod,” hence, “a rule or standard.” -As used in reference to the Bible, it means:</p> - -<p>1. The rule or fundamental principle of truth.</p> - -<p>2. The catalogue of the books which contain that truth. As -there are two testaments, the old and new, it is necessary to -notice the canon of each separately, answering the question, -“How came the Bible in its present form?”</p> - -<p>I. <i>The Old Testament Canon.</i>—In the growth of the Old Testament -we can trace six stages.</p> - -<p>1. <i>The Oral Period</i>, extending from the earliest ages down -to the time of the patriarchs, during which the Divine Revelation -and the records of the past were transmitted by tradition, -or in a few detached documents, like Genesis x.</p> - -<p>2. <i>The Mosaic Period</i> (1500-1400 B. C.) When from ancient -manuscripts, tradition and revelation were written the book of -Job, and the earliest draft of the Pentateuch, and Joshua.</p> - -<p>3. <i>The Davidic Period</i> (1100-1000 B. C.), the age of Samuel, -David and Solomon, when, after the disorders in the time of -the Judges, literature began to flourish anew, and Judges, Ruth, -Samuel, the first draft of Psalms and Proverbs, the Song of -Solomon, and perhaps (but by no means with certainty) Ecclesiastes -were written.</p> - -<p>4. <i>The Prophetic Period</i> (800-600 B. C.), in the decline of the -monarchy, when the prophets suddenly arose to prominence, -and the books of Kings and most of the prophetical books were -written.</p> - -<p>5. <i>The Period of the Restoration</i> (500-400 B. C.), after the return -from captivity, when the writings of all the four greater -prophets were arranged, the prophecies of Haggai, Zachariah, -and Malachi were delivered, and the historical books of -Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah and Esther were written.</p> - -<p>6. <i>The Period of Arrangement</i> (400-150 B. C.). With the -time of Ezra and Nehemiah a new era began. No more books -were added, but the literature was systematized. Ezra made -the first compilation of the Scriptures; Nehemiah formed a -library of the recognized works (according to ancient Jewish -history); the work was revised under the early Maccabean -princes, and the writings assumed their present form. Josephus, -the historian, names as authoritative the same works -that are now recognized.</p> - -<p>II. <i>The New Testament Canon.</i>—The Old Testament was in -process of construction more than ten centuries, the New Testament, -less than one; but in it there was also a growth.</p> - -<p>1. <i>The Early Period.</i>—Between the death of Stephen, A. D. -37, and the council at Jerusalem, A. D. 50, were written the -earliest books, the Gospel of Matthew and the Epistle of -James.</p> - -<p>2. <i>The Pauline Period.</i>—Between the council at Jerusalem, -A. D. 50, and the destruction of Jerusalem, A. D. 70, appeared -the Gospels of Mark and Luke, the Epistles of Peter, the Epistles -of Paul and Hebrews.</p> - -<p>3. <i>The Closing Period</i>, after the destruction of Jerusalem, between -70 and 96 A. D., witnessed the Epistle of Jude, and the -Epistles and Gospel of John and the Revelation.</p> - -<p>How the systematic canon of New Testament books came to -be recognized can not now be ascertained. The matter was -probably determined by the inherent fitness of the writings -themselves. The worthy books lived, the unworthy dropped -out of notice, as may be seen by comparing the New Testament -with the New Testament Apocrypha. The councils -voiced the sentiment of the church in their decisions; and -though there were differences of opinion concerning a few -books, extending through the second and third centuries, by -A. D. 300 the list of canonical books in the New Testament -was generally accepted throughout the church, as it is still held.</p> - -<p>III. <i>The genuineness of the Bible</i>; that is, the belief that we -have the Bible substantially as it was written, without serious -interpolation or erasure, is supported by the following evidences -(Chautauqua Text-Book No. 18, pp. 26-27):</p> - -<p>1. The numerous ancient manuscripts now in existence, -which substantially agree in the text.</p> - -<p>2. The quotations from Scripture, and references to it, in the -writings of the early fathers and in the rabbinical paraphrases.</p> - -<p>3. The ancient translations of the Old and New Testaments.</p> - -<p>4. The decisions of early and learned councils.</p> - -<p>5. The jealousy and watchfulness of opposing sects, all of -which base their faith on the same Scriptures.</p> - -<p>6. The early controversies between Christians and their enemies, -referring to these books as authoritative upon believers.</p> - -<p>7. The reverence and scrupulous care of copyists of the -Scriptures in all ages.</p> - -<p>8. The unimportant character of the “various readings” in -the manuscripts, showing that their differences are of trifling -account. From these considerations it is certain that our Bible -does not essentially differ from the Bible of the primitive -church.</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<h2><a name="EDITORS_OUTLOOK" id="EDITORS_OUTLOOK">EDITOR’S OUTLOOK.</a></h2> - -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h3>THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE C. L. S. C.</h3> - -<p>The Chautauqua Circle is unlike all other circles. It possesses -three centers. Its intellectual center is the place where the superintendent -happens to be at any given moment; for where -the king is, there is the court. The center of its enthusiasm, -the Mecca of its members, is the Hall of Philosophy, among -the beeches of St. Paul’s Grove, where once a year the gates -are opened, the Arches are garlanded, and the Watch-Fires are -kindled. Its business center, which may properly be called the -headquarters of the C. L. S. C., is in Plainfield, New Jersey. -Few who pass around the corner of a modest brick building -near the railway station in that lovely country city, are aware -that they are in the shadow of the walls within which is transacted -the business of an organization numbering more than -fifty thousand, and extending its arms around the world. Two -rooms upon the second floor are all the space at present afforded -for the work of the office. There is great need of more -enlarged quarters. Its home was assigned when the Circle was -about a fourth of its present dimensions, and its business has -far outgrown the capacity of its capitol.</p> - -<p>One of the two rooms is the place where most of the clerical -work of the Circle is carried on by the efficient young secretary -and her lady assistants, who number from five to ten at different -seasons in the scholastic year. One young lady opens the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span> -letters received, which sometimes number twenty-three hundred -in a week, and never fall below eleven hundred, and assorts -them. Another finds constant employment in answering inquiries, -addressing circulars of information, in changing the names -and addresses of members who change their residences, or of -lady members who get married and change their names. About -ten per cent. of these people forget to state to which class they -belong, and consequently their names must be hunted up in the -different class-registers. [<span class="smcap">Mem.</span> Whenever you write to the office, -<i>always</i> mention the graduating year of your class.] Another -young lady keeps account of the fees, and writes receipts to -those who pay them, and quite frequently finds it necessary to -search the big books for the address of a member who has forgotten -to tell in what State he lives, and forgotten also that there -are twenty-seven towns of that same name in the United States. -[<span class="smcap">Mem.</span> Always be sure to give your postoffice address fully.] A -couple more of the staff are busy at certain seasons in filling and -addressing the envelopes which are sent three or four times a year -to upward of forty thousand people. It requires most of the time -of one person to file the letters, postal cards and outline memoranda -received from the members, for every scrap of writing -sent by members of the C. L. S. C. is duly arranged in its alphabetical -place, so that it can be referred to at any minute. -The secretary herself sits at a table whereon stands a formidable -pile of letters containing questions upon every subject imaginable -(beside others unimaginable); outline memoranda to -be examined, inquiries concerning seals on diplomas, a labyrinth -so intricate that nobody except the secretary has the clue; -requests for permission to substitute for the Required Reading -Mac-Somebody’s history of which nobody else has ever heard -the name; and occasionally a letter which warms one’s heart, -as it tells of the blessing which the C. L. S. C. has brought to -a far-away home. No letter remains long unanswered, and -no inquiry, however slight, is passed by.</p> - -<p>A very careful account is kept with each member of the C. -L. S. C., so that quite a history could be written of each student’s -relation to the office. To each class of the Circle is assigned -a large volume, ruled to supply blanks for all the data. -In this the names of the members are enrolled in alphabetical -order. Opposite each name are recorded the answers upon the -application blank; receipts of fees of membership, with dates; -receipts of outline memoranda, and a space for report as to the -member’s final destiny in the C. L. S. C., whether diploma -or withdrawal.</p> - -<p>The second of the two rooms at the headquarters might be, -from its general appearance, either a postoffice or a dove-cote. -It is cut up into pigeon holes, which fill it in every part, leaving -only narrow aisles for passage. In these boxes are kept the -envelopes which represent the members of the C. L. S. C. To -every member is assigned a large manilla envelope, upon which -is written the name and address; and into that envelope goes -every letter received from the said member, with his outline -memoranda, and answers to the questions on the application -blank. The envelopes are constantly called into use, as letters -from the members are frequent; and even after the class -which they represent has graduated they are still kept, so that -every application, letter, or outline memoranda, from the first -day of the Circle’s history can be recalled to view. Thus each -member can be assured that his name will have a double title -to be remembered in the generations to come. In the archives -of the C. L. S. C. will be found his enrollment, upon the page -of the volume containing the record of his class, and the envelope -which bears his name and contains several specimens -of his handwriting and signature.</p> - -<p>We look forward to a day, it is to be hoped not far distant, -when the office work of the C. L. S. C. shall enjoy more ample -accommodations. Its growing numbers give increasing work -and require larger room, and not long can the headquarters -of the C. L. S. C. be kept within their present narrow -bounds.</p> - - -<h3><a id="EVANGELISTS"></a>EVANGELISTS.</h3> - -<p>The term <i>Evangelist</i> literally means “publisher of glad tidings.” -It is met in the book of the Acts of the Apostles and in -the writings of Paul, and though from the meager accounts we -have of the organization and practical workings of the church -in Paul’s time it is difficult to determine the precise functions of -those to whom it was applied, yet there is general accord in the -notion that the Evangelists of the early church were a sort of -under-missionaries working under direction of the apostles and -preceding the pastors whose business it was to watch over and -minister to the local organizations. The position of Evangelist -was of great importance and usefulness. The name is bestowed -in praise and honor by Paul on one of his most esteemed -co-workers.</p> - -<p>Although in the literal and best sense every man called to -preach the Gospel is an Evangelist in that he is called to proclaim -the “glad tidings,” yet even in this nineteenth century -as well as in the first, there is room and work for the Evangelist -as he is conceived in the mind of Paul when he delivers -his exhortation to Timothy. So long as there remain, whether -within or without the pale of civilization, districts or localities -whither the proclamation of “good news” has not come, there -is a glorious sphere and mission for the Evangelist.</p> - -<p>But not such is our latter-day, nineteenth century Evangelist, -as he is commonly seen and known. He is not sent out by -and under direction of the apostles, nor does he, as a rule, go -in the name of any branch of the organized church. Not unto -the heathen or pagan, not even unto the “waste places” -where souls are in ignorance, perishing for lack of opportunity -to hear the Gospel. No, the “Evangelist” in this age and -country is an individual whose call has come in such a way -that the organized church is often ignored. He does not precede -civilization, but follows it on the railway train—not to the -frontier, but to the goodly town or city. Once there, if his preference -is consulted, it is not the “ragged portion,” with its sin -and neglect, but the most popular church with all its auxiliaries -of organ, choir, comfortable inquiry room, and the pastor as -first subordinate. For gathering a crowd he calls to his aid -that valuable assistant, the press. He is a “magnetic” man. -He usually brings along with him some marked improvements -in methods and theology. The latter sometimes consist in a -new and improved definition of conversion, and a short-cut -path through the old-fashioned wilderness of repentance. A -few weeks of “work,” “hundreds of souls,” a goodly number -of collections for the Evangelist interlarded, and he moves on -to the next engagement.</p> - -<p>Now that he is gone let us look around and see what he has -left behind him. He has made his impression, men say. Yes, -and he has left impressions, also. Here is one of them: It is -that the regular pastor, to whose zeal and faithfulness the -whole work must be indebted if it is to abide and amount to -anything, as a servant and workman of the Lord, is very inferior -to the stranger who made such a stir during the few weeks -of his sojourn. The impression obtains in the church that they -need not expect conversions under the regular ministry, but -must await the coming of another Evangelist. The result is -the lessening of the pastor’s influence in his church and community, -and the education of the people to expect no more -than a “tiding over” of the church till the time of another effort -under similar leadership.</p> - -<p>But not alone the church is educated to so think and expect, -but the education reaches the minister also, and when this is so -the result is simply deplorable. Bishop R. S. Foster in a recent -address to a conference class has so well and truthfully expressed -this result that we give his words: “It has become -common in these days to say of preachers, ‘this is a revival -preacher, and this is not.’ There is great harmfulness in the -suggestion, for we tend to arrange ourselves around this point: -We will be of the revival class, or not of the revival; as -if any ministry dare to be anything but a revival ministry; as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span> -if a man could be a minister without this power of the Holy -Ghost. We must set out to make ourselves revival preachers, -working preachers, that will make sinners feel the power of the -truth. And perhaps at this point I may say that it will be well -for us to take time and consider the field, for it has become a -popular idea for us to supplement our ministry by calling in -other people to help us out, by employing evangelists, irresponsibles, -running over the land, and burning it to a cinder in -many places, asking them to come in and do the work God expects -us to do.” If any one offers as an objection or protest -against the above views the question, “What of Mr. Moody -and others of signal success in this field of work?” we answer -that when to the name of Moody is added a <i>few</i> others the list -of their kind is exhausted. So we cite the proverb, “The exception -proves the rule.”</p> - - -<h3><a id="THE_NEW_TIME_STANDARDS"></a>THE NEW TIME STANDARDS.</h3> - -<p>One of our humorists has wittily depicted the blank astonishment -of ocean voyagers whose watches, “never out of order at -home,” utterly failed, as their owners journeyed to eastern -lands, to keep pace with the flight of time. Each noon as the -vessel’s officers made their observations and set their chronometers -with the advanced meridian reached, found the passengers’ -“Frodshams” lagging rearward. A matter, however, easily -explained. Time is regulated by the sun. Wherever the sun -is on a north and south line, or meridian, at that place it is -noon, and the time obtained by such an observation (to say -nothing of the equation of time) is “local” time. As, then, the -vessel moved east, each day it met the sun (or rather the sun -reached the meridian) earlier than on the day preceding, and -all the watches and clocks had to be put ahead just as many -minutes as equaled the number of minutes of longitude made -by the vessel. In sailing west, the sun would arrive at the -meridian later each day, and time-pieces would be too fast, and -would have each day to be correspondingly “turned back.”</p> - -<p>Of course, the same thing occurs on land. If we travel east -our watches become too slow; if west, too fast; and the traveler -is constantly occupied comparing his local time with those of -the places he visits and of the trains on which he is carried. If -in Pittsburgh, he finds western trains running by Columbus -time, twelve minutes slower than Pittsburgh; eastern trains <i>via</i> -Pennsylvania Central R. R., nineteen minutes faster; and -eastern trains on the Baltimore and Ohio road fourteen minutes -faster—just four standards for one city.</p> - -<p>After some fourteen years of discussion among scientists and -railroad men, an expedient has been finally adopted by which -one clock will exhibit the “time” of the whole world. And it -is simply this: Since by the earth’s revolution on its axis, any -(all) point on the earth’s surface passes through 360° every -twenty-four hours, or at the rate of 15° each hour, the surface -can be divided into twenty-four sections, each 15° of arc, or one -hour of time, in breadth, having for its standard time, the time -of its (the section’s) middle meridian. This makes the difference -in time between any two adjacent sections exactly one -hour. Thus, if at Greenwich it is noon, from 7½° to 22½° west -of Greenwich it is only 11:00 a. m., while in the section included -by the meridians 7½° to 22½° east, it is 1:00 p. m. Or, when -it is 3:25 p. m. at Greenwich, it is 2:25 and 4:25 p. m. respectively -in the sections directly west and east of the Greenwich section; -and 1:25 and 5:25 p. m. respectively in the next adjoining sections; -and so on. Now applying this principle to our own -country, we have the following scheme:</p> - - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="Time standards"> -<tr> -<td align="center" class="btrb">Meridian<br />Standard.</td> -<td align="center" class="btrb" colspan="3">Local time<br />compared with<br />Greenwich time.</td> -<td align="center" class="btrb" colspan="2">Boundaries of<br />Sections.</td> -<td align="center" class="btb">Name of time.</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" class="br"> 60° W.</td> -<td align="left">4</td> -<td align="left"> hours</td> -<td align="left" class="br"> slow.</td> -<td align="right">52½° to</td> -<td align="right" class="br"> 67½° W.</td> -<td align="left">Atlantic.</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" class="br"> 75° W.</td> -<td align="left">5</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center" class="br">“</td> -<td align="right">67½° to</td> -<td align="right" class="br"> 82½° W.</td> -<td align="left">Eastern.</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" class="br"> 90° W.</td> -<td align="left">6</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center" class="br">“</td> -<td align="right">82½° to</td> -<td align="right" class="br"> 97½° W.</td> -<td align="left">Valley or Central.</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" class="br">105° W.</td> -<td align="left">7</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center" class="br">“</td> -<td align="right">97½° to</td> -<td align="right" class="br"> 112½° W.</td> -<td align="left">Mountain.</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" class="br">120° W.</td> -<td align="left">8</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center" class="br">“</td> -<td align="right">112½° to</td> -<td align="right" class="br"> 127½° W.</td> -<td align="left">Pacific.</td> -</tr> - -</table> -</div> - -<p>From which it is readily seen we have but five instead of over -fifty standards as heretofore; and that the time of any place -can not vary more than thirty minutes from its own local time.</p> - -<p>It is proposed that places located between the meridians -given in the column headed “Boundaries of Sections,” shall -adopt the time named in the same line in the next right hand -column headed “Name of Time;” for example, places located -between the meridians 67½ and 82½ west will adopt “Eastern” -time, which is the local time of the 75th meridian, and is -five hours slower than Greenwich and eight minutes 12.09 seconds -faster than Washington time. It is not supposed, however, -that this will be done as exactly as laid down in the table; for -a railroad may be located principally in one section and extend -a short distance into another; in which case it would not be -worth while to change the standard for the short part. Thus, -the Pittsburgh, Cincinnati and St. Louis Railway has its eastern -terminus in Pittsburgh, something over 100 miles east of the -Central section, in which the main body of the road lies; and -this road adopts Central time throughout its whole extent. In -like manner, San Antonio and Austin, Texas, are both in the -“Mountain” section, but will probably prefer to adopt “Central” -time and be respectively thirty-three and thirty-one minutes -slower, than to adopt “Mountain” time and be respectively -twenty-seven and twenty-nine minutes faster than their local -time; and this for the obvious reason that their business connections -are much more extensive with the Central than the Mountain -region. But these cases do not in the least interfere with the -integrity of the general scheme. The minute-hands of all properly -regulated time-pieces will always indicate the <i>same minute</i>, -and all “times” can be estimated by the addition or subtraction -of <i>entire hours</i>. And in this lies the beauty and simplicity -of the device.</p> - -<p>With great unanimity the railroads of the United States, and -most of the principal cities of the Union have already and -without a “jar” adjusted their business to this new basis; and -it is to be presumed that as soon as the advantages are fully -understood, some cities that are now hesitating will fall into -line. The fact is, that while the adoption of the new plan -would produce a wonderful uniformity, there would be a few -cases in which the disturbance of local time seems great; but -it is not any greater than in hundreds of cases where the old -method is used. To exhibit the changes we give a few samples: -In New Orleans the time is fourteen seconds slower than local -time; in St. Louis, forty-nine seconds slower; in Denver, no -difference; in Philadelphia, 38.45 seconds slower; in New -York, three minutes 58.38 seconds faster; in Baltimore, six -minutes slower; in Washington City, eight minutes twelve seconds -slower; while in Kansas City the time is eighteen minutes -21.7 seconds slower; in Pittsburgh, twenty minutes three seconds -faster; in Cincinnati, twenty-two minutes 18.58 seconds -faster; and in Omaha, twenty-four minutes slower than the respective -local times.</p> - - -<h4>RESULTS.</h4> - -<p>By the new system, railroad towns would have a great advantage -in that they could obtain their time with greater precision -from the railroad clocks, which are regulated by signals -from astronomical observatories. Inland towns having no observatories -or telegraphs would of course, as they do now, -obtain their time as best they could from adjoining cities.</p> - -<p>In some places there would still have to be two standards, as -in railroad centers; but there never need be more than two, -and as these two will always be exactly one hour apart, the adjustment -of working hours, business hours, school hours, etc., -is a problem involving nothing more than the addition or subtraction -of an hour.</p> - -<p>The Geodetic Congress which met in Rome a few weeks -since, and in which the United States was officially represented -by General Cutts, of the Coast Survey, passed, unanimously, -resolutions urging the adoption of this system for the whole -world, with the meridian of Greenwich, as it always has been<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span> -and is now for all nautical calculations, the universal standard. -A compliance with this recommendation would reduce, with -our present time-pieces, the time of the world to twelve standards -(our watches and clocks merely repeating themselves -after crossing the 180th meridian), and enable a man to “circumnavigate -the globe,” and always have correct time without -once changing the minute-hand of his watch.</p> - - -<h3><a id="PERE_HYACINTHE"></a>PÈRE HYACINTHE.</h3> - -<p>This distinguished orator is again visiting our shores, and -very many will avail themselves of the opportunity to listen to -his almost peerless eloquence. His mission this time is to raise -money, by means of lectures and appeals to the benevolent, -for the work in which he is engaged in Paris. A glance just -now at this man’s remarkable career will be timely.</p> - -<p>Father Hyacinthe’s real name is Charles Loyson. He was -born in Orleans, France, March 10, 1827, and is therefore now -nearly fifty-seven years of age. He showed in boyhood some -precocity, writing verses which were regarded remarkable for -his years. For some years he was a student at the academy of -Pau, which institution he left at the age of eighteen to become -a student of theology in the school of St. Sulpice. After receiving -priest’s orders, he taught philosophy for a time at Avignon -and theology at Nantes; then for ten years he was in -charge of the parish of St. Sulpice. He was past thirty when -he entered the convent of the Carmelites at Lyons as a novice. -Two years after he became a member of the order, and began -preaching in the lyceum at Lyons. He soon acquired great -popularity here; and on visiting Bordeaux, Perigneux, and -Paris, and giving courses of sermons in these several places, -he made a wide and deep impression. It was about 1867 that -the liberality of some of Father Hyacinthe’s sentiments attracted -notice. His orthodoxy became suspected, but his popularity -continued to grow. We see him, in 1869, examined by the -pope as to his doctrines, whom he seems to have convinced of -his substantial soundness. A little later, however, a great sensation -was produced by some of his liberal utterances. The -general of the order of Carmelites at Rome warned him that he -must change his tone or cease from preaching. His reply to -this order was so outspoken against certain practices of the -church as to draw from Rome a threat of the major excommunication. -He had been preaching in the church of Notre -Dame, Paris, and was now prohibited from doing so longer.</p> - -<p>It was soon after the opening of the breach between himself -and the authorities of his church, in the autumn of 1869, that -the great preacher made his first visit to America. His fame -had preceded him, and by Protestants he was warmly welcomed. -His stay was short, but those permitted to hear him -in his few public addresses were ready to admit that his reputation -was not amiss as one of the most consummate orators of -modern times. The breach with Rome became wider. In -1870 the Pope released him from his monastic vows, and he -has since been a secular priest. He earnestly protested against -the dogma of papal infallibility proclaimed by the council of -that year, and cast his lot for a time with the Old Catholics, -headed by Döllinger. He soon chose for himself, however, an -independent basis of action. Having, in public address, defended -the right of the clergy to marry, he himself married an -American lady in 1873, and is now the father of interesting -children. His work latterly has been that of an independent -preacher in the city of Paris. Like most independent movements, -his own has not been a success. In breaking with -Rome, he chose not to ally himself with Protestant Christians, -and found himself unable to go with Old Catholics. He stands -by himself, claiming to be a Catholic, but not a Papist. Of his -perfect sincerity those who know him entertain no doubt; but -the regret has doubtless been felt by very many that he could -not have seen his way clear to devote his brilliant gifts to the -cause of Protestant Christianity. The fame of his captivating -oratory will long live; but he, perhaps, missed his opportunity -to do a great work for the cause of truth in the earth.</p> - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> - -<h2><a name="EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK" id="EDITORS_NOTE-BOOK">EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK.</a></h2> - - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p><span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> has steadily grown in favor with the public -from the time it was first issued. Our old subscribers continue -with us, and new ones are being added to the list daily. -We are now printing thirty-five thousand copies every month. -This circulation is evidence in itself of the rapid growth of the -C. L. S. C., and of an increasing demand among reading people -for substantial literature. The future of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -and the whole Chautauqua movement has never been so full of -promise to those who are directing the work as it now is, as we -enter the year 1884.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Sojourner Truth is dead. For more than half a century she -has been a conspicuous figure, a negro woman, firmly advocating -abolition and woman suffrage. Her musical bass voice -was often used with tremendous effect in assemblies where she -spoke for her favorite cause. Redeemed from slavery herself, -she saw her children sold into bondage, but she lived to speak -on the same platform with Garrison and Wendell Phillips for -her cause, and at last to see her race enjoying freedom.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Two great religious celebrations marked the month of November. -The anniversary of Martin Luther was observed by -church people in all parts of the land, sermons and lectures -made the air vocal with the praises of Luther and his deeds in -behalf of spiritual Christianity. Our national Thanksgiving -day was generally kept by a suspension of business, the holding -of religious services, family gatherings and feasting. The observance -of these two days indicates how strong a hold Christianity -has upon the American people. Though God is not recognized -in the Constitution of the United States, he is honored in -a more practical way by being worshiped at the altars of his -church, and in the hearts of his people.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Miss Frances E. Willard shows a degree of enterprise unequaled, -in the naming of objects, when in her article elsewhere -in this number she proposes to change the name of the world. -She pays a fine compliment to the Pacific coast as a land of -many charms, not the least of which are its elegant homes.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Lewis Miller, Esq., president of the Chautauqua Assembly -and the C. L. S. C., has rendered an invaluable service to the -Assembly by his wise counsel and unceasing labors ever since -the death of Mr. A. K. Warren, last summer. It is expected -that the trustees will elect a secretary to succeed Mr. Warren at -their meeting in January.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>In the fall elections the Republicans defeated General Butler -in Massachusetts, retrieved themselves in Pennsylvania, and -elected part of their ticket in New York State, in the face of -nearly 200,000 majority against them one year ago, but in Ohio -they lost the control of the State government, and in Virginia -the Mahone party received a terrible reverse. The immediate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span> -effect of these changes is, new hope springs up in the hearts -of the Republican leaders that they shall be able to elect the next -President.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The contest for the election of Speaker of the House of Representatives -presented this new phase of politics in the Democratic -party: There was a Northern faction which supported Mr. -Randall, of Pennsylvania, and a Southern faction, which proved -to be the stronger of the two, which elected Mr. Carlisle, of -Kentucky. In the history of this nation a great party has been -hopelessly divided by a cause of less import than is seen in this -contest for the Speakership.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The tariff may come into prominence as a great political issue -in the Presidential contest of 1884, and it may be kept out of -the battle entirely. The Democratic party has the power to -choose the battle ground, and to say over what issue the voters -shall wage the war.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The divorce laws of the states are so diversified and are -working so much mischief to the family and society, that it -would be a safe and easy way out of our troubles if our National -Congress would give us a wholesome law on divorce. Eminent -lawyers say “there is no principle in the Constitution to -prevent it.” It would be in the interest of the whole people—and -guard the family, which is the very foundation of national -life. A copyright law or a bankrupt law are no more national -than a divorce law would be.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The lace industry is a most valuable business in France. -We know little about it, only as the article is used for decorating -the persons and homes of the American people. To Culbert, -the protectionist, the rise and growth of this business may -be traced. Two hundred and fifty thousand people in France -are engaged in its manufacture, and its products are valued at -about $20,000,000 annually. Here is an opening for enterprising -American capitalists who are seeking places to invest their -money, and as a branch of manufacturing in this country, it -would be an opportunity for thousands of needy women to find -remunerative and agreeable employment.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>It is reported in literary circles that “Anthony Trollope was -excluded from <i>Good Words</i> (a London religious magazine) -because he introduced a dance into a story.” If this be true, -it shows the sentiment of religious society in England on the -dance; to say the least, it is strong evidence that the editor of -<i>Good Words</i> knows what would offend the taste of his readers, -and has the courage to exclude it from his columns.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“The Boston School Committee has tried the experiment of -industrial training for about two years on a small scale among -the boys in the Dwight school building. About five hours per -week have been devoted to mechanical work. The boys have -been taught the proper use of tools, and many of the lads have -shown such proficiency and have made such rapid progress in -this new branch of education that it has been decided to make -it a permanent feature of the Boston schools for boys. The -subject was brought up in November at a meeting of the School -Board, and was favorably considered. The Superintendent of -Schools, Professor Seaver, said the objection had been raised -that too much time might be taken from other studies. His -belief was that, if necessary, it would be better to abandon -some other studies and give more time to one that was calculated -to give the boys some information of practical value—one -that would enable them to become useful members of society -early in life, rather than ornamental boys. It was finally voted -to request the City Council to appropriate $2,500 for the equipment -and maintenance of a manual training school in the -basement of the Latin school building. It is the intention to -devote ten hours per week to the new system.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The average daily movement of the wind on the top of -Mount Washington in October last was 619 miles; highest temperature -54° 5′; lowest, 6°. The highest velocity of the wind -was 94 miles an hour, from the west. There were three inches -of snow on the summit at the close of October.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>With the introduction of the electric light into the streets of -our towns and cities, we meet a new danger from broken -wires, charged with electricity, hanging in the air. In New -York City, last month, an electric light pole was broken and -the wires fell to the ground, when a runaway horse had a -strange experience. An officer at Mr. Bergh’s office said: -“We had no occasion to use the ambulance. The horse seemed -to have become entangled in the wires after falling and to have -become so charged with electricity that it was unable to get up. -The driver received a shock from the horse’s body in attempting -to lift it, and was thrown violently to the ground. I understood -that several others who attempted to help the horse had -the same experience. Word was finally sent to the Brush supply -office in Twenty-fifth street, and I understood the electricity -was cut off from the circuit while the horse was released. The -animal was able to walk, and was taken to the stables. I am -told that even the harness was so charged with electricity that -it was dangerous to touch it.” The people must be educated -to keep hands off these wires, or what would be a better plan, -all companies should be obliged to lay their wires underground.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>A Law and Order League has been organized in St. Louis -for the purpose of securing to the city an honest local government.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>“The traveler along the highway a mile or so above the -village of North Haverhill, N. H., finds,” says <i>The Boston -Journal</i>, “a small graveyard which contains the remains of -brave McIntosh, the leader of the Boston Tea Party. For -seventy years spring flowers have blossomed and winter winds -have blown over a grave unmarked by stone and known to -but a few aged people now living who remember his burial. -He fills a pauper’s grave, having died in the vicinity of 1810 -or 1811, at the house of a Mr. Hurlburt, who resided at what is -now known as the Poor Farm, and to whose care he had been -bid off as a public pauper by public auction as the lowest bidder, -according to ye ancient custom, and as recorded upon the -town records. That he was the leader without a doubt there is -abundant proof, and that to his memory should be erected a -suitable monument commemorative of the man and deed -would be simple justice.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The unusual fact is reported that in Chicago the wife of the -bookkeeper in a National Bank, on discovering recently that -her husband was dishonest, went to the president and told him -of the fact. In noticing this remarkable circumstance the <i>Inter-Ocean</i> -says: “Although hundreds of women hold positions -of financial trust in Chicago and elsewhere in the country, we -have yet to hear of one of them being guilty of embezzlement -or defalcation.” The same is true, almost or quite without exception, -of the female employes of the government, and their -superior skill in counting and handling money has been attested -by General Spinner. They are not only more expert in this, but -they are sharper eyed than the men. A counterfeit can seldom -pass their scrutiny undetected. Indeed, they seem to have a -sort of clairvoyance for fraud. Yet some Congressmen, who -are chiefly anxious to wield patronage to reward their constituents, -favor the exclusion of women from clerkships. They are -not merely ungallant, but opposed to faithfulness and economy -in the public service.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The great cantilever bridge just completed over Niagara -River has been constructed for a double railroad track. It is -about three hundred feet above the old railroad suspension -bridge, spanning a chasm eight hundred and seventy feet wide -between the bluffs, and over two hundred feet deep.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>In the Chautauqua School of Theology the reports from departments -show a large increase of students for the past month.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span> -The total number now enrolled is as follows: Hebrew, 38; -Greek, 132; Doctrinal Theology, 85; Practical Theology, 116; -Historical Theology, 25.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The Hon. James G. Blaine excited considerable discussion in -the political world during the past month by a letter he published -in the Philadelphia <i>Press</i>. He objects to distributing -the surplus revenue collected by the government among the -States, but believes that the income from the tax on distilled -spirits might be so divided. This places both Mr. Blaine and -the government in an unenviable position. It is blood-money—yes—blood-money. -Like the money Judas received for betraying -Jesus Christ into the hands of his enemies, so the tax -on rum is the price the government has received for betraying -innocent wives and children and weak men into the hands of -their enemies. Mr. Blaine is a pronounced prohibitionist, and -as such he would do well to have as little as possible to do -with the tax on rum. It is a dangerous question to handle, in -any but one way, and that is for the government to abolish this -particular tax by prohibiting the traffic in spirituous liquors.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Any one west of the Mississippi desiring a class badge of ’85 -can procure it of the Secretary, Mamie M. Schenck, Osage City, -Kansas, by sending the sum of ten (10) cents.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Every one in the northeastern States remembers the brilliant -sunsets that occurred in the latter part of November. The -persistent, intense, red light that streamed up the sky almost -to the zenith, was so unusual a phenomenon that many theories -have been given in explanation. Of course the first was that -of unusual refraction produced by differences of density in the -atmosphere; but as the light was observed so far, so long, and -before sunrise as well as after sunset, another explanation -seems necessary. Prof. Brooks, of western New York, has advanced -a reasonable explanation in the suggestion that it was -caused by reflection from clouds of meteoric dust in the upper -portion of the atmosphere. In confirmation of this, Prof. -Brooks claims to have discovered, on the night of November -28, a shower of telescopic meteors near the place in the sky -where the sun had set.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The annual report from the United States Mint shows that -the total amount of gold and silver received and worked during -the year was $87,758,154, of which $49,145,559 was gold and -$38,612,595 was silver. The coinage consisted of 98,666,624 -pieces, worth $66,200,705. Of this amount $28,111,119 was in -standard silver dollars. The total amount of fractional silver -in the country is $235,000,000. The earnings of the mints during -the year were $5,215,509, and the expenses $1,726,285. The -total value of the gold and silver wasted at the four coining -mints was $30,084, while there was a gain from surplus bullion -recovered amounting to $62,658. The director estimates the -total coin circulation of the United States, on July 1, 1883, at -$765,000,000, of which $537,000,000 was gold and $228,000,000 -silver. The estimate on October 1, 1883, was $544,512,699 of -gold, and $235,291,623 of silver.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The “Children’s Aid Society” of New York City held its -annual meeting in the American Exchange Bank, in December. -It could appropriately be called a society for “diminishing -crime and vice,” because that is just what the Society is doing -among neglected and wicked children. The secretary said: -“There were during the past year, in our six lodging houses, -13,717 different boys and girls; 297,399 meals and 231,245 -lodgings were supplied. In the twenty-one day and fourteen -evening schools were 14,132 children, who were taught, and -partly fed and clothed; 3,449 were sent to homes, mainly in the -West; 1,599 were aided with food, medicine, etc., through the -‘Sick Children’s Mission;’ 4,140 children enjoyed the benefits -of the ‘Summer Home’ at Bath, L. I. (averaging about 300 -per week); 489 girls have been instructed in the use of the sewing -machine in the Girls’ Lodging House and in the industrial -schools; $10,136.12 has been deposited in the Penny Savings -Banks. Total number under charge of the Society during the -year, 37,037. The treasurer, George S. Coe, reports that -$251,713.94 was received and $255,865 paid out.”</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>Any person owning a complete set of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -for 1880-1881, with which they are willing to part, may dispose -of the same at our office. We will send for the first volume of -<span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> the fourth volume, or will pay the original -price, $1.50.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<p>The holiday season will bring a brief respite from study, to -members of the C. L. S. C. as it does to students in colleges -and universities, and indeed we may say, as it does to business -and professional men, and everybody. It is a time of -good cheer, of merry-making and rejoicing, for Christmas-tide -is the most joyful of all our holiday seasons in the suggestions -of the day itself, and in the freedom and intensity of feeling -with which it is observed. It marks the end of the old year -with an exclamation point, and we bow it out with a shout of -joy. As the year 1884 comes in, to our scores of thousands of -readers we say, <i>A Happy New Year to you all</i>.</p> - - - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a name="C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_JANUARY" id="C_L_S_C_NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_FOR_JANUARY">C. L. S. C. NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS FOR JANUARY.</a></h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>PHILOSOPHY OF THE PLAN OF SALVATION.</h3> - -<p>P. 26.—“Benignus,” be-nig´nus. The benign; generous.</p> - -<p>“Contumax,” con-tu´max. The rebellious; stubborn.</p> - -<p>P. 29.—“Theomisey,” the-om´is-ey. The author has coined the term -from the Greek words for “God” and “Hate,” and it means a hatred -of God.</p> - -<p>P. 32.—“Factitious,” fak-tish´us. Factitious ideas are those which -have been formed by the thinker, and are opposed to those which are -simple and natural; conventional, artificial.</p> - -<p>P. 37.—“Criterion,” cri-te´ri-on. A rule or test by which actions, -facts and judgments are tried.</p> - -<p>P. 38.—“Scythians.” The inhabitants of Scythia, a country whose -borders were never distinctly defined. As described by Herodotus it -included parts of eastern Europe and western Asia, its southern boundary -being a portion of the Black Sea. Scythia was afterward the name -given to a section of Asia north of the Oxus.</p> - -<p>“Northmen.” The Scandinavian tribes, or the Swedes, Danes and -Norwegians.</p> - -<p>P. 39—“Pope.” (1688-1744.) An English poet. From early boyhood -he was a student and writer. At thirteen he began a course of -self-education, and at twelve wrote his “Ode to Solitude.” The “Pastorals,” -his first published work, placed him at twenty-one among the first poets -of his time, and introduced him to literary circles. In 1711 his “Essay -on Criticism” appeared, and soon after the “Rape of the Lock.” -Pope’s translation of the Iliad was the first of his works which was a -financial success. In 1725 he edited an edition of Shakspere, and in -1728 produced “The Dunciad,” an attack on various contemporaneous -scribblers. Of his other writings the “Moral Essays” are best known.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span> -Pope was never married. He was a little, weakly man, critical, narrow, -vain, and often untruthful, but withal generous, clear-minded, and true -to his friends.</p> - -<p>P. 40.—“Fane.” A place dedicated to some deity; hence a place -dedicated for worship.</p> - -<p>P. 41.—“Republic.” A work of Plato’s, in which he sets forth his -ideas of an ideal commonwealth. It treats of both Church and State, -but is impracticable for the existing conditions of society.</p> - -<p>P. 42.—“Petronius,” pe-tro´ni-us. The period at which he lived is -uncertain, but he probably belonged to the age of the Emperor Nero. -(A. D. 37-68.) The work here quoted describes the adventures of several -young and dissipated men in southern Italy. Only fragments of it -remain.</p> - -<p>P. 42.—“Seneca.” See C. L. S. C. Notes in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for -November.</p> - -<p>P. 43.—“Bengal,” ben-gawl´. One of the ten political provinces of -India. It is in the extreme east of the peninsula, and includes the regions -lying about the mouth of the Ganges and Bramapootra rivers, and -the adjacent hill regions.</p> - -<p>“Medhurst.” (1796-1857.) An English missionary who spent most -of his life in Java and China. Of the latter country and its people he -wrote much. He translated the Bible into Chinese, beside publishing -the “Chinese Repository,” a “Chinese and English Dictionary,” etc. -“China, its Fate and Prospects,” is still a book of high authority.</p> - -<p>“Buddha,” bŏod´da. The name not of a particular teacher, but of a -class of deified teachers among the Buddhists. Great numbers of them -have appeared at different times as saviors of the race. The Buddha of -the present period is called Sākyamuni.</p> - -<p>“Kalè,” ka´lee. The name of one of the many forms of <i>Doorgā</i>, -a terrible goddess, so popularly and variously worshiped in Hindoostan. -The goddess assumed the name Kalè on the occasion of -a battle with a thousand-headed giant-demigod whom she slew. Her -most common image is that of a black, or very dark colored woman, with -four arms, the upper left arm holding a cimeter, the lower left a human -head by the hair. Around her waist as a covering she wears a string of -bloody human hands, with an immense necklace of human skulls reaching -below the knees. Kalè is a <i>female Satan</i>, a most sanguinary goddess, -and as terrible as anything the imagination can picture. The -ceremonies of her worship require the sacrifice of animals and human -beings, and are in keeping with the terrible character they adore.</p> - -<p>P. 44.—“Apotheosis,” a-po-the´o-sis. To place among the gods; to -deify.</p> - -<p>P. 46.—“Numa.” The first king of the Romans. His time is uncertain. -He was selected from among the Sabines, after the death of -Romulus, and introduced many valuable institutions and laws.</p> - -<p>“Augustan Age.” That period in which the Roman mind reached -its highest point of culture and activity. Cicero, Ovid, Virgil, Horace, -and many others adorned this period. It was called Augustan from -Augustus Cæsar, the reigning emperor.</p> - -<p>“Jahn,” Otto. (1813-1869.) A German philologist. He studied in -the best schools of Europe and held professorships in various universities. -He was very liberal in his views, and became famous as an archæologist -and philologist. Among his works are editions of Latin classics, -a life of Mozart, essays on art, and various miscellaneous papers.</p> - -<p>P. 47.—“Allegories.” That is, that the teachings concerning the -gods were figurative stories, explaining the facts of human nature and the -mysteries of the external world.</p> - -<p>“Dionysius.” See Notes in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for October.</p> - -<p>“Tholuck,” to´lŏok. Friedrich August Gottreu. (1799-1877.) A -German theologian, educated in Berlin, and afterward a professor there. -He was transferred to Halle in 1826, where he spent the rest of his life. -An eminent Christian, his doctrine at first met with opposition from the -rationalism of the university, but changed the views of the majority of -the faculty. He left eleven volumes on theology and philosophy.</p> - -<p>P. 50.—“Chaotic,” ka-ot´ic. Confused, disordered; like chaos.</p> - -<p>P. 53.—“Consanguinity,” kŏn<b>´</b>san-gwīn´i-ty.</p> - -<p>P. 56.—“Attrition,” at-trish´un. Wearing away, produced by constant -friction.</p> - -<p>P. 57.—“Conservator,” con<b>´</b>ser-va´tor. A keeper, preserver.</p> - -<p>“Tabularasa.” A blank tablet.</p> - -<p>“Concatenation,” con-căt´e-nā<b>´</b>tion. A series of connected events, -depending upon one another.</p> - -<p>P. 62.—“Concomitant,” con-com´i-tant. A companion; a person or -thing connected with another.</p> - -<p>“Swedenborg.” (1688-1772.) A native of Sweden educated at Upsal. -For several years after leaving the university he was engaged in literary -work. Having been appointed Assessor of the College of Mines he assisted -the king, Charles XII., in his military operations, until after the -death of the latter. His life was spent in scientific pursuits until 1745, -when he claimed to have been called of God to reveal a new system of -truth. The remainder of his life was spent in work upon the books -which explained this system. Briefly, he claimed: One God, revealed -to man through Christ; a trinity of principles, not persons; a redemption -produced not by vicarious suffering, but by the conquest of the -powers of hell; this victory restored to man his spiritual freedom, and -gave him an opportunity to work out his salvation; the necessary features -of religion are faith and an avoidance of sin. He claimed to reveal -a new church—the New Jerusalem of Rev. xxi:ii—and his followers -call themselves members of the “New Jerusalem.” His teachings concerning -the future world are to be found in “Heaven and Hell,” and his -theology is explained in “True Christian Religion.” Swedenborg -claimed his writings to have been revealed in communications with the -spirit world, and to the last affirmed his own honesty.</p> - -<p>“Irvine,” Edward. (1792-1834.) A Scottish minister educated at -Edinburgh, and in 1822 ordained to preach. Having been called to a -small church in London he soon attracted, by his eloquence, an immense -congregation of the nobility, the learned, and famous. Soon a -new church was built for him. In 1825 he began to preach the second -advent of Christ as a near event, and also to teach that the nature of -Christ was one with ours, even in its infirmities and liabilities to sin, a -doctrine which led to much controversy. In 1830 it was reported that -supernatural phenomena were taking place in parts of Scotland. Irvine -became convinced that the manifestations were divine. Soon after they -appeared in his congregation and he published an account of them in -Fraser’s Magazine. As a result he lost his popularity, was driven from -his church, and set aside by the Scottish presbytery. Irvine’s followers -obtained a place of worship and established what is now known as the -Catholic Apostolic Church. Irvine claimed to have received ordination -from the spirit to preach to this body, and was made bishop, a position -he held until his death.</p> - -<p>“Elymas,” el´y-mas. See Acts xiii; 6-7-8.</p> - -<p>“Smith,” Joseph. (1805-1844.) The founder of the Mormons. He -first attracted attention by his “Book of the Mormons,” which he pretended -to have discovered and translated under angelic guidance. He -founded a church at Manchester, N. Y., which was soon moved to -Kirtland, Ohio, thence to Missouri, where the conduct of the leaders so -incensed the public that they were driven from the country. Smith next -located his band in Illinois, but attempting to introduce polygamy as a -revealed doctrine, the outraged inhabitants revolted, and in the raid -Smith was killed.</p> - -<p>P. 67.—“Beelzebub.” The name of the supreme god among all the -Syro-Phœnician peoples was Baal, i. e., <i>lord</i>, or <i>owner</i>; and by adding -to it <i>zebub</i>, insect, the proper name Baalzebub was formed; the fly-god, -the averter of insects.</p> - -<p>P. 68.—“Typhon.” In Egyptian mythology Typhon (or Set) was -the manifestation of the abstract principle of evil, and at first equally -honored with Osiris, the principle of good. Afterward he became the -god of sin, and so was at war with Osiris, and an enemy of men. It is -said that in the tenth dynasty the priesthood, fearing that Typhon was -going to conquer in the conquest between good and evil, obtained a royal -decree, ratified by sacerdotal order, to banish him out of Egypt.</p> - -<p>“Serapis,” ser-a´pis. The worship of Serapis prevailed in the time -of the Ptolemies. It is fabled that in the contest of Typhon and Osiris -the latter was slain. He returned to earth in a second existence as the -god Serapis. The name is thought to be a compound of Osiris and Apis, -the soul of the former having entered the body of the bull. The worship -of Serapis continued in Egypt long after the Christian era, and was -even introduced into Italy.</p> - -<p>P. 69.—“Isis.” Isis and Osiris were the only gods worshiped by all -the Egyptians. Isis was represented as the wife of Osiris, and with him<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span>, -one of the great benefactors of the people, he having introduced the -plow, and she having taught them how to cultivate grain. As the -Greeks influenced somewhat the religion of Egypt, she became the goddess -of the moon. The worship of Isis was introduced into Italy in the -first century, A. D., and a fine temple built to her at Rome. The -ruins of a temple of Isis have been unearthed at Pompeii. In works of -art she is represented with the face of Juno, wearing a long tunic, a lotus -flower on her head, and in her hand the peculiar Egyptian musical instrument -called the sistrum.</p> - -<p>“Osiris,” o-si´ris. The husband of Isis. He was called “the king -of life,” “the king of gods,” and “ruler of eternity.” He introduced -civilization among the Egyptians and traveled through many countries, -helping the people. He was murdered by Typhon, his brother, and his -body thrown into the river Nile. He is represented as having a human -form, and always the head of a man. He is colored green, as the god -of vivification. His sacred symbols are the evergreen, the tamarisk, and -a sort of Ibis with two long plumes at the back of the head.</p> - -<p>P. 89.—“Succinctly,” suc-sinct´ly. Briefly, concisely.</p> - -<p>P. 99.—“Periphrasis,” pe-riph´ra-sis. A periphrase; several words -used to express an idea; a circumlocution.</p> - -<p>P. 107.—“Holocaust,” hol´o-caust. A burnt offering, the whole of -which was consumed by fire.</p> - -<p>P. 138.—“Poarch.” The disciples of the poarch were the stoics, or -followers of Zeno. See notes in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for November.</p> - -<p>“Academy.” The disciples of Plato, who taught in a garden near the -academy.</p> - -<p>P. 149.—“Tacitus.” See notes in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for October.</p> - -<p>“Pliny.” See notes in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for November.</p> - -<p>P. 148.—“Dulia,” dū´li-a. The word comes from the Greek word for -slave, and is applied to the worship of an inferior being, as of the -saints.</p> - -<p>“Juggernaut,” jŭg<b>´</b>ger-naut´. Meaning in Hindoo the lord of the -world. One of the most popular of Hindoo idols. His temple is at a -town on the Bay of Bengal, and the shrine is considered the most holy -in Hindostan. At least one million of people visit there every year. The -temple contains several idols. The great festival of Juggernaut occurs -in March of each year. The idol is taken from the temple on a ponderous -wheeled platform, and is drawn by a crowd of men and women. It -is said that votaries in their excitement have cast themselves under -the wheels and been crushed, but this has not occurred for several years.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a id="NOTES_ON_REQUIRED_READINGS_IN_THE_CHAUTAUQUAN"></a>NOTES ON REQUIRED READINGS IN “THE CHAUTAUQUAN.”</h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>GERMAN HISTORY.</h3> - -<p>P. 189, c. 1.—“Charlemagne.” After the death of Charlemagne, 814, -the kingdom fell to his son Louis. In 843 it was divided between the -three sons of the latter. The kingdom remained with the Carlovingian -house until 911, when the dynasty became extinct. The entire country was -divided into many territories or states ruled by dukes, and the election of -the king was given to them. After the death of the last of the Carlovingians -the electors chose Conrad I., a Franconian, after whom the Saxons -held the throne until 1024. The Franconians succeeded, ruling until -1125, when the Hohenstauffen dynasty began. This latter ended with -the death of Conrad IV., in 1254.</p> - -<p>“Interregnum.” The first meaning of the word is the time between -the death of one king and the accession of his successor; hence a time -in which the execution of the government is suspended. Here it refers -to an extended period between the death of Conrad IV., 1254, and the rise -of the house of Hapsburg. Rudolph I. was the first of this line, and -was chosen in 1273, but the house did not become strong until about the -time of the Reformation, after which time until the death of the empire, -in 1806, it was almost stationary on the throne.</p> - -<p>“Dark Ages.” In the broadest sense the term “dark ages” refers to -a period extending from the fifth century to about the middle of the fifteenth, -in which the intellectual activity of Europe was at its lowest -point, and corresponding almost to the middle ages. As used here, -however, “dark ages” refers to a period in the literary life of Germany, -particularly in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. After the time -of the Minnesänger and the poets of chivalry there followed nearly two -hundred years of great decay in literature. Hallam in his “Literary History,” -quotes Herren as saying that the thirteenth century was one of the -most unfruitful for the study of ancient literature, and Leibnitz as declaring -that the tenth century was a golden age of learning compared with -the thirteenth; and says himself: “The fourteenth century was not in -the slightest degree superior to the preceding age.”</p> - -<p>“Huss.” (1273-1415.) Born at Hussintz, near the border of Bavaria, -and educated at Prague, where he afterward became a professor. -Having been installed as a preacher he began to declare against the vices -of the clergy and the extravagant expenditures in ornamenting the -churches. Huss had been made rector of the university, and his bold -speech brought about a war between the archbishop of the cathedral at -Prague, and the university. The archbishop had burned the writings of -Wickliffe, and Huss declared against the act, using such strong arguments -that the former was condemned. The charge of heresy was soon -after raised against Huss; he was condemned and ordered to leave -Prague. He did not remain away long, but was brought back by his -zealous partisans. His doctrines, however, again brought down the papal -wrath, and he was pronounced a heretic. He continued to preach -and write until summoned in 1414 to a general council at Constance. -After a long delay the council condemned him as a heretic, and he was -burned at the stake. D’Aubigne says in his “History of the Reformation:” -“He seemed to enter more deeply than all who had gone before -him into the essence of Christian truth. But he attacked rather the lives -of the clergy than the errors of the church. And yet he was, if we may -be allowed the expression, the John the Baptist of the Reformation. The -flames of his martyrdom kindled a fire which shed an extensive light in -the midst of the general gloom, and was destined not to be speedily extinguished.”</p> - -<p>“Henry IV.” His father, Henry III., died when the boy was but -five years old. His mother was not strong enough to hold in order the -nobles of the kingdom, and when Henry was thirteen years old, the regency -was seized by an archbishop. After Henry’s trouble with the -pope, here related, he returned to Germany to find that a new king, called -the priest’s king, had been elected. Henry immediately appointed a -new pope, and began war against Rudolph, the new king. Having defeated -him he went to Italy, besieged Rome, and after three years took -the city and was crowned emperor. His triumph was short, for his sons -soon after rebelled, and Heinrich called his father to sign his own abdication. -The old king soon after died in great poverty.</p> - -<p>P. 189, c. 2.—“Simony,” sim´o-ny. The term is derived from the -proper name Simon, who wished to buy the power of the Holy Ghost, -(Acts, vii.,) and is applied to the practice of buying ecclesiastical preferment, -and of raising parties to church positions for reward.</p> - -<p>“Worms,” wurmz. A city of Hesse on the Rhine. It is one of the -oldest of German cities, and was the scene of the Nibelungenlied. Many -diets of the empire were held there.</p> - -<p>“Mayence,” ma´yangs. The French for Mentz. A city of Germany -on the left bank of the Rhine, near its conjunction with the Main. It -has been an important city since the time of the Romans. Gutenberg -was born and died there.</p> - -<p>“Augsburg,” owgs´burg. A city of Bavaria, first established by -Augustus in the first century. For several centuries it was free, and a most -important commercial center.</p> - -<p>P. 190, c. 1.—“Canossa,” ca-nos´sa. A town in the northeastern -part of Italy.</p> - -<p>“Parma.” See <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for December.</p> - -<p>“Holy Feme.” These tribunals rose in the twelfth century and disappeared -in the sixteenth. Sir Walter Scott, in “Anne of Geierstein,” -has given an account of the Westphalian Fehmgericht, as it was called.</p> - -<p>“Westphalia,” west-phā´li-a. A western province of Prussia, bordering -on Holland.</p> - -<p>“Dortmund,” dort´mŏont. A town of Prussia in the province of -Westphalia.</p> - -<p>“Hildebrand,” hĭl´de-brand. (1018?-1085.) Pope Gregory VII. -He was educated in a monastery and became a monk. Having been<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span> -made prior of the abbey of St. Paul, he reformed many abuses and became -prominent in the church. He at first refused the office of pope, -but was compelled to accept. He immediately, on taking the position, -instituted strong measures against simony and the licentiousness of the -clergy. He summoned Henry to Rome to answer for his conduct, when -there followed the trouble already related. Just before the capture of -Rome the pope fled. Although Robert Guiscard soon after triumphed -over his (the pope’s) enemies, his health was broken, and he retired to -Salerno, where he died. His last words are said to have been: “I -have loved righteousness and hated wickedness, therefore do I die in -exile.”</p> - -<p>“Peter the Lombard.” (1100?-1160.) An Italian theologian, He -was a pupil of Abè, and the tutor to the son of the king of France. He -afterward became a professor in the university of Paris, and bishop of -the city. His greatest work was a collection of passages from the church -fathers on doctrinal points. This is still in repute.</p> - -<p>“Seven Sacraments.” The seven sacraments of both the Latin and -Greek Churches are: Baptism, confirmation, penance, the eucharist, extreme -unction, order or ordination, and matrimony.</p> - -<p>“Eugene IV.” (1383-1447.) Pope from 1431 until his death. During -this period two important councils were held; that of Basel, in -which there were efforts made to heal the Hussite schism, reform the -clergy, and bring about a union between the eastern and western -churches and the council of Florence. Eugene’s term was embittered -by civil wars and the outbreaks of numerous enemies.</p> - -<p>“Transubstantiation.” The Roman Catholic Church believes the -bread and the wine used in the eucharist to be converted into the body -and blood of Christ.</p> - -<p>“Lateran,” lat´e-ran. In the Lateran Church at Rome have been -held eleven important historical councils. The fourth, at which this -doctrine was proclaimed, occurred in November, 1215, and is said to -have been “the most important ecclesiastical council ever convened.”</p> - -<p>“Auricular,” au-ric´ū-lar. Literally, told in the ear.</p> - -<p>P. 190, c. 2.—“Council of Trent.” The nineteenth œcumenical -council was caused by Luther’s doctrines. It began in 1545, and after -twenty-five public sessions, adjourned in 1563. The chief results of the -council were: Tradition was declared to be equally with the Bible a -standard of faith; the Catholic doctrines of sin, justification and the sacraments -were defined; and the doctrines of extreme unction, ordination, -celibacy, marriage, purgatory, relics, indulgences, etc., were promulgated.</p> - -<p>“Gutenberg,” goo´ten-bĕrg. (1400-1468.) The partnership between -Faust and Gutenberg was closed in five years (1455) because Gutenberg -failed to pay the money advanced. After this Gutenberg carried on a -printing house alone until, in 1465, he entered the services of Adolphus -of Nassau, as a gentleman of court.</p> - -<p>“Faust,” fowst. He was a rich goldsmith, and probably had nothing -to do with the invention of printing. The books produced by this -firm were an indulgence, “An appeal to Christendom against the Turks,” -and a celebrated Latin Bible called the Mazarin Bible. After the dissolution -of this firm Schöffer and Faust carried on the business.</p> - -<p>“Schöffer,” shö´fer.</p> - -<p>P. 191, c. 1.—“Schwartz,” shwarts. His true name was Aucklitzen, -but his fondness for magic, called the <i>black art</i>, led to his surname of -Schwartz, which in German means black. It is considered by many -that Schwartz applied the use of gunpowder to war and the chase, as its -composition was supposed to have been known before his time.</p> - -<p>“Agincourt,” a´zhĭn-koor. A town on the road from Calais to Paris, -where, in 1415, Henry V., of England, defeated the French army. See -“Pictures from English History,” in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for June, -1883.</p> - -<p>“Eisleben,” īs´lā-ben. A town of Saxony of some 13,000 inhabitants. -It is interesting as the place where Luther was born and died. -The house in which he died still stands.</p> - -<p>“St. Martin’s Day.” The day appropriated to St. Martin in the -saints’ calendar. He was a pope of the Catholic Church in the seventh -century. As he opposed the spread of the doctrine of Monothelitism, or -the doctrine that Christ had but one will in his two natures, and, as well, -opposed the edict of the ruling emperor, which forbade all discussion on -this subject, he was stripped of his clerical honors and banished. He is -honored as a martyr.</p> - -<p>“Raphael,” răf´a-el. (1483-1520.) The most famous of Italian -painters.</p> - -<p>“Copernicus,” ko-per´nĭ-kŭs. (1473-1543.) He first studied medicine -and afterward spent some time in Italy, studying astronomy, where he -also taught mathematics. In 1503 he returned to Prussia as a clergyman. -He found time from his duties to study astronomy, and began to -investigate the Ptolemaic system, for which he substituted the planetary -system. The arguments and proofs of this system he published in six -volumes, the first copy of which was placed in his hands the day of his -death.</p> - -<p>“Eisenach,” ī´zen-ak. A city of Germany on the borders of the -Thuringian forest. The castle of Wartburg is near the town.</p> - -<p>“Erfurt,” ĕr´fŏort. A city of Saxony of about 43,000 inhabitants. -The most interesting building there is the old Augustine convent, where -Luther lived; it is now used for an asylum for orphans.</p> - -<p>“Elector.” This elector was Friedrich the Wise, of Saxony. (1463-1525.) -He founded the university at Wittenberg, and, although not -thoroughly in favor of the Reformation, he protected Luther through his -whole life. D’Aubigne says of him: “Friedrich was precisely the prince -that was needed for the cradle of the Reformation. Too much weakness -on the part of those friendly to the work might have allowed it to -be crushed. Too much haste would have caused too early an explosion -of the storm that from its origin gathered against it. Friedrich was -moderate, but firm. He possessed that Christian grace which God has -in all times required from his worshipers—he waited for God.”</p> - -<p>“Wittenberg.” A town of Saxony of about 12,000 inhabitants. The -great elector, Luther and Melancthon are buried here. The town is interesting -to art students for several pictures of Cranach’s which it contains. -Schadow’s statue of Luther is here, and also one of Melancthon -by Drake (see Readings in Art in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for December). -The university of Wittenberg was united to that of Halle in 1815.</p> - -<p>P. 191, c. 2.—“Scholasticism.” Methods of argument and of philosophy, -which are very pedantic or subtile, are said to suit the schools -or scholars; that is, they are scholastic.</p> - -<p>“Aristotelianism,” ar´is-to-te<b>´</b>li-an-ism. The methods of argument -and the philosophy of the time was that of Aristotle; hence the name.</p> - -<p>“Papal Indulgences.” The Roman Catholic Church claims that -when a sin is committed after baptism, the truly penitent must confess -and receive sacramental absolution, but that after this there is a temporal -penalty which the sinner must undergo in this world or the next. In -the early church, when very severe penance was required of notorious -sinners, it was sometimes softened by the prayers or intercessions of outside -parties to the pope; this was termed indulgence. When the nations -of northern Europe joined the Catholic Church, a custom formed among -them was adopted as suitable for penitential atonement. Among these -peoples, persons guilty of murder or theft could purchase exemption -from the injured parties. When this practice was first admitted the -church used the money for the poor, in redeeming captives, and in public -worship. Abuses soon followed. The people confounded the remission -of temporal penalties with the remission of sins, and the church -adopted this method of raising money for the Crusades, to build churches, -and finally to enable the popes to gratify their personal extravagance. -The abuse was at its height with Tetzel. The council of Trent condemned -these measures, and since there have been no conspicuous -abuses.</p> - -<p>“Tetzel,” tĕt´sel. (1460?-1519.) He was educated at Leipsic, and -after entering his order, was frequently employed as a vender of indulgences. -He is usually represented as a very immoral man, and his -abuse of the indulgence system to have been most flagrant. Catholic -historians claim that these statements are overdrawn, although they admit -his indiscretion. After his trouble with Luther, Tetzel seems to have -lost all his influence with the public.</p> - -<p>“Theses.” Here are a few examples of these theses:</p> - -<p>1. When our Master and Lord Jesus Christ says ‘Repent,’ he means -that the whole life of his faithful servants upon earth should be a constant -and continual repentance.</p> - -<p>32. Those who fancy themselves sure of their salvation by indulgences -will go to the devil with those who teach them this doctrine.</p> - -<p>43. We must teach Christians that he who gives to the poor, or lends -to the needy, does better than he who buys an indulgence.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p> - -<p>95. For it is better, through much tribulation, to enter into the kingdom -of heaven than to gain a carnal security by the consolations of a -false peace.</p> - -<p>“Cajetanus,” or Cajetan, kăj<b>´</b>e-ta´nus. (1469-1534.) A Dominican -monk of superior education. He had held several high offices when -sent to Germany to hear Luther. Afterward he went on several important -embassies.</p> - -<p>“Vicar General.” This was Johann Staupitz, a man of superior -character and learning. He was a friend of Frederic the Wise, and under -his directions the latter had founded the university of Wittenberg. -It was he who had secured a professorship for Luther there. In 1522 -Staupitz became the abbot of a Benedictine convent.</p> - -<p>P. 192, c. 1.—“Melancthon,” me-lănk´thon. (1497-1560.) Called -the second leader of the Lutheran Reformation. After a most careful -education at Heidelberg and Tübingen he was given a professorship at -Wittenberg, in 1518. He at once became a warm friend of Luther and -the Reformation. His remarkable learning in classic literature and in -Bible study, with his clear mind and elegant style, at once made him the -most prominent teacher in the university. Although offered professorships -at other universities, he would never leave Wittenberg. He -devoted himself to theology, but was never ordained. His work was -mainly done by writing. He wrote many sermons, defended Luther -against Dr. Eck, wrote a system of Protestant theology, several commentaries, -and helped Luther in his translation of the Bible. It was -Melancthon who drew up the “Augsburg Confession,” which became -the principal book of the Lutheran church. Melancthon was mild and -peace loving, presenting a great contrast to Luther. They were, however, -friends to the last, though not always agreeing on the measures to -be adopted. After Luther’s death Melancthon became the leader of the -German Reformation, and so remained until his death.</p> - -<p>“Jonas.” (1493-1555.) A theologian who became a professor at -Wittenberg in 1521. He joined Luther in his great movement, and was -with him at the diet at Worms. He also assisted in Luther’s translation -of the Bible. Having become a preacher at Halle he was banished, -and went to Eisfeld, where he died.</p> - -<p>“Nuncio,” nūn´shĭ-ō. A messenger, or literally one who carries -something new. The word is generally applied to a messenger from the -pope to a king or emperor.</p> - -<p>“Altenburg,” al´ten-burg. A town of about 20,000 inhabitants. -The capital of a duchy of the German empire, bearing the same name.</p> - -<p>“Eck.” (1486-1543.) He had been a profound student of theology, -and was a powerful opponent in argument. He first appeared as an -adversary of Luther, in notes made on the Thesis. After the discussion -mentioned he went to Rome to urge severe measures against the reformers, -and through his entire life tried to heal the breach in the church.</p> - -<p>P. 192, c. 2.—“Perseus,” per´se-us. A hero of Grecian legendary -lore. The son of Jupiter, who with his mother Danaë, had been cast -adrift at sea in a chest. The chest floated to the island Seriphus, where -the king wished to marry Danaë, but to get rid of Perseus, sent the latter -to fetch the head of the gorgon Medusa. The gorgons were three -sisters who had but one eye in common, and turned everything into -stone that fell under their gaze. Perseus obtained winged sandals from -the Nymphs, and a mirror from Minerva, in which he could see the reflection -of Medusa. When the gorgons were asleep he accomplished his -errand, and returned in time to rescue his mother and turn the king and -his companions into stone. This gorgon head he afterward gave to -Minerva, who placed it on her shield.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>EXTRACTS FROM GERMAN LITERATURE.</h3> - -<p>P. 193, c. 2.—“Apollo of the Vatican.” See <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> -for November.</p> - -<p>“Python.” Grecian legends tell of a deluge in which Jupiter destroyed -all men on account of their wickedness, except one man and his wife. -From the mud left on the earth from this deluge sprang this serpent, or -Python. He lived in the caves of Mount Parnassus, but was slain by -Apollo, who commemorated his victory by establishing the Pythian -games.</p> - -<p>“Forehead of Jupiter.” Minerva, or the goddess of Wisdom, is said -to have sprung from the forehead of Jupiter.</p> - -<p>“Graces.” The Grecian goddesses which had care of social life and -its pleasures. They inspired all the virtues and accomplishments which -make human intercourse delightful, and were the “patronesses of whatever -is graceful and beautiful in nature and art.”</p> - -<p>P. 193, c. 2.—“Pygmalion,” pyg-ma´li-on. A legendary king of -Cyprus. He is said to have made an ivory statue of a maiden, of such -rare beauty that he fell in love with it and prayed Venus to endow it -with life. She granted his request, and Pygmalion married the maiden.</p> - -<p>“Pantheon,” pan-the´on. Literally, the word means to all the gods; -<i>i. e.</i>, a temple or work dedicated to all the divinities of a nation.</p> - -<p>“Transcendentalists.” Those persons who in their reasoning go -beyond the facts and principles which spring from experience, and claim -a knowledge of spiritual and immaterial things. It is also applied to -those whose philosophy is vague and indefinite.</p> - -<p>P. 194, c. 2.—“Voss.” (1751-1826.) A German scholar. He was -early in life a tutor, and afterward an editor at Göttingen. In 1778 he -became rector of the gymnasium at Ottendorf. In 1781 he published a -translation of the Odyssey, which has been the standard German translation -ever since. He followed this by many original poems, an edition -of Virgil’s Georgics, a translation of the Iliad, and in 1799 a translation -of the Æneid. Besides these he made translations from many other -Latin and Greek writers, as well as from the French and English. He -engaged in several controversies with Heyne on literary subjects, and in -1819 an essay in which he attacked the Roman Catholic and the Protestant -mystics, caused much discussion.</p> - -<p>P. 195, c. 1.—“Faustus.” Dr. Johann Faustus, or Faust, is a character -belonging to German tradition. “He was a celebrated Franconian, -born about 1480. He is said to have studied magic at Cracow. Having -mastered all the secret sciences, and being dissatisfied at the shallowness -of human knowledge, he made an agreement with the evil one, according -to which the devil was to serve Faust for full twenty-four years, after -which Faust’s soul was to be delivered to eternal damnation. The contract, -signed by Faust with his own blood, contained the following conditions: -‘(1) He shall renounce God and all celestial hosts; (2) he shall -be an enemy of all mankind; (3) he shall not obey priests; (4) he -shall not go to church or partake of the holy sacraments; (5) he shall -hate and shun wedlock.’” Faust now is attended by a spirit, Mephistopheles, -who invents all sorts of dissipation to attract him. He wearies -of his life, but can not escape. Toward the end of the period he seeks -the church, but all flee from him. At last he is carried away by the evil -spirit. It is said that a man who was believed to have sold himself to -the devil did live during the time of Melancthon and Luther. Goethe, -in his poem, attempts to solve the mystery of the legend. He represents -his hero as under the influence of evil that his longing for knowledge -has caused, but does not permit the evil to gain the mastery in -the end. Faust is represented as seeking and finding in a work which -is for the benefit of others, the relief which learning, pleasure, art and -culture have denied him. The selection here given is from the first part -of the poem, where Faust is watching the sunset at the close of Easter -Sunday.</p> - -<p>P. 195, c. 2.—“Wagner.”—“Is a very dull pedant. All that Faust -disdains as the dry bones and mere lumber of erudition, is choice meat -and drink for the intellectual constitution of Wagner. No amount of -our modern preparations for examinations would have been too great for -him. He is charmed with dead <i>formulas</i>, and can not have too many of -them impressed upon his memory. * * * The character of this -‘dry-as-dust’ pedant is admirably contrasted with that of Faustus.”—<i>Gostwick -and Harrison.</i></p> - -<p>“Propagandist,” prop´a-gan<b>´</b>dist. One who devotes himself to -extending any system or principles.</p> - -<p>P. 196, c. 1.—“Rose.” In the Gothic system not only the rose was -copied, but the oak, oak leaves, thistle, the ivy, the holly, and all leaves -and vegetable forms that could be copied.</p> - -<p>“Foliated.” Where the mullions or bars which separate the lights in -windows are broken into curves, arches and flowing lines, and leaf-like -ornaments are added, we have foliated tracery.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>SUNDAY READINGS AND POLITICAL ECONOMY.</h3> - -<p>P. 201, c. 1.—“Forensic,” fo-rĕn´sic. Derived from forum. A -place where court was held; hence, used in courts; appropriate to argument -or debate.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span></p> - -<p>“Paley.” (1743-1805.) An English theologian. His most important -works are “Principles of Moral and Political Economy,” “Horæ Paulinæ,” -“Reasons for Contentment,” and his “Natural Theology.”</p> - -<p>“In foro conscientiæ.” Before the tribunal of conscience.</p> - -<p>P. 202, c. 2.—“Carey.” (1793- ——.) He was educated in Philadelphia, -to the book trade, and became a partner in his father’s firm, afterward -the largest publishing firm in the country. In 1835 he left the -business to devote himself to the study of political economy. The chief -principles of his system are given in the present article.</p> - -<p>“Diametrically,” di-a-mĕt´ric-al-ly. As remote as possible, as if at -the opposite end of a diameter.</p> - -<p>P. 203, c. 1.—“Ricardo,” re-kar´do. (1772-1823.) An English political -economist. A Jew; he was educated for a business life, and was -associated with his father. As he became a Christian the partnership -was dissolved. Ricardo, however, became wealthy, studied much, and -finally became a member of parliament. His chief work is “On the -Principles of Political Economy and Taxation.”</p> - -<p>“Malthus.” (1766-1834.) An English political economist. He was -educated for the ministry and took a parish. In 1798 he published the -work on which his reputation rests mainly: “An essay on the Principle -of Population.” He afterward traveled much to obtain data to support -his theories, and in 1826 published the sixth and last edition.</p> - -<hr class="shorter" /> -<h3>READINGS IN ART.</h3> - -<p>P. 204, c. 1.—“Lintels.” A horizontal piece of wood or stone placed -above the opening for a window or door.</p> - -<p>“Trabeated,” trā<b>´</b>be-ā´ted.</p> - -<p>P. 204, c. 2.—“Etruscans.” A people formerly inhabiting Etruria -or Tuscia, a portion of ancient Italy. Very little is known of their origin, -though they are supposed to have come from the north. The people -were short and heavy, their language completely isolated from any -known language. They formed a confederacy of twelve cities, possessed -many flourishing colonies, and carried on commerce. Their religion -was a polytheism resembling the Greeks. The monuments of these -people still remaining are the walls of their cities, sewers, vaults, tombs, -and bridges. Their bronze statues were famous, as well as their -pottery. The Etruscans were most prosperous the centuries before and -after the founding of Rome. In the long wars which Rome carried on -in her struggle to become mistress of Italy, the power of Etruria was -finally broken.</p> - -<p>“Romanesque,” rō´man-ĕsk.</p> - -<p>“Byzantine,” by-zān´tïne, or byz´an-tīne.</p> - -<p>“First Crusade.” It started out in 1096.</p> - -<p>P. 205, c. 1.—“Buttress.” A projecting support applied to the exterior -of a wall, most commonly to churches of the gothic style.</p> - -<p>“Turret.” A small tower attached to a building and rising above it.</p> - -<p>P. 205, c. 2.—“Pilasters,” pi-las´ters. A square column sometimes -free, but oftener set into a wall at least a fifth of its diameter. A pilaster -has a base, capital and entabulature, as other columns.</p> - -<p>“Polychromy,” pŏl´y-chrō<b>´</b>my. The practice of making a building in -many colors; also of coloring statues or other works of art to imitate -nature.</p> - -<p>“Beni-Hassan,” ba´ne-has<b>´</b>san. On the east bank of the Nile, about -one hundred and forty miles south of Cairo, and famous for its grottoes. -There are about thirty of them. They contain an almost endless -number of paintings, representing scenes from the life of the ancient -Egyptians. Almost our entire knowledge of ancient Egyptian life is -based on them. Charles Dudley Warner says of the grottoes: “They -are fine, large apartments, high and well lighted by the portal. Architecturally -no tombs are more interesting; some of the ceilings are -vaulted in three sections; they are supported by fluted pillars, some like -the Doric, and some in the beautiful lotus style; the pillars have architraves; -and there are some elaborately wrought false door ways.”</p> - -<p>“Luxor,” lux´or. A village on the east bank of the Nile, which, -with Karnak contains part of the ruins of Thebes.</p> - -<p>“Denderah.” “Edfou.” See <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> for October.</p> - -<p>“Cephren,” ceph´ren; “Mycerinus,” mys´e-ri<b>´</b>nus.</p> - -<p>“Syene,” sy´e-ne. A place in Upper Egypt where syenite was quarried -by the ancient Egyptians.</p> - -<p>P. 206, c. 1.—“Truncated pyramid.” One whose vertex or top is -cut off by a plane parallel to the base.</p> - -<p>“Typhonia,” ty-pho´ni-a; “Mammisee,” mam-mi´si. “Pylon,” -py´lon.</p> - -<p>“Hypostyle,” hy´po-stile. A hall with pillars; that which rests on -columns.</p> - -<p>“Clerestory,” clēre´stō-ry, or clear-story. An upper story or row of windows -in a building of any kind, which rises clear above adjoining parts -of the building.</p> - -<p>“Usertesen,” u-ser´te-sen.</p> - -<p>P. 206, c. 2.—“Abacus,” ăb´a-cus. A tablet or plate upon the capital -of a column, between it and the architrave.</p> - -<p>“Architrave,” ar´chi-trave. The lower division of an entabulature, -resting on the column or the abacus.</p> - -<p>“Plinth.” The lowest division of the base of a column. A square, -projecting piece with vertical face.</p> - -<p>“Astragal,” ās´tra-gal. A little round moulding which surrounds the -top or bottom of a column in the form of a ring, representing a ring or -band of iron, to prevent the splitting of the column. It is often cut into -beads or berries, and is used in ornamental entabulatures to separate the -several faces of the architrave.—<i>Webster.</i></p> - -<p>“Cavetto,” ca-vēt´to.</p> - -<p>“Façade,” fa-sād´. Front; front view of a building.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>SELECTIONS FROM AMERICAN LITERATURE.</h3> - -<p>P. 209, c. 1.—“Gentian,” jēn´shan. The <i>Gentianus crinita</i>. A -branching plant found in low grounds in autumn. The lobes of the -corolla are of a deep sky-blue and beautifully fringed.</p> - -<p>“Thetis,” the´tis. The selection here given is taken from the first book -of the Homeric story. Agamemnon, the commander-in-chief of the -Greeks, has compelled Achilles, the favorite warrior, to give up Briseis, -his captive. In revenge Achilles has shut himself up in his tent, refusing -to take further part in the war. Thetis, the mother of Achilles, has -promised to obtain from Jupiter, the king of the gods, a promise to give -the victory to the Trojans until Agamemnon shall repent the wrong. -Thetis was one of the daughters of Nereus, called here the “Ancient of -the Deep,” the god of the Mediterranean.</p> - -<p>“Santa Filomena,” Saint Fil-o-me´na. In the early part of this century -a grave was discovered with a Latin inscription which read “Filomena, -peace be with you.” She was at once accepted as a saint, and -many wonders worked by her. In a picture by Sabatelli, this saint is -represented hovering over a group of sick and maimed, healed by her -intercession. Longfellow here gives the title to Florence Nightingale.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<h2><a id="TALK_ABOUT_BOOKS"></a>TALK ABOUT BOOKS.</h2> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<p>“Home Worship, and the Use of the Bible in the Home,”<a name="FNanchor_M_13" id="FNanchor_M_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_M_13" class="fnanchor">[M]</a> is a book of -real excellence, and will do good. Home, worship, and the Bible as the -basis and inspiration of both, are things of no ordinary importance, and -it is a joy to every Christian philanthropist that, severally, and in their -relation to each other, they are attracting the attention of the thoughtful. -The work, heartily commended, is a book for the times—meets a want -that many have felt, and guards against dangers to which all are liable. -In the midst of multiform benevolent activities, plans and schemes innumerable, -for public service, it is quite possible to be so much occupied with -the out-door enterprises of the church, as, unwisely, to neglect the -religion of the home. The plan and execution of the work are both -admirable. The well arranged scripture readings open up the Bible in -the richness of its practical teachings, and the daily lessons are readily -found suited to every need. The notes, with but few exceptions, express -in a plain, terse, common-sense manner, the truth, as held by most evangelical<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span> -Christians. Being eminently practical, devout in spirit, and free -from any offensive dogmatism, they will be accepted as most valuable, -even by those who, in a few instances, might suggest a different exposition. -As a help to the spirituality and joyousness of domestic worship, -the book will prove to many a treasure of priceless worth.</p> - -<p>“Christian Educators in Council,”<a name="FNanchor_N_14" id="FNanchor_N_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_N_14" class="fnanchor">[N]</a> a well filled volume, containing -sixty addresses delivered in the National Educational Assembly, at -Ocean Grove, August, 1883. The book, like the Assembly, whose work -it reports, must do good, and we wish for it a very wide circulation. For -this great Assembly, from whose discussions and methods much is expected, -the country is indebted to the indefatigable exertions of Dr. -Hartzell. From years of toil among the lowly he knew their needs, and -the demand for greater and more concerted efforts in their behalf. The -thought of a really national convention, with a broad platform on which -all Christian statesmen, educators and philanthropists might be represented, -was to him an inspiration. After consultation the Assembly was -convened, organized, and furnished with a detailed program of the exercises -that proved intensely interesting to the multitudes that were present. -It was a grand assembly—grand in its conception, in the objects -contemplated, and not less in its <i>personel</i>. There were able ministers of -nearly all denominations, and honored laymen, not a few. The Secretaries -of the Benevolent Societies, the U. S. Commissioner of Education, -Presidents of Colleges, Editors, Teachers, and Elect Ladies were all -heard in person or through well written communications. And they -evidently speak from their convictions, confronting us, not with theories, -but with facts—facts bearing on the most difficult problems with which the -nation has to grapple, <i>illiteracy</i>, and the <i>shame of polygamous Mormonism</i>. -Ignorance is a foe to freedom that must be expelled, and Mormon -lust, that changes the home to a harem, crucifies womanhood, and makes -children worse than fatherless must be made as perilous to the guilty, as -it is infamous in the eyes of all good citizens. The well considered, -manly utterances from Ocean Grove have our hearty indorsement. It -is a pleasure to say the speeches that so enthused those vast audiences -seem worthy of the men and of the occasion.</p> - -<p>The admirable Home College Series has reached the eighty-third -number. A decidedly practical and useful idea it was to throw these -terse, interesting scraps of knowledge into everybody’s hands. The -tracts are all good. One that will please all reading people, as well as -be suggestive to those who do not know how to read, is Rev. H. C. -Farrar’s talk on “Reading and Readers.”<a name="FNanchor_O_15" id="FNanchor_O_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_O_15" class="fnanchor">[O]</a> While it contains nothing -new, it tells well many true and essential facts that every reader ought -to consider.</p> - -<p>There are no two characters in the list of English writers who hold so -warm a place in our hearts as Charles and Mary Lamb. We mention -them together, for who could separate him from her any more than they -could separate him from his essays? Mary, Charles, Elia, the tales and -sketches are woven together in a way unique in literature. It is strange -that with all its interests Mary Lamb’s life should never have been written -until now, save in scraps, and as the necessary complement in every -sketch of her brother. The cloud that hung over her gentle life, the -tender, close friendship of the brother and sister, and the interesting -circle of friends that formed their circle, make her an exceptionally entertaining -character. Mrs. Gilchrist<a name="FNanchor_P_16" id="FNanchor_P_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_P_16" class="fnanchor">[P]</a> in her book has given us the best -that is known of Mary Lamb. Little of the material is entirely new; -with few exceptions it has all appeared before, but never so well arranged. -The story is carried from her earliest life, when the unsympathetic -mother would say to the child, whose brain was full of morbid phantoms: -“Polly, what are those poor, crazy, moythered brains of yours -thinking alway?” to the time when at eighty death ended the shadowed -life. The Hazlitts, Stoddarts, Coleridge and many others receive much attention, -but this is necessary, so intimately was Mary Lamb’s life joined -to her friends. In a few instances, however, notes on people are introduced -into the text, which seem entirely irrelevant, and would have -figured better as foot-notes, if introduced at all; as in the case of the -story of Mr. Scott, the Secretary of Lord Nelson.</p> - -<p>Of all our elegant holiday books not one is more chaste and beautiful -than the Artist’s Edition of Gray’s Elegy.<a name="FNanchor_Q_17" id="FNanchor_Q_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_Q_17" class="fnanchor">[Q]</a> It is the first really fine -edition of the poem ever published. It could hardly have been better -done. The illustrations are the work of such eminent artists as R. -Swain Gifford, F. S. Church, etc., and are perfectly suited to the calm, -dignified and thoughtful beauty of the poem.</p> - -<p>A pleasing book for fireside reading is “Bright and Happy Homes.”<a name="FNanchor_R_18" id="FNanchor_R_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_R_18" class="fnanchor">[R]</a> -It is largely a compilation, and, too, on a subject on which much fresh -and valuable matter is being constantly written. The book contains, -however, the best and wisest articles on all varieties of home affairs, and -can not fail to both amuse and instruct.</p> -<hr class="shorter" /> - -<h3>BOOKS RECEIVED.</h3> - -<p>“Life of Luther.” By Julius Köstlin. With illustrations from authentic -sources. Translated from the German. Charles Scribner’s Sons. -New York. 1883.</p> - -<p>“A Brief Handbook of English Authors.” By Oscar Fay Adams. -Boston: Houghton, Mifflin and Company. 1884.</p> - -<p>“The Odes of Horace.” Complete in English Rhyme and Blank -Verse. By Henry Hubbard Pierce, U.S.A. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott -& Co. 1884.</p> - -<p>“Richard’s Crown; How he Won and Wore It.” By Anna D. -Weaver. Published by the author. Jamestown, New York.</p> - -<p>“An Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard.” By Thomas Gray. -The artist’s edition. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. 1883.</p> - -<p>“Probationers Catechism and Compendium.” By Rev. S. Olin Garrison, -M.A. New York: Phillips & Hunt; Cincinnati: Walden & Stowe. -1883.</p> - -<p>“Small Things,” by Reese Rockwell. New York: Phillips & Hunt; -Cincinnati: Walden & Stowe. 1883.</p> - -<p>“His Keeper.” By Miss M. E. Winslow. New York: Phillips & -Hunt; Cincinnati: Walden & Stowe. 1883.</p> - -<p>“Sights and Insights; or, Knowledge by Travel.” By Rev. Henry W. -Warren. New York: Phillips & Hunt; Cincinnati: Walden & Stowe.</p> - -<p>“Worthington’s Annual.” New York: R. Worthington. 1884.</p> - -<p>“Appleton’s European Guide-Book for English-Speaking Travelers.” -Nineteenth edition. Two volumes. New York: D. Appleton & Co. 1883.</p> - -<p>“Through Cities and Prairie Lands.” Sketches of an American Tour. -By Lady Duffus Hardy. New York: R. Worthington. 1881.</p> - -<p>“A Yacht Voyage.” Letters from High Latitudes. By Lord Dufferin. -New York: R. Worthington. 1882.</p> - -<p>“Across Patagonia.” By Lady Florence Dixie. New York: R. Worthington. -1881.</p> - -<p>“The Watering Places and Mineral Springs of Germany, Austria and -Switzerland.” By Edward Gutmann, M.D. New York: D. Appleton & -Co. 1880.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 187px;"> -<img src="images/royalpowder.jpg" width="187" height="333" alt="Royal Baking Powder. Absoloutely Pure" /> -</div> - -<div class="blockquot"><p>This powder never varies. A marvel of purity, strength and wholesomeness. -More economical than the ordinary kinds, and can not be -sold in competition with the multitude of low test, short weight, alum or -phosphate powders. <i>Sold only in cans.</i> <span class="smcap">Royal Baking Powder Co.</span>, -106 Wall Street, New York.</p></div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span></p> - - -<h2>THE CHAUTAUQUAN.</h2> - -<p class="center">1883-1884.<br /> - -——————————<br /> -The Fourth Volume Begins with October, 1883.<br /> -——————————<br /></p> -<p>A monthly magazine, 76 pages, ten numbers in the volume, beginning with October -and closing with July.</p> - - -<div class="adtitle2">THE CHAUTAUQUAN</div> - -<p class="unindent">is the official organ of the C. L. S. C., adopted by the Rev. J. H. Vincent, D.D., -Lewis Miller, Esq., Lyman Abbott, D.D., Bishop H. W. Warren, D.D., Prof. W. C. -Wilkinson, D.D., and Rev. J. M. Gibson, D.D., Counselors of the C. L. S. C.</p> - -<p>One-half of the “Required Readings” in the C. L. S. C. course of study for 1883-84 -will be published only in <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span>.</p> - -<p>Our columns will contain articles on Roman, German, French and American History, -together with “Sunday Readings,” articles on Political Economy, Civil Law, -Physical Science, Sculpture and Sculptors, Painting and Painters, Architecture and -Architects.</p> - -<p>Dr. J. H. Vincent will continue his department of C. L. S. C. Work.</p> - -<p>We shall publish “<i>Questions and Answers</i>” on every book in the course of study -for the year. The work of each week and month will be divided for the convenience -of our readers. Stenographic reports of the “Round-Tables” held in the Hall of -Philosophy during August will be given.</p> - -<p>Special features of this volume will be the “C. L. S. C. Testimony” and “Local -Circles.”</p> - - -<p class="center">THE EDITOR’S OUTLOOK, EDITOR’S NOTE-BOOK AND EDITOR’S TABLE,<br /> -<small>WILL BE IMPROVED.</small></p> - -<p>The new department of <i>Notes on the Required Readings</i> will be continued. The -notes have met with universal favor, and will be improved the coming year.</p> - -<p>Miscellaneous articles on Travel, Science, Philosophy, Literature, Religion, Art, -etc., will be prepared to meet the needs of our readers.</p> - -<p>Prof. Wallace Bruce will furnish a series of ten articles, especially for this Magazine, -on Sir Walter Scott’s “Waverley Novels,” in which he will give our readers a -comprehensive view of the writings of this prince of novelists.</p> - -<p>Rev. Dr. J. H. Vincent, Rev. Dr. G. M. Steele, Prof. W. C. Wilkinson, D.D., Prof. -W. G. Williams, A.M., Bishop H. W. Warren, A. M. Martin, Esq., Rev. C. E. Hall, -A.M., Rev. E. D. McCreary, A.M., and others, will contribute to the current volume.</p> - -<p>The character of <span class="smcap">The Chautauquan</span> in the past is our best promise of what we -shall do for our readers in the future.</p> - - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="prices"> -<tr> - -<td align="center" colspan="2">—————</td> - -</tr> - - -<tr> - -<td align="left"><b>THE CHAUTAUQUAN, one year,</b></td> - -<td align="right"><b>$1.50</b></td> - -</tr> - - -<tr> - -<td align="center" colspan="2">—————</td> - -</tr> - - -<tr> - -<td align="center" colspan="2"><b>CLUB RATES FOR THE CHAUTAUQUAN.</b></td> - -</tr> - - -<tr> - -<td align="left"><b>Five subscriptions at one time, each,</b> </td> - -<td align="right"><b>$1.35</b></td> - -</tr> - - -<tr> - -<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;"><b>Or, for the five</b></span></td> - -<td align="right"><b>6.75</b></td> - -</tr> - -</table> -</div> - -<p class="center">In clubs, the Magazine must go to one postoffice.<br /> -—————<br /> -</p> - -<p>Remittances should be made by postoffice money order on Meadville, or draft on -New York, Philadelphia or Pittsburgh, to avoid loss. Address,</p> - -<p class="center"> -<b><big>THEODORE L. FLOOD,</big></b><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 8em;">Editor and Proprietor,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 14em;"><b>MEADVILLE, PA.</b></span><br /> -—————<br /> - -Complete sets of the <i>Chautauqua Assembly Herald</i> for 1883 furnished at $1.00.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div> - - - - -<div class="adtitle1"><a name="C_L_S_C_BOOKS" id="C_L_S_C_BOOKS">C. L. S. C. BOOKS</a></div> - -<div class="center"><b>FOR 1883-1884.</b></div> - - - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="book prices"> -<tr> -<td align="left"><div class="hang1"><b>History of Greece.</b> Vol. 2, by Timayenis, parts seventh, eighth, tenth, eleventh </div></td> -<td align="right">1.15</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><div class="blockquot"> -Students of the Class of 1887, to be organized this -fell, not having read volume one of Timayenis’s -History of Greece, will not be required to read volume -two, but may read “Brief History of Greece,” -price 60 cents, instead of volumes one and two of -Timayenis.</div></td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><div class="hang1"><b>Pictures in English History</b>, by the great historians, edited by C. E. Bishop </div></td> -<td align="right">1.00</td> -</tr> -</table> -</div> - - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="more prices"> -<tr> -<td align="left"><b>Chautauqua</b> </td> -<td align="left"><b>Text-Book</b> </td> -<td align="left"><b>No. </b></td> -<td align="right"><b>4</b>, </td> -<td align="left">English History</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>5</b>, </td> -<td align="left">Greek History</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>16</b>, </td> -<td align="left">Roman History</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>18</b>, </td> -<td align="left">“Christian Evidences”</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>21</b>, </td> -<td align="left">American History</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>23</b>, </td> -<td align="left">English Literature</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>24</b>, </td> -<td align="left">Canadian History</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>39</b>, </td> -<td align="left">“Sunday-school Normal Class Work” </td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="center">“</td> -<td align="right"><b>43</b>, </td> -<td align="left">Good Manners</td> -<td align="right">.10</td> -</tr> - -</table> -</div> - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Prices"> -<tr> -<td align="left" colspan="2"><b>Preparatory Latin Course in English</b>, by Dr. Wilkinson</td> -<td align="right">1.00</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" colspan="2"><b>Primer of American Literature</b></td> -<td align="right">.30</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" colspan="2"><b>Biographical Stories</b>, by Hawthorne</td> -<td align="right">.15</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><b>How to Get Strong and how to stay So.</b> by W. Blaikie</td> -<td align="right">Paper .50; cloth </td> -<td align="right">.80</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><b>Easy Lessons in Vegetable Biology.</b> by Dr. J. H. Wythe</td> -<td align="right">Paper, .25; cloth </td> -<td align="right">.40</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left"><b>Philosophy of the Plan of Salvation.</b> by Rev. J. B. Walker </td> -<td align="right">Paper, .50; cloth </td> -<td align="left">1.00</td> -</tr> - -<tr> -<td align="left" colspan="2"><b>The Chautauquan</b>, per annum</td> -<td align="right">1.50</td> -</tr> -</table> -</div> - - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 252px;"> -<img src="images/decoline1_arrowsbox.jpg" width="252" height="14" alt="decorative line" /> -</div><div class="chapter"></div> -<div class="adtitle1">C. L. S. C.<br /> - -<big>STATIONERY</big></div> - -<div class="adtitle2">NOW READY.</div> -<hr class="shorter" /> -<div class="center"><small>PUT UP IN BOXES OF</small><br /> -<br /> -<big>ONE QUIRE of PAPER and a PACKAGE of ENVELOPES</big><br /> -<br /> -<small>Handsome design of</small><br /> -<br /> -<big>CHAUTAUQUA LAKE</big><br /> -<br /> -<small>With the</small><br /> -<br /> -<big>HALL IN THE GROVE</big><br /> -<br /> -<small>in the corner of the paper,</small><br /> -<br /> -<big>C. L. S. C. MONOGRAM</big><br /> -<br /> -<small>on the envelopes.</small><br /> -<br /> -Price, 50 cents per box, mailed, postpaid, on receipt -of price, by the manufacturers,</div> - -<div class="adtitle2">FAIRBANKS, PALMER & CO.<br /> - -<small>133 Wabash Ave., Chicago, Ill.</small></div> - -<hr class="full" /> - -<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1">[A]</a> Lewis.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2">[B]</a> Lewis.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3">[C]</a> Bunsen.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4">[D]</a> Taylor.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_E_5">[E]</a> Bunsen.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_F_6">[F]</a> Taylor.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_G_7">[G]</a> Bunsen.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_H_8" id="Footnote_H_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_H_8">[H]</a> Abridged from Science Primer on Physical Geography, by Prof. Geikie.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_I_9" id="Footnote_I_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_I_9">[I]</a> Abridged from “Architecture, Classic and Early Christian,” by T. Roger Smith -and John Slater.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_J_10" id="Footnote_J_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_J_10">[J]</a> Strictly speaking, the base is not an exact square, the four sides measuring, according -to the Royal Engineers, north, 760 feet 7.5 inches; south, 761 feet 8.5 inches; east, -760 feet 9.5 inches; and west, 764 feet 1 inch.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_K_11" id="Footnote_K_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_K_11">[K]</a> This translation was made by Miss Marie A. Brown, a lady now in Sweden studying -its poetry and preparing a volume of translations for American readers. “The -Stork,” from C. D. of Wirsén, is among the most popular Swedish poems.—[<span class="smcap">Ed.</span>]</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_L_12" id="Footnote_L_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_L_12">[L]</a> Seventh Round-Table, held in the Hall of Philosophy, August 22, 1883, at 5 p. m., -Rev. A. H. Gillet conducting.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_M_13" id="Footnote_M_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_M_13">[M]</a> Home Worship and the Use of the Bible in the Home, by J. P. Thompson, D.D., -and Rev C. H. Spurgeon. Edited by Rev. James H. Taylor, D.D. New York: -A. C. Armstrong & Son.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_N_14" id="Footnote_N_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_N_14">[N]</a> Christian Educators in Council. Sixty addresses by American Educators. Compiled -and edited by Rev. J. C. Hartzell, D.D. New York: Phillips & Hunt. Cincinnati: -Walden & Stowe. 1883.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_O_15" id="Footnote_O_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_O_15">[O]</a> Reading and Readers. By H. C. Farrar, A.B. New York: Phillips & Hunt. -1883.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_P_16" id="Footnote_P_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_P_16">[P]</a> Mary Lamb. By Anne Gilchrist. Boston: Robert and Brothers. 1883.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_Q_17" id="Footnote_Q_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_Q_17">[Q]</a> An Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard. By Thomas Gray. The Artist’s -Edition. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. 1883.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_R_18" id="Footnote_R_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_R_18">[R]</a> Bright and Happy Homes. A Household Guide and Companion. By Peter -Parley, Jr. Chicago and New York: Fairbanks, Palmer & Co. 1882.</p></div></div> - -<hr class="full" /> -<div class="tnote"><div class="center"> -<b>Transcriber’s Notes:</b></div> - -<p>Obvious punctuation errors repaired.</p> - -<p>Page 190, “ave” changed to “have” (as we have said)</p> - -<p>Page 206, “stiking” changed to “striking” (most striking features)</p> - -<p>Page 211, “contrairy” changed to “contrary” (everything goes contrary)</p> - -<p>Page 213, “work” changed to “word” (The word <i>remorse</i> was)</p> - -<p>Page 217, “dispised” changed to “despised” (because he despised)</p> - -<p>Page 223, “som-what” changed to “somewhat” (symmetric figure, somewhat)</p> - -<p>Page 240, the names of the zones for Atlantic and Eastern were traded on the -table originally. This has been repaired so that Atlantic comes before instead -of after Eastern time.</p> - -<p>Page 240, “Atlantic” changed to “Eastern” (will adopt “Eastern”)</p> - -<p>Page 246, “Indulgencies” changed to “Indulgences” (“Papal Indulgences.” The Roman)</p> - -<p>Page 248, “pi-las´ter” changed to “pi-las´ters” (“Pilasters,” pi-las´ters)</p> -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Chautauquan, Vol. IV, January 1884, by -The Chautauquan Literary and Scientific Circle - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHAUTAUQUAN, VOL. IV, JAN 1884 *** - -***** This file should be named 53652-h.htm or 53652-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/3/6/5/53652/ - -Produced by Emmy, MFR and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was -produced from images generously made available by The -Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> |